MS ISO/IEC TR 10037 : 1995

MALAYSIAN
STANDARD
MS 930 : 1986
ICS : 75.200

CODE OF PRACTICE FOR

THE INSTALLATION OF
FUEL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS
AND APPLIANCES

STANDARDS & INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF MALAYSIA

© Copyright
 /

MS 930: 1986

This Malaysian Standard, which had been approved by the Mechanical Engineering
Industry Standards Committee and endorsed by the Council of the Standards and
Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM) was published under the authority of
the SIRIM Council in September. 1 986.

SIRIM wishes to draw attention to the fact that this Malaysian Standard does not
purport to include all the necessary provisions of a contract.

The Malaysian Standards are subject to periodical review to keep abreast of progress
in the industries concerned. Suggestions for improvements will be recorded and in
due course brought to the notice of the Committees charged with the revision of the
standards to which they refer.

Amendments issued since nublicat~on

Amd. No. Date of issue Text affected

The following references relate to the work on this standard:

Committee reference: SIRIM 402/2/8/7

Draft for comment : D66 (ISC F)

1
MS 930 : 1986

CONTENTS

Committee representation 10
Foreword 11

SECTION ONE: GENERAL

1.1 Scope 12
1 .2 Alternate materials, equipment and procedures 13
1 .3 Retroactivity 13
1.4 Qualified agency 13
1 .5 Interruption of service 14
1 .6 Prevention of accidental ignition 14
1 .7 Definitions 14

SECTION iWO: GAS PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN, MATERIALS AND

COMPONENTS
2.1 Piping plan 31
2.2 Provision for location of point of delivery 31
2.3 Interconnections between gas piping systems 31
2.4 Sizing of gas piping systems 31
2.5 Piping system operating pressure limitations 32
2.6 Acceptable piping materials and joining methods 32
2.7 Gas meters 37
‘2.8 Gas pressure regulators 38
2.9 Overpressure protection devices 38
2.1 0 Back pressure protection 40
2.11 Low pressure protection 41
2.12 Shutoffvalves 41
2.13 Expansion and flexibility 41

SECTION THREE: GAS PIPING INSTALLATION

3.1 Piping underground 42
3.2 Aboveground piping outside 43
3.3 Piping in buildings

2
 MS 930: 1986

CONTENTS (Contd.)
Page

3.4 Concealed piping in b~tildings 44

3.5 Piping in vertical chases 44
3.6 Gas pipe turns
3.7 Drips and sediment traps ‘ 46
3.8 Outlets 46
3.9 Branch pipe connection 46
3.10 Manual gas shutoff valves 46
3.11 Prohibited devices
3.1 2 Systems containing gas-air mixtures outside the flammable
range 47
3.13 Systems containing flammable gas-air mixtures 47
3.14 Electrical bonding and grounding 49

3.15 Electricalcircuits
3.16 ‘Electrical connections

SECTION FOUR: INSPECTION, TESTING AND PURGING

4i Pressure testing and inspection 50
4.2 Leakage check after gas turn on 52
4.3 Purging 52

SECTION FIVE: EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

5.1 General 54
5.2 Accessibility and clearance 57
5.3 Air for combustion and ventilation 57

5.4 Equipment on roofs 60

5.5 Equipment connections to building piping 61
5.6 Electrical 0 - 62
5.7 Room temperature thermostats 63

SECTION SIX: INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT

6.1 ‘ General 64
6.2 Air conditioning equipment 64

3
 /

MS 930: 1986

CONTENTS (Contd~)
Page
6.3 Central heating boilers and furnaces 65
6.4 Clothes dryers 70
6.5 Commercial cooking equipment, floor-mounted 71
6.6 Commercial counter appliances 0~.~

6.7 Conversion burners 73

6.8 Hot plates and laundry stoves 73
6.9 Household cooking appliances 73
6.10 Illuminating appliances 75
6.1 1 Incinerators, commercial-industrial 76
6.1 2 Incinerators, domestic 76
6.1 3 Infrared heaters , ‘ 77
6.14 Open top broiler units 78
6.1 5 Outdoor cooking appliances 78
6.16 Pool heaters 78
6.17 Refrigerators 79
6.18 Room heaters 79
6.19 Sauna heaters 80
6.20 Stationary gas engines 82
6.21 Unit heaters 82
6.22 Wall furnaces 82
6.23 Water heaters 84

SECTION SEVEN: VENTING OF EQUIPMENT

7.1 Specification for venting 86
7.2 Minimum safe performance 86
7.3 Type of venting system to be used 87
7.4 Masonry, metal and factory-built chimneys 88
7.5 Type B. type B-W and type L vents 89
7.6 Single-wall metal pipe 90
7.7 Venting system location 92
7.8 Outside vents and chimneys 93
7.9 Vent connectors 93

4
 MS 930: 1986

CONTENTS (Contd.)

Page
7.10 Draft hoods and draft controls 96
7.1 1 Manually operated dampers 97
7.1 2 Automatically operated vent dampers 101
7.13 Obstructions 101
7.14 Special venting arrangements 101

SECTION EIGHT: PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED TO PLACE EQUIPMENT

IN OPERATION
8.1 Adjusting the burner input 103
8.2 Primary air adjustment 103
8.3 Safety shutoff devices ‘ 103
8.4 Automatic ignition 1 03
8.5 Protective devices 1 04
8.6 Checking the draft 104
8.7 Operating instructions 104
8.8 Notification of completion 1 04

SECTION NINE: MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING APPLIANCE

INSTALLATIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF FUEL CONSERVATION
9.1 Safety inspection 105
9.2 Reduction of vent connector size 105
9.3 Automatic vent damper device installation 1 06
Figures
1 Equipment located in confined spaces; all air from inside the
building 58
2 Equipment located in confined spaces; all air from outdoor-Inlet
air from ventilated crawl space and outlet air to ventilated attic 58
3 Equipment located in confined spaces; all air from outdoors
through ventilated attic 59
4 Equipment located in confined spaces; all air from outdoors 59
5 A method of installing a trap 62
6 Extent of protection necessary to reduce clearances from gas
equipment or vent connectors 66

5
 /

MS 930 : 1986

CONTENTS (Contd,)
Page

7 Typical sauna heater installation 81

8 Installation of type B-W gas vents for vented wall furnaces 83
9 Suggested location for anti-siphon opening in cold w~aterinlet 85
10 Typical termination locations for chimneys and metal pipes
serving residential-type and low-heat equipment 91
11 Suggested general dimensions for a vertical draft hood 98
12 Suggested general dimensions for a horizontal draft hood 99
13 Suggested general dimensions for a horizontal to vertical draft
hood . 100
14 Example of pipe sizing using NFPA method no. 54 11 9
15 Example in sizing the lines of a domestic installation ‘ 1 28
16 Solution showing how line A of fig. 1 5 is sized with the use of
table 28 129
17 Two methods for finding the value of ‘h’ for a problem in high
pressure pipe sizing 133

18 A high pressure pipe sizing problem involving branch lines 135

19 High pressure pipe sizing chart 139

20 Double wall or asbestos cement type B vents of single-wall metal
vents serving a single appliance 149
21 Masonry chimney serving a single appliance - 149
22 Double-waIl or asbestos cement type B vents or single-wall metal
vents serving two or more appliances 1 52
23 Masonry chimney serving two or more appliances 1 52
24 Example of multiple vent-design using table 42 double-waIl type
Bvent 154

Tables
1 Specifications for threading metallic pipe 35
2 Support of piping 44
3 Length of gas line requiring purging for servicing or modification 52
4 Length of piping requiring purging before placing in operation 53
5 Clearances to combustible material for furnaces and boilers
installed in rooms which are large in comparison with size of
equipment, except as provided in 6.3.1.1 67

6
 /

MS 930:1986

CONTENTS (Contd.)’
Page
6 Clearances (mm) with ~pecified forms of protection 68
7 Clearances to combustible material for unlisted open flame
illuminating appliances 75
8 Clearances for connectors 90
9 Minimum thickness for galvanized steel vent connectors for low-
heat appliances 93
10 Minimum thickness for steel vent connectors for medium heat
equipment and commercial and industrial incinerators 94
11 Approximate gas input for typical appliances 11 9
12 Equivalent lengths. in feet of straight pipe, of bends, fittings, and
valves 0 120
13 Maximum capacity of pipe in cubic feet of gas per hour for gas
pressures of 0.5 psig or less and a pressure drop of 0.3 inch
water column 121
14 Maximum capacity of pipe in cubic feet of gas per hour for gas
pressures of 0.5 psig or less and a pressure drop of 0.5 inch
watercolumn 0 121
15 Maximum capacity of semi-rigid tubing in cubic feet of gas per
hour for gas pressures of 0.5 psig or less and pressure drop of
0.3 inch water column 1 21
16 Maximum capacity of semi-rigid tubing in cubic feet of gas per
hour for gas pressures of 0.5 psig or less and a pressure drop of
0.5 inch water column ‘ 122
17 Pipe sizing table for pressures under 1 pound approximate
capacity of pipes of different diameters and lengths in cubic feet
per hour with pressure drop of 0.3 inch water column and 0.6
specific gravity 1 22
18 Pipe sizing table for pressures under 1 pound approximate
capacity of pipes of different diameters and lengths in cubic feet
per hour with pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column and 0.6
specific gravity 1 22
19 Pipe sizing table for 1 pound pressure capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an
initial pressure of 1 .0 psig with a 10 per cent pressure drop and a
gas of 0.6 specific gravity 1 23
20 Pipe sizing table for 2 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in cubicfeet per hourfor an initial
pressure of 2.0 psigwith a l0percentpressuredropandagasof
0.6 specific gravity 0 1 23

.7
MS 930:1986

CONTENTS (Contd~)

21 Pipe sizing table for 5 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of

different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial
pressure of 5.0 psig with a 1 0 per cent pressure drop and a gas of
0.6 specific gravity 0 1 23
22 Pipe sizing table for 10 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in, cubic feet per hour for an initial
pressure of 10.0 psig with a 1 0 per cent pressure drop and a gas
of 0.6 specific gravity 1 24
23 Pipe sizing table for 20 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial
pressure of 20.0 psig with a 10 per cent pressure drop and a gas
of 0.6 specific gravity 1 24
24 Pipe sizing table for 50 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial
pressure of 50.0 psig with a 10 per cent pressure drop and a gas
of 0.6 specific gravity 0 1 24
25 Multipliers to be used with tables 14 through 25 when the
specific gravity of the gas is other than 0.60 1 25
26 Maximum capacity of pipe in thousands of Btu per hour of un-
diluted liquefied petroleum gases (at 11 inches water column
inlet pressure) 1 25
27 Maximum capacity of semi-regid tubing in thousands of Btu per
hour of undiluted liquefied petroleum gases (at 11 inches water
column inlet pressure) 1 25
28 LP - Gas low pressure pipe sizing table 1 26
29 Equivalent length of pipe for various fittings 1 26
30 Solution summary of pipe sizing of a domestic installation shown
in fig. 15 130
31 High pressure pipe sizing table 131
32 High pressure pipe sizing table 134
33 Values of ‘h’ for high pressure pipe sizing 138
34 Values of ‘h’ for high pressure pipe sizing 138
35 Utility gases 143
36 Lp-gases 145
37 Multipliers for utility gases of another specific gravity 146

8 -
 0 MS930:1986

CONTENTS (Contd.)
Page

38 Equivalent orifice sizes at high altitudes (Includes 4% input re-

duction for each 1 .000 feet) 1 47
39 Capacity of type B double-wall vents with type B double-wall
connectors serving a single appliance 1 50
40 Capacity of single-wall metal pipe of type B asbestos cement
vents serving a single appliance , 1 51
41 Capacity of masonry chimneys and single-wall vent connectors
serving a single appliance 151
42 Capacity of type B double-wallvents with type B double-wall con-
nectors serving two or more appliances 152,153
43 Capacity of a single-wall metal pipe of type B asbestos cement
vent servirrg two or more appliances 1 55
44 Capacity of a masonry chimney and single-wall vent connectors
serving two or more appliances 1 55
45 Masonry chimney liner dimensions with circular equivalents 156

Appendices
A List of reference standards 1 06
B Coordination of gas utilization equipment design, construction
and maintenance 11 2
C Sizing and capacity of gas piping 11 6
D Suggested method for checking for leakage 140
E Suggested emergency procedure for gas leaks 141
F Flow of gas through fixed orifices 1 42
G Sizing of venting systems serving appliances equipped with draft
hoods and appliances listed for use with type B vents 1 49
H Recommended procedure for safety inspection of an existing
appliance installation 1 57
J Recommended procedure for installing electrically operated
automatic vent damper devices on existing appliances 1 59
K Recommended procedure for installing mechanically actuated
automatic vent damper devices on existing appliances 161
L Recommended procedure for installing thermally actuated auto-
matic vent damper devices on existing appliances 1 63

9
 MS 930: 1986

Committee representation

The Mechanical Engineering Industry Standards committee under whose supervision this Malaysian Standard v~oizj
prepared. comprises representatives from the following Government Ministries. tr~do.commerce end rnanufacturci
associations and scientific and professional bodies.

Association of Consulting Engineers (Malaysia)

Federation of Malaysian Manufacturers

Institution of Engineers. Malaysia

Malaysian Motor Vehicle Assemblers Association

Ministry of Defence

Ministry of Labour and Manpower

(Factories and Machinery Department)

Ministry of Trade and Industry

(Malaysian Industrial Development Authority)

Ministry of Works and utilities

(Public Works Department)

National Chambers of Commerce and Industry of Malaysia

university of Malaya

The Task Force on Storage and utilization of Petroleum and Petroleum Products which prepared this Malaysian Stenderd
consists of the following representatives:

Tuan HaliAbdul Jalil Mahmud (Chairman) Factories and Machinery Department

Encik Abdul IRahim Kechof Civil Aviation Department

Encik M. Chelliah Fire Department

Encik Rahim Kamil Sulaiman Petronas

Encik Lee Herig Keng Ministry of Science. Technology and the Environment
(Division of Environment)

Encik Manmohan Singh/ Town and Country Planning Department

Encik Basant Singh

Encik Lum Kon Woon Chemistry Department

Encik Mohd. Hazis Ngah Ministry of Trade and Industry

Encik Leong Chew Kum Factories and Machinery Department

Encik Zulkarnain bin Ibrahim Prime Ministers Oepartrnent (Petroleum Development Unitl

Encik Shaart bin Mat Isa Ministry of Transport

Encik Cleopas Urn!
Encik Zeinal Abidin Abdullah

Encik Khaw Cheng Liang/ Shell Malaysia Trading Sdn. Bhd.

Encik Lau Chu Fong

Encik Lawrence Chin Esso Malaysia Bhd.

Encik Soo Lin Hwa/ 8.P. Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

Encik Woon Teik

Encik Low Keng Huat/ Mobil Malaysia Bhd.

Encik Lim Yoke Lan

Encik Ooi Cheng Lee (Secretary( Standards and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia

10
 - MS930:1986

FOREWORD

The preparation of this Code of Practice was initiated as a result of steps taken to
review the Petroleum Ordinance 1 949. The Government established the Committee
on, the Review of Petroleum Safety Laws and Regulations with a view to updating and
developing relevant codes in the area of petroleum and gas industry. This Committee
subsequently formed three sub-committees, namely the Sub-commIttee on Storage,
Sub-committee on Utilization and Sub-committee on Transportation to entail work in
the different areas of the petroleum and gas industry. To consider and prepare the
Code of Practice for the installation of fuel gas piping systems and appliances, a
technical Task Force on Storage and Utilization of Petroleum and Petroleum Products
was formed jointly by the Sub-committees on Storage and Utilization.

In the preparation of this Code close reference was made to the United States National
Fire Protection Association Standard No. 54 - National fuel gas code.
Acknowledgement is hereby made for the use of this standard.

This Code provides coverage of all facets of fuel gas piping and appliance installation
downstream from meter set assemblies or other facilities comprising the gas service
entrance.to consumers’ premises and additionally as set out in the scope of this Code.
The coverage of piping systems is limited to maximum operating pressure of 420 kPa
(gauge) except that piping systems for gas air mixture within the flammable range are
-

limited to maximum pressure of 70 kPa (gauge). Generally the Code attempts to fulfill
minimum requirements and standardsforappliances, accessories and equipment and
wherever possible energy conservation measures. Further, the Code requires
reference to several other standards, a listing of which is given in appendix A.

In the main, the body of the Code is comprehensively in the metric system. However.
appendices C. F and G appear in the imperial system of measurements. The
appendices C, F and G contain field data and therefore, translation to the metric units
are not attempted because ‘approximated conversion would materially give rise to
significant alterations of physical constants and consequently distortion of design
specifications. It is however recognized that further review of this Code may be
necessary for purposes of incorporating metrication and moreover, to appropriately
reflect the pace of development and innovation of practices in the installation of fuel
gas piping and equipment.

11
 MS 930: 1986

CODE OF PRACTICE FOR THE INSTALLA11ON OF FUEL GAS

PIPING SYSTEMS AND APPUANCES

SECTION ONE: GENERAL

1.1 Scope (gauge) [60 psig] except that piping systems for
gas-air mixtures within the flammable range ai’c.t
1 .1 .1 Applicability limited to a maximum pressure of 70 kPa (gauge)
[10 psig].

1.1.1.1 This Code is a safety code which (d) Coverage of piping systems includes desiçjri,
applies to the installation of fuel gas piping materials, components. fabrication, assembly.
systems, fuel gas utilization equipment and installation, testing. inspection, operation and
related accessories as follows: maintenance.

(a) Fuel gases include natural gas. mariu-

(e) Coverage of gas utilization equipment and
factured gas. liquefied petroleum ~(LP)gas in the related accessories includes installation, com~
vapour phase only, liquefied petroleum gas-air bustion and ventilation air, and venting.
mixtures, and mixtures of these gases, plus gas-
air mixtures within the flammable range. with the 1.1.1.2 This Code does not apply to the
fuel gas ortheflammablecomponentofamixture following:
being a commercially distributed product.
(a) Portable LP-gas equipment of all types which
(b) Coverage of piping systems extends from are not connected to a fixed fuel piping system.
the point of delivery to the connections with each
gas utilization device. For other than undiluted (b) Installation of farm equipment such as
liquefied petroleum gas systems, the point of brooders. dehydrators. dryers and irrigation
delivery is the outlet of the service meter equipment.
assembly, or the outletof the service regulator or
service shutoff valve when no meter is provided. (c) Raw material (feed stock) applications
For undiluted liquefied petroleum gas systems. except for piping to special atmosphere
the point of delivery is the outlet of the first stage generators.
pressure regulator.
(d) Oxygen-fuel gas cutting and welding
(c) The maximum operating pressure is 420 kPa systems.

12

(e) Industrial gas applications using such gases
as acetylene and acetylenic compounds.
hydrogen, ammonia, carbon monoxide., oxygen
and nitrogen.
(f) Petroleum refineries, pipeline compressor or
pumping stations, loading terminals, com-
pounding plants, refinery tank farms and natural
gas processing plants.
(g) Large integrated chemical plants or portions
of such plants where flammable or combustible
liquids or gases are produced by chemical
reactions or used in chemical reactions.
(h) LP-gas installations at utility gas plants.
(j) Liquefied ‘natural gas (LNG) installations.
(k) Fuel gas piping in power and atomic energy
plants.
(I) Proprietory items of equipment, apparatus or
instruments such as gas generating sets.
compressors and calorimeters.
(m) LP-gas equipment for vaporization, gas
mixing and gas manufacturing.
(n) LP gas piping for buildings under cons-
—
truction or renovations which is not to become
part of the permanent building piping system. i.e..
temporary fixed piping for building heat.
(p) Installation of LP-gas systems for railroad
switch heating.
(q) Installation of LP-gas and compressed
natural gas.(CNG) systems on vehicles.
(r) Gas piping, meters. gas pressure regulators
and other appurtenances used by the serving gas
supplier in distribution of gas, other than
undiluted LP-gas.
1.1.2 Other standards. In applying this Code.
reference should also be made to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and the serving gas
supplier regulations. For a list of standards
specifically referenced in applying this Code and
MS 930 : 1986
other standards which may be used, see
appendix A.
1 .2 Alternate ‘ materials, equipment and
procedures
1.2.1 The provisions of this Code are not
intended to prevent the use of any material,
method of construction. or installation procedure
not specifically prescribed by this Code, provided
any such.alternate is acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction. The authority having
jurisdiction shall require that sufficient evidence
be submitted to substantiate any claims made
regarding the safety of such alternates.
1 .3 Retroactivity
1.3.1 Unless otherwise required by the
authority having jurisdiction, it is not intended
that the provisions of this Code be retroactive to
existing systems in compliance with the pro-
visions of the Code in effect at the time of
installation.
1 .4 Qualified agency
1.4.1 Installation and replacement of gas
piping, gas utilization equipment or accessories
and repair and servicing of equipment shall be
performed only by a qualified agency. The term
‘qualified agency’ means any individual, firm,
corporation or company which either in person or
through a representative is engaged in and is
responsible for (a) the installation or replacement
of gas piping or (b) the connection, installation,
repair. or servicing of equipment, who is
experienced in such work, familiar with all
precautions required, and h~scomplied with all
the requirements of the authority having
jurisdiction.
13
 MS 930: 1986
1 .5 Interruption- of service
1 .5.1 Notification of interrupted service.
Except in the case of an emergency, it shall be the
duty of the qualified agency, when the gas supply
is to be turned off, to notify all affected users.
When two or more users are served from the same
supply system, precautions shall be exercised to
assure that only service to the proper user is
turned off.
1.5.2 Before turning gas off. Before turning off
the gas to the premises, or section of piping to be
serviced, for the purpose of installation, repair.
replacement or maintenance of gas piping or gas
utilization equipment, all equipment valves shall
be turned off.
A leakage test shall be made, as specified in
appendix D. to determine that all equipment is
turned off in the piping section to be affected.
1.5.3 Turn gas off. All gas piping installations.
equipment installations and modifications to
existing systems shall normally be performed
with the gas turned off to eliminate hazards from
leakage of gas, except as outlined in (b) below.
(a) Reduce gas pressure and purge section to be
worked on as specified in 4.3.
(b) Hot taps may be made if they are installed by
trained and experienced crews utilizing equip-
ment specifically designed for such purpose.
1 .5.4~ Work interruptions. When interruptions in
work occur while repairs or alterations are being
made to an existing piping system, the system
shall be left in safe condition, such as by not
leaving any open-ended piping.
1.6 Prevention of accidental ignition
1.6.1 Potential ignition sources. When
14
working on piping which contains or has
contained gas:
(a) Provisions for electrical- continuity shall be
made before alterations are made in a metallic
piping system.
(b) Smoking, open flames, lanterns. welding or
other sources of ignition shall not be permitted.
(c) A metallic electrical bond shall be installed
around the location of cuts in metallic gas pipes
made by other than cutting torches. If cutting
torches, welding or other sources of ignition are
unavoidable, it shall be determined that all
sources of gas or gas-air mixture have been
secured and that allflammable gas orliquids have
been cleared from the area. Piping shall be
purged as required in 4.3 before welding or
cutting with a torch is attempted.
(d) Artificial illumination shall be restricted to
listed safety type flashlights and safety lamps.
Electric switches shall not be operated, on or off.
1.6.2 Handling of flammable liquids
(a) Drip liquids. Liquid which is removed from a
drip in existing gas piping shall be handled
cautiously to avoid spillage or ignition and the
‘gas supplier shall be notified.
(b) Other flammable liquids. Flammable liquids
used bythe installer shall be handled with proper
precautions and shall not be left within the
premises from the end of one working day to the
beginning of the next.
1.7 Definitions
For the purpose of this Code, the following
definitions shall apply:
1.7.1 Air mixer. That portion of an injection
(Bunsen) type burner into which the primary air is
introduced.

1.7.2 Air shutter. An adjustable device for
varying the size of the primary.’sir ii,let(s~.
1.7.3 AppliancO (equipment) Any device
which utilizes gas as a fuel or.ráW material to
produce light, heat, power. ref,cigeration or air
conditioning.
1 .7.4 Appliance, automatlOally controlled.
Appliances equipped with anautomatic burner
ignition and safety shutoff device and other
automatic devices which:
(a) Accomplish complete turr ~:onand shutoff of
the gas to the main burner or burners.
(b) Graduate the gas supply ~tothe burner or
burners, but do not effectcomplete shutoff of the
gas.
1 .7.5 Appliance, low-heat: An appliance such
as a commercial cooking range. pressing
machine boiler at any pressure; bake oven, candy
furnace, stereo type furnace; i~ryingan&curing
appliance, and other process appliances in which
materials are heated or melted at temperatures
(excluding flue-gas temperature’s)~notexceeding
315°C.
1.7.6 Appliance, medium-heat. An industrial
appliance such as an annealingfiirnace (glass or
metal), charcoal furnace, galvanizing furnace,
gas producer. commercial o~ industrial
incinerator, and steam boiler op~ratingat over
345 kPa (gauge) [50 psig] pressure when such
appliance is larger than 2.8 cubic metres in size.
and other furnaces classified a’s medium-heat
appliances in accordance with nationally recog-
nized good practice. Appiiances otherwise
classed as medium-heat appliances may be
considered as low-heat appliances if not larger
than 2.8 cubic metres in size; excluding any
burner equipment and blower compartment.
1 .7.7 Appliance, residential-type heating.
MS 930: 1986
Fuel-gas burning heating appliances, except
high-pressure steam boilers, for heating building
spaces having a volume of not more than 700
cubic metres, and other heat producing
appliances of the type mainly used in residences.
such as cooking stoves and ranges. clothes
dryers, fireplace stoves, domestic incinerators,
laundry stoves, water heaters and heat pumps.
1.7.8 Appliance flue. The flue passages within
the appli~nce.
1.7.9 Approved. Acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction. In determining the accep-
tability of installations or procedures. equipment
or materials, the authority having jurisdiction may
base acceptance on compliancewith appropriate
standards. In the absence of such standards, said
authority may require evidence of proper
installation, procedure or use. The authority
having jurisdiction may also referto the listings or
labelling practices of nationally recognized
testing laboratories, inspection agencies. or
other organizations concerned with product
evaluations which are in a position to determine
compliance with appropriate standards for the
current production of listed items, and the
satisfactory performance of such equipment or
materials in actual usage.
1.7.10 Authority having jurisdiction. The
organization, office or individual responsible for
‘approving’ equipment, an installation or a
procedure.
1.7.11 Automatic damper regulator. A
mechanically or electrically actuated device
designed to maintain a constant draft on
combustion equipment.
1.7.12 Automatic f/recheck. A device for
stopping the progress of a flame front in bUrner
mixture lines (flashback) and for automatically
shutting off the fuel-air mixture.
15
MS930: 1986
Present units are customarily equipped with spring
or weight loaded valves released for closure by a
fusible link or by movement of bimetallic
elements; they are also equipped with metallic
screens for stopping the progress of a flame front.
1.7.13 A~tomaticgasshuroffdevice.A device
constructed so that the attainment of a water
temperature in a hot water supply system in
excess of some predetermined limit acts in such a
way as to cause the gas to the system to be shut
off.
1.7.14 Automatic ignition. Ignition of gas at
the burner(s) when the gas controlling device is
turned on, including reignition if the flames on
the burner(s) have been extinguished by means
other than by the closing of the gas contrplling
device.
1.7.15 Backfire preventer. See Safety blowout.
1.7.16 Back pressure. Pressure against which
a fluid is flowing, resulting from friction in lines.
restrictions in pipes, valves, pressure in vessel to
which fluid is flowing, hydrostatic head, or other
impediment that causes resistance to fluid flow.
1.7.17 Baffle. An object placed in an appliance
to change the direction of, or retard, the flow of
air, air-gas mixtures, or flue gases.
1.7.18 Barometric draft regulator. A balanced
damper device attached to a chimney, vent
connector. breeching or flue gas manifold to
protect combustion equipment by controlling
chimney draft. A double acting barometric draft
regulator is one whose balancing damper is free
to move in either direction to protect combustion
equipment from both excessive draft and
backdraft.
1.7.19 Branch line. Gas piping which conveys
gas from a supply line to the appliance.
16
1.7.20 Breeching. See Vent connector.
1.7.21 Broiler. A general term including
broilers, salamanders. barbecues. and other
devices cooking primarily by ra’diated heat.
excepting toasters.
1.7.22 Burner. A device for the final con-
veyance of the gas, or a mixture of gas and air. to
the combustion zone.
(a) Forced-draft burner. See Power burner.
(b) Induced-draft burner. A burner which
depends on the draft induced bya fan beyond the
appliance for its proper operation.
(c) Injection (Bunsen) type burner. A burner
employing the energy of a jet of gas to inject air
for combustion into the burner and mix itwith the
gas.
(i) Atmospheric injection type burner. A burner
in which the air at atmospheric pressure is
injected into the burner by a jet of gas.
(d) Luminous or yellow flame burner. A burner
in which secondary air only is depended on’ for
combustion of the gas.
(e) Power burner. A burner in which either gas
or air or both are supplied at a pressure
exceeding, for gas. the line pressure. and for air,
atmospheric pressure; this added pressure being
applied at the burner. A burner for which air for
combustion is supplied by a fan ahead of the
appliance is commonly designated as a forced-
draft burner. ‘
(I) Premixing burner. A power burner in which
all or neariy all of the air for combustion is mixed
with the gas as primary air.
1.7.23 Chimney. One or more passageways.
vertical or nearly so. for conveying flue gases to

the outside atmosphere. See also gas vent, vent
and venting system.
1.7.24 Clearing. The act of replacing one
atmosphere with another by direct displacement
so rapidly as to cause a minimum of mixing
between’the two atmospheres. By this means
duration of any explosive mixture is reduced to a
minimum, the gases are vented into a large open
area high (2.5 m or more) aboveground. and
means of ignition are excluded.
1 .7.25 Closed water piping system. A system
of water piping where a check valve or other
device prevents the free return of water or steam
to the water main.
1.7.26 Clothes dryer. A device used to dry wet
laundry by means of ,heat derived from the
combustion of fuel gases.
1 .7.27 Combustible material. As pertaining to
materials adjacent to or in contact with heat
producing appliances, vent connectors. gas
vents, chimneys, steam and hot water pipes, and
warm air ducts. shall mean materials made of or
surfaced with wood, compressed paper, plant
fibers, or other materials’that are capable of being
ignited and burned. Such material shall be
considered éombustible even though flame-
proofed, fire-retardant treated, or plastered.
1.7.28 Concealed gas piping. Gas piping,
which, when in place in a finished building.would
require removal of permanent construction to
gain access to the piping.
1.7.29 Control piping. All piping, valves and
fittings used to inter~connect air. gas, or
hydraulically operated control apparatus or
instrument transmitters and receivers.
1 .7.30 Controls. Devices designed to regulate
the gas. air, water or electrical supply to a gas
appliance. These may be manual or automatic.
‘MS 930:1986
1.7.31 Conversion burner, gas. A unit con-
sisting of a burner and its controls. utilizing
gaseous fuel for installation in an appliance
originally utilizing another fuel.
(a) Firing door type. A conversion burner
specifically for boiler or furnace firing door
installation.
(b) Inshot type. A conversion burner normally
for boiler or furnace ash pit installation and fired
in a horizontal position.
(c) Upshot type. A conversion burner normally
for boiler or furnace ash pit installation and fired
in a vertical position at approximately grate level.
1.7.32 Counter. appliances, gas. Appliances
such as fuel-gas burning coffee brewers and
coffee urns and any appurtenant water heating
equipment. food’ and dish warmers, hot plates
and griddles.
1.7.33 Cubic metre (m3) of gas. The amount of
gas which would occupyone cubic metrewhen at
a temperature of 1 5.6°C. saturated with water
vapour and under a pressure equivalent to thatof
760 mm mercury column.
1 .7.34 Differential pressure. The pressure
difference between two points in a system.
1.7.35 Dilution air. Air which enters a draft
hood or draft regulator and mixes with the flue
gases.
1 .7.36 Direct-fired oven. An oven in which the
flue gases flow through the oven compartment.
1 .7.37 Direct vent appliances. Appliances
which are constructed and installed so that all air
for combustion is derived directly from the
outside atmosphere and all flue gases are
discharged to the outside atmosphere.
17
 MS 930: 1986
1.7.38 Diversity factor. Ratio of the maximum
probable demand to the maximum possible
demand. ‘ . -
1.7.39 Draft. The flow of gases or air through
chimney, flue or equipment caused by pressure
differences
(a) Mechanical or induced. The draft developed
by fan or air or steam jet or other mechanical
means.
(b) Natural. The draft developed by the
difference in temperature of hot gases and
outside atmosphere.
1.7.40 Draft hood. A device built into an
appliance, or made a part of the vent connector
from an appliance, which is designed to (a)
provide for the ready escape of the flue gases
from the appliance in the event of no draft,
backd raft. or stoppage beyond the draft hood. (b)
prevent a backdraft from entering the appliance,~
ana (c) neutralize the effect of stack action of the
chimney or gas vent upon the operation of the
appliance.
1.7.41 Draft regulator. A device which
functions to maintain a desired draft in the
appliance by automatically reducing the draft to
the desired value.
1.7.42 Dry gas. A gas having a moisture and
hydrocarbon dew point below any normal
temperature to which the gas piping is exposed.
1.7.43 Duct furnace. A furnace normally ins-
talled in distribution ducts of air conditioning
systems to supply warm air for heating. This
definition applies only to an appliance which
depends for air circulation on a blower not
furnished as part of the furnace.
1,7.44 E’xp/os,’on heads (Soft heads or rupture
discs). A protective device for relieving excessive
18
pressure in a premix system by bursting of a
rupturable disc.
1~.7.45 Flame arrester. A non-valve device for
use in a gas-air mixture line containing a means
for temporarily stopping the progress of a flame
front (flashback).
1.7.46 F/ames
(a) Bunsen. The flame produced by premixing
some of the air required for combustion with the
gas before it reaches the burner ports or point of
ignition.
(b) Yellow, luminous or non-bunsen, The flame
produced by burning gas without any premixing
of air with the gas.
1.7.47 Flue collar. That portion of an appliance
designed for the attachment of the draft hood or
vent connector.
1.7.48 Furnace, central. A self-contained, gas-
burning appliance for heating air by transfer of
heat of combustion through metal to the air and
designed to supply heated air through ducts to
spaces remote from or adjacent to the appliance
location.
(a) Forced air furnace. A furnace equipped with
a fan orblowerwhich provides the primary means
for circulation of air.
(i) Horizontal furnace. A furnace designed for
low headroom installation with airflow across the
heating element essentially in a horizontal path.
(ii) Upflow furnace. A furnace designed with air
flow discharge vertically upward at or near the top
of the furnace. This classification includes
‘highboy’ furnaces with the blower mounted
below the heating element and ‘lowboy’ furnaces
with the blower mounted beside the heating
element.

(iii) Downflow furnace. A furnace designed
with air flow discharge vertically downward at or
near the bottom of the furnace.
(b) Forced air furnace with cooling unit. A
single-package unit, consisting of a gas-fired
forced ai’r furnace of one of the types listed in (a)
above combined with an electrically or gas-
operated summer air conditioning system.
contained in a common casing.
(c) Gravity furnace. A furnace depending
primarily on circulation of air by gravity.
(d) Gravity furnace with integral fan. A furnace
equipped with a fan or blower as an integral part of its
construction and operable on gravity systems
only. The fan or blower is used only to overcome
the ‘internal furnace resistance to air flow.
- whichutilizes gas as a fuel or raw material or both.
(e) Gravity furnace with booster fan. A furnace
equipped with a booster fan which does not
materially restrict free circulation of air by gravity
flow when the fan is not in operation.
1 .7.49 Furnace, direct vent central. A system
consisting of (a) a central furnace for indoor
installation, (b) combustion air connections
between the central furnace and the outdoor
atmosphere, (c) flue gas connections between
the central furnace and the vent cap, and (d) vent
cap for installation outdoors, supplied by the
manufacturer and constructed so that all air for
combustion is obtained from the outdoor
atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to
the outdoor atmosphere.
1 .7.50 Furnace, enclosed. A specific heating.
or heating and ventilating, furnace incorporating
an integral total enclosure and using only outside
air for combustion.
1 .7.5 1 Furnace, separated combustion system
central. A system for installation in non-
residential structures consisting of a central
MS 930 : 1986
furnace and a vent’ cap supplied ‘by the
.
manufacturer, and ‘-(-a). .combustion air con-
nections between the’ central’ furnace and the
outside atmosphere and (b) flue gas connections
between ‘the central furnace ádd”vént cap (of a
type(s) ‘specified by the m’anufacturer but
supplied by the installer), constructed so that when
i istalléd ‘in accordance with the manufacturer’s
ins’iructions, ai’r’for cOri~ibüstidhis obtained from
the outside ‘atrr~daphe’~’eand flue gases are
discha’rged to ‘the ‘oUt~ide~tmosphere.
1’.7.52 G~.E’Jei gas, such as natural gas.
manufactured gas undiluted liquefied petroleum
gas ‘(vapour pha~e’oniy).liquefied petroleum gas-
air mixtures, or mixtures of these gases.
1 .7.53 Gas utilization equipment. Any device
1.7.54 Gas main..or~disrrib,utionmain. A pipe
installed i’n a community to convey gas to
individual services or.oth’er mains.
1.7.55 Ga’s-mixing machine: Any combination
of automatic proportioning control devices.
blowersor compressorswhich supply mixtures of
gas and air to multiple burnerinstallations where
control devices or other accessories are installed
between the mixing device and burner.
1.7.56 Gas venr. A passageway, vertical or
nearly so’. cdmposed of listed factory-built
components assembled in’ accordance with the
terms of listing conveying flue gases from gas
appliances’or their vent connectors to the outside
atmosphere. “ , ‘ -
(a) Type Bgas vent. A vent for venting listed gas
appliances with draft ,hoods and other g’as
appliances listed for use ~vithtype B vents.
(b) Type B-W gas vent. A vent for venting listed
gas-fired vented wall furnaces.
19
MS 930:1986
1.7.57 Governor, zero. A regulating device
which is normally adjusted to deliver gas at
atmospheric pressure within its flow rating.
1.7.58 Header. A pipe or fitting to which a
number of branch pipes are connected.
1.7.59 Heating value (total). The number of
kilojoules (British Thermal Units) produced by the
combustion, at constant pressure. of one cubic
metre (foot) of gas when the products of
combustion ‘are cooled to the initial temperature
of the gas and air, when the water vapour formed
during combustion is condensed, and when all
the necessary corrections have beerr applied.
1.7.60 Hot plate, commercial. See Counter
appliances, gas.
1.7.61 Hotp/ate,.domestic. A fuel-gas burning
appliance consisting of one or more open-top
type burners mounted on short legs or a base.
1.7.62 Hottaps. Piping connections made to
operating pipelines or mains or other facilities
while they are in operation. The connection of the
branch piping to the operating line and the
tapping of the operating line are done while it is
under gas pressure.
1,7.63 Hotel and restaurant range. A self-
contained fuel-gas burning range providing for
cooking, roasting. baking or broiling, or any
combination of these functions, and not designed
specifically for domestic use.
1.7.64 Household cooking gas appliance. A
gas appliance for domestic food preparation,
providing at least one function of(a)Xop or surface
cooking. (b) oven cooking, or Cc) broiling.
(a) Broiler. A unit which cooks primarily by
radiated heat. Broilers are further classified as:
(i) Open top broiler. A broiler in which the
20
source of radiant heat is below the surface on
which cooking is done.
(ii) Enclosed broiler. A broiler in which the
source of radiant heat is above the surface on
which cooking is done.
(b) Built-in unit. A unit designed to be recessed
into, placed upon. or attached tothe construction
of a building. but not for installation on the floor.
Built-in units are further classified as:
(i) Top or surface unit. A unit for installation in
or on a counter top. It may have top burners, a
griddle, a deep well cooker or any combination
thereof. -
(ii) Ovenunit. Aunitforinstallationinacabinet,
wall or partition. or for installation on a counter. It
may be a separate oven, may be equipped with a
broiler that uses the oven burner, or the oven may
serve as a broiler with a burner in the upper
portion of the oven.
(iii) Broiler unit. May have ~n open top or be
enclosed, may be a separate broiler, or may be
combined with a rotisserie.
(iv) Combination of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or any
other household cooking device that may be for
similar installation.
Cc) Floor mounted unit. A self-contained
cooking appliance for installation directly on the
floor. It has a top section and an oven section. It
may have additional sections. Included in this
classification are:
(i) Bungalow (Utility type). A cooking appliance
having a gas oven and top section, and a gas.
solid or liquid fuel section for space heating and
heating a solid top section but not for oven
heating.
(ii) Room heater type. A cooking appliance

having a gas oven and top section, and a separate
room heater section designed for gas fuel.
1.7.65 Indirect oven. An indirect oven is one in
which the flue gases do notflowthrough the oven
compartment.
1 .7.66 Infrared heater. A heater which directs
a substantial amount of its energy output in the
form of infrared energy into the area to be heated.
Such heaters may be of either the vented or
unvented type.
1.7.67 Joint. A connection between two
lengths of pipe or between a length of pipe and a
fitting.
(a) Adhesive. A joint made in plastic piping by
the use of an adhesive substance which forms a
continuous bond between the mating surfaces
without dissolving either one of them.
(b) Heat fusion. A joint made in thermoplastic
piping by heating the parts sufficiently to permit
fusion of the materials when the parts are pressed
together.
(c) Solvent cement. A joint made in thermo-
plastic piping by the use of a solvent or solvent
cement which forms a continuous bond between
the mating surfaces.
1.7.68 Joint compounds. Nonhardenung
materials used on pipe threads to insure a seal.
1.7.69 Kettle, gas-fired. An appliance with a
cooking chamber which is heated either by a
steam jacket in which steam is generated by gas
heat or by direct gas heat applied to the cooking
chamber.
1.7.70 Labelled. Equipment or materials to
which has been attached a label. symbol or other
identifying mark of an organization acceptable to
MS 930:1986
the authority having jurisdiction and concerned
with product evaluation that maintains periodic
inspection of production of labelled equipment or
materials and by whose labelling the manu-
facturer indicates compliance with appropriate
standards or performance in a specified manner.
1.7.71 Leak detector. An instrument for
determining concentration of gas in air.
1.7.72 Leakage surveys. Systematic surveys
made fQr the purpose of locating leaks in a gas
piping system.
1.7.73 Limit control. A device responsive to
changes in pre~sure.temperature or liquid level
for turning on. shutting off, or throttling the gas
supply to an appliance.
1.7.74 Listed. Equipment or materials
included in a list published by an organization
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction
and concerned with product evaluation that
maintains periodic inspection of production of
listed equipment or materials and whose listing
states either that the equipment or material meets
appropriate standards or has been tested and
found suitable for use in a specified manner.
1.7.75 Loads, connected. Sum of the rated kJ
(Btu) input to individual gas utilization equipment
connected to a piping system. May also’ be
expressed in cubic metres per hour. (cubic feet
per hour).
1.7.76 Main burner. A device or group of
devices essentiallyforming an integral unitforthe
final conveyance of gas or a mixtureof gas and air
to the combustion zone. and on which com-
bustion takes place to accomplish the function
for which the appliance is designed.
1 .7.77 ‘Manifold, gas. The conduit of an
appliance which supplies gas to the individual
burners.
21
MS 930 : ‘1 986
1.7.78 Measured gas. Gas which has passed
through and the volume of which has been
measured by a meter, or gas which has been
otherwise measured such as by liquid volume or
weight.
1 .7.79 Mechanical exhaust system. Equip-
ment installed in and made a part of the vent,
which will provide a positive induced draft.
1.7.80 Meter. An instrument installed to
measure the volumé’of gas delivered through it.
1 .7.81 Mixer. The combination of mixer head.
mixer throat and mixer tube.
(a) Mixer head. The portion of an injection
(Bunsen) type burner, usually enlarged, into
which primary air flows to mix with the gas
stream.
(b) Mixer throat. The portion of the mixerwhich
has the smallest cross-sectional area and which
lies between the mixer head and the mixer tube.
(c) Mixer tube. The portion of the mixer which
lies between the throat and the burner head.
1.7.82 Mi’xerface. Theairinletend ofthe mixer
head.
‘‘~,:;~ it’-
1.7.8’3’)~Mixingblower. A motor-driven blower
to produce gas-air mixtures for combustion
thro4H~”6neor more gas burners or nozzles on a
s~’h’g~-~one industrial heating appliance or on
~~Ydontrol zone of a multi-zone industrial
appliance or on each control zone of a multi-zone
ins~alIation,The blower shall be equipped with a
gas-control valve at its air entrance so arranged
that gas is admitted to the airstream, entering the
blower in proper proportions for correct com-
bustion by the type of burners employed; the said
gas-contr,ol valve being of either the zero
governor or mechanical ratio valve type which
controls the gas and air adjustment simul-
22
taneously. No valves or other obstructions shall
be installed between the blower discharge and
the burner or burners.
1.7.84 Outdoor cooking gas appliance. As
used in this Code. a post-mounted, fuel-gas
burning outdoor cooking appliance for
installation directly on and attachment to a post
provided as a part of the appliance by the
manufacturer.
1 .7.85 Oven, commercial gas baking and
roasting. An oven primaril~iintended for volume
food preparation which may be composed of one
or more sections or units of the following types:
(a) Cabinet oven. An oven having one or more
cavities heated by a single burner or group of
burners.
(b) Sectional oven. An oven composed of one on
more independently heated cavities.
(c) Reel-type oven. An oven employing trays
that are moved by mechanical means.
1.7.86 Parking structure. A building. structure
or portion thereof used for the parking of motor
vehicles.
(a) Basement or underground. A parking
structure or portion thereof located below
ground level.
(b) Enclosed. Having exterior enclosing walls
which have less than 25% of the total wall area
open to atmosphere at each level using at least
two sides of the structure.
1.7.87 Pilot. A small flame which is utilized to
ignite the gas at the main burner or burners.
1 .7.88 Pioe, equivalent length. The resistance
of valves, controls and fittings to, gas flow
expressed as equivalent length of straight pipe for
convenience in calculating pipe sizes.

1 .7.89 Piping. As used in this Code, either pipe
or tubing. or both.
(a) Pipe. Rigid conduit of iron, steel, copper.
brass, aluminium or plastic.
(b) Tubing. Semi-rigid conduit of copper, steel,
aluminium or plastic.
1.7.90 Piping system. All piping, valves and
fittings used to connect gas utilization equipment
to the point of delivery.
1 .7.9 1 Plastic
(a) Thermoplastic. A plastic which is capable of
being repeatedly softened by increase of tempe-
rature and hardened by decrease of temperature.
(b) Thermosetting. A plastic which is capable of
being changed into a substantially infusible or
insoluble product when cured under application
of heat or chemical means.
1.7.92 Poolheater. An appliance designed for
heating nonportable water stored at atmospheric
pressure, such as water in swimming pools.
therapeutic pools, and similar applications.
(a) Coil type pool heater. A type of pool heater
whose heat exchanger surfaces are composed
primarily of water tubes whose inside diameters
are less than 32 mm.
(b) Indirect type pool heater. A type of pool
heater that utilizes water in a primary heat
exchanger to transmit heat from the gas
combustion process by means of a secondary
heat exchanger to the pool water.
1 .7.93 Pressure limiting device. Equipment
which under abnormal conditions will act to
reduce, restrict or shut off the supply of gas
flowing into a system in order to prevent the gas
pressure in that system from exceeding a
predetermined value.
MS 930: 1986
1 .7.94 Pressure or vacuum limit switch. A
device in a control system actuated by pressure or
vacuum within the air or gas piping system.
1.7.95 Primary air. The air introduced into a
burner which mixes with the gas before it reaches
the port or ports.
1.7.96 Protective equipment. Safety devices
designed to forestall the development of a
hazardous or undesirable condition in the fuel
supply piping, in the gas equipment. in the’
medium. being treated. or in the combustion
products.
1.7.97 Purge. To free a gas conduit of air, or
gas, or a mixture of gas and air.
1 .7.98 Quick-o7sconnect device. A’ hand-
operated device which provides a means for
connecting and disconnecting an appliance or an
appliance connector or a gas supply and which is
equipped with an automatic means to shut off the
gas supply when the device is disconnected.
1 .7.99 Refrigerator (using gas fuel). A fuel-gas
burning appliance which is designed to extract
heat from a suitable chamber.
1.7.100 Regulator. gas appliance pressure. A
device for controlling and maintaining a uniform
pressure to the manifold of gas equipment.
(a) Adjustable
(i) Spring type, standard adjustment. A
regulator in which the regulating force acting
upon the diaphragm is derived principally from a
spring, the loading of which is adjustable. The
adjustment means shall be concealed.
(ii) Spring type, limited adjustment. A regulator
in which the regulating force acting upon the
diaphragm is derived principally from a spring.
the loading of which is adjustable over a range of
not more than ±1 5% of th~outlet pressure at the
midpoint of the adjustment range.
23
 MS 930: 1986
(b) Nonadjustable
(i) Spring type, nonadjustable. A regulator in
which the regulating force acting upon the
diaphragm is derived principally from a spring.
the loading of which is not adjustable.
(ii) Weight type. A regulator in which the
regulating force acting upon the diaphragm is
derived from a weight or combination of weights.
(c) Convertible. A regulator for conversion
between gases having different heating values
whose adjustment means can be positioned from
one predetermined outlet pressure setting,for
one gas to another predetermined outlet pressure
setting of the other gas with no intermediate
pressure settings and without addition, deletion
or substitution of parts.
(d) Multi-rate. A standard adjustment
regulator, the multi-rate adjustment means of
which is not concealed and which provides
nonfield adjustable high-and nonfield adjustable
low-pressure settings for high-low rates on
appliances.
1.7.101 Regulator. line gas pressure. A device
placed in a gas line between the service pressure
regulator and the gas appliance regulator for
controlling, maintaining or reducing the pressure
in that portion of the piping system downstream
of the device.
1 .7.102 Regulator. LP-gas. first stage. On
undiluted LP-gas systems. the first pressure
regulator reducing the storage container
pressure.
1.7.103 Regulator, LP-gas. second stage. A
line gas pressure regulator for service on
undiluted LP-gas systems, reducing an inter-
mediate high pressure to utilization pressure.
1.7.104 Regulator, monitoring. A pressure
regulator set in series with another pressure
24
regulator for the purpose of automatically taking
over in an emergency the control of the pressure
downstream of the regulator in case that pressure
tends to exceed a set maximum.
1.7.105 Regulator series. A pressure regulator
in series with one or more other pressure
regulators. The regulator nearest to the gas
supply source is set to continuously limit the
pressure on the inlet to the regulator downstream
to some predetermined value (between the
pressure of the gas supply source and the
pressure of the system being controlled) which
can be tolerated in the downstream system.
1.7.106 Regulator. service pressure. A device
installed by the serving gas supplier to reduce
and limit the service line gas pressure to delivery
pressure.
1.7.107 Regulator vent. The opening in the
atmospheric side of the regulator housing
permitting the in and out movement of air to
compensate for the movement of the regulator
diaphragm.
1.7.108 Relief opening. The opening provided
in a draft hood to permit the ready escape to the
‘atmosphere of the flue products from the draft
hood in the event of no draft, backdraft or
stoppage beyond the draft hood. and to permit
inspiration of air into the draft hood in the event of
a strong chimney updraft.
1.7.109 Room heater. unvented. An unvented.
self-contained, free-standing. non-recessed
(except as noted under (b) of the following
classifications), fuel-gas burning appliance for
furnishing warm airbygravityorfan circulation to
the space in which installed, directly from the
heater without duct connection. Unvented room
heaters do not normally have input ratings in
excess of 42,200 kJ (40.000 Btu) per hour.
(a) Unvented circulator. A room heater

designed to convert the energy in fuel gas to
convected and radiant heat by direct mixing of air
to be heated with the combustion products and
excess air inside the jacket. Unvented circulators
have an external jacket surrounding the burner
and may be equipped with radiants with the jacket
open in front of the radiants.
(b) Wall heater, unvented closed front. An
unvented circulator having a closed front, for
insertion in or attachment to a wall or partition.
These heaters are marked, ‘UNVENTED HEATER’
and do not have normal input ratings in excess of
26,300 kJ (25,000 Btu) per hour.
1.7.110 Room heater, vented. A vented, self-
contained, free-standing, non-recessed, fuel-gas
burning appliance for furnishing warm air to the
space in which installed, directly from the heater
without duct connections.
(a) Vented circulator. A room heater designed
to convert the energy in fuel gas to convected and
radiant heat, by transfer of heat from flue gases to
a heat exchanger surface, without mixing of flue
gases with circulating heated air. Vente.d
circulators may be equipped with transparent
panels and radiating surfaces to increase radiant
heat transfer as long as separation of flue gases
from circulating air is maintained. Vented
circulators may also be equipped with an optional
circulating air fan, but should perform satis-
factorily with or without the fan in operation.
(b) Vented circulator, fan type. A vented
circulator equipped with an integral circulating
air fan, the operation of which is necessary for
satisfactory appliance performance.
(c) Vented overhead heater. A room heater
designed for suspension from or attachmentto or
adjacent to the ceiling of the room being heated
and transferring the energy of the fuel gas to the
space being heated primarily by radiation
downward from a hot surface, and in which there
MS 930:1986
is no mixing of flue gases with the air of the space
being heated.
1.7.111 Safetyblowout(Backfirepreventer). A
protective device located in the discharge piping
of large mixing machines. incorporating a
bursting disc for excessive pressure release.
means for stopping a flame front and an electric
switch or other release mechanism for actuating
a built-in or separate safety shutoff. Acheckvalve.
signalling means, or both, may also be incorporated.
1.7.112 Safety shutoff device. A device that
will shut off the gas supply to the controlled
burner(s) in the event the source of ignition fails.
This device may interrupt the flow of gas to main
burner(s) only or to pilot(s) and main burner(s)
under its supervision.
1.7.113 Sauna heater. A vented heater
designed to raise the temperature of an occupied
room to a temperature in excess of 38°C. The
appliance may or may not include the means for
altering the humidity within the room.
(a) Direct vent sauna heater. A system con-
sisting of an appliance, combustion air and flue
gas connections between the appliance and the
outside atmosphere and a vent cap supplied by
the manufacturer and constructed so that all air
for combustion is obtained from the outside
atmosphere. The appliance should be completed
with grilles or equivalent, designed for incor-
poration in or permanent attachment to the
structure of a building, and should furnish heated
air circulated directly into the space to be heated
through openings in the casing. Such appliances
should not be provided with duct extensions.
(b) Flue-connected sauna heater. An appliance
designed for connection to a chimney or gas vent.
All air for combustion and draft hood dilution is
obtained from a room effectively sealed from the
heated room but not from ‘outside the structure
containing the heated room.
25
 MS 930: 1986
1.7.114 Secondary air. The air externally
supplied to the flame at the point of combustion.
1.7.115 Service meter set assembly. The
piping and fittings installed by the serving gas
supplier to connect the inlet side of the ~neterto
the gas service and to connect the outlet side of
the meter to the customer’s house or yard piping.
1.7.116 Service pipe. The pipe which brings
the gas from the gas main to the meter.
1.7.117 Service regulator. See Regulator,
service pressure.
1 .7.118 Shutoff. See Valve.
1.7.119 Space, confined. For the purposes of
thisCode,aspacewhosevolumeislessthan 1.34
cubic metres per 1 .000 kJ per hour (50 cubic feet
per 1 .000 Btu per hour) of the aggregate input
rating of all appliances installed in the space.
1.7.120 Space, unconfined. For purposes of
this Code, a space whose volume is not less than
1.34 cubic metres per 1,000 kJ per hour (50
cubic feet per 1.000 Stu per hour) of the
aggregate input rating of all appliances installed
in that space. Rooms communicating directly
with the space in which the appliances are
installed, through openings not furnished with
doors, are considered a part of the unconfined
space.
1.7.121 Steam cooker. A fuel-gas burning
appliance which cooks, defrosts or reconstitutes
food by direct contact with steam.
1.7.122 Steam generator. A separate
appliance primarily intended to supply steam for
use with commercial cooking equipment.
1.7.123 Thermostat, electric switch type. A
device which senses changes in temperature and
controls electrically, by means of separate
26
components. the flow of gas to the burners to
maintain selected temperatures.
1.7.124 Thermostat, integral gas valve type.
An automatic device, actuated by temperature
changes, designed to control the gas supply to
the burners in order to maintain temperatures
between predetermined limits, and in which the
thermal actuating. element is an integral part of
the device.
(a) Graduating thermostat. A thermostat in
which the motion of the valve is approximately in
direct proportion to the effective motion of the
thermal element induced bytemperature change.
(b) Snap-acting thermostat. A thermostat in
which the therfruostatic valve travels instantly
from the closed to the open position, and vice versa.
1.7.125 Type B gas vent. See Gas vent.
1.7.126 Type B-Wgas vent. See Gas vent.
1 .7.1 27 Type L vent. A passageway, vertical or
nearly so, composed of listed factory-built
components assembled in accordance with the
terms of listing for conveying flue gases from
listed appliances for use with type L vents or their
vent connectors to the outside atmosphere
1.7.128 Unitbroier. A broiler constructed as a”
separate appliance.
1.7.129 Unit heater.
(a) High static pressure A self-contained.
- .
automatically controlled. vented, fuel-gas
burning appliance having integral means for
circulation of air against 5 mm or greater static
pressure. It is equipped with provisions for
attaching an outlet air duct and, when the
appliance is for indoor installation remote from
the space to be heated, is also equipped with
provisions for attaching an inlet air duct.

(b) Low static pressure A
- . self-contained.
automatically controlled, vented, fuel-gas
burning appliance, intended for installatioh in the
space to be heated without the use of ducts.
having integral means for circulation of air,
normally by a propeller fan(s), and may be
equipped with louvers or face extensions made in
accordance with the manufacturer’s speci-
fications.
1.7.130 Unmeasured gas. Gas which has not
passed through and the volume of which has not
been measured by a meter. or gas which has not
otherwise been measured such as by liquid
volume or weight.
1.7.131 Utility gases. Natural gas, manu-
factured gas, liquefied petroleum gas-air
mixtures, or mixtures of any of these gases.
1.7.132 Valve. A device used in piping to
control the gas supply to any section of a system
of piping or to an appliance.
1.7.133 Valve, automatic. An automatic or
semi-automatic device consisting essentially of a
valve and operatorthat controls the gas supplyto
be burner(s) during operation of an appliance.
The operator may be actuated by application of
gas pressure on a flexible diaphragm, by
electrical means, by mechanical means or by
other means.
1.7.134 Valve, automatic gas shutoff. A valve
used in conjunction with an automatic gas
shutoff device to shut off the gas supply to a fuel-
gas burning water heating system. It may be
constructed integrally with the gas shutoff
device, or be a separate assembly.
1 .7.135 Valve, individual main burner. A valve
which controls the gas supply to an individual
main burner.
1.7.136 Valve, main burner control. A valve
MS 930: 1986
which controls the gas supply to the main burner
manifold.
1.7.137 Valve, manual main gas-control. A
manually operated valve in the gas line for the
purpose of completely turning on or shutting off
the gas supply to the appliance except to pilot or
pilots which are provided with independent
shutoff.
1.7.138 Valve, manual reset. An automatic
shutoff valve installed in the gas supply piping
and set to shut off when unsafe conditions occur.
The device remains closed until manually
reopened.
‘1.7.139 Valve, relief. A safety valve designed
to forestall the development of a dangerous
-
condition by relieving either pressure, tempe-
rature or vacuum in a hot water supply system.
(a) Pressure. A valve which automatically
opens and closes a relief vent, depending on
whether the pressure is above or below a
predetermined value.
(b) Temperature. A valve which automatically
opens and automatically closes a relief vent.
depending on whether the temperature is above
or below a predetermined value.
(c) Vacuum. A valve which automatically opens
and closes a vent for relieving a vacuum within
the hot water supply system depending on
whether the vacuum is above or below a
predetermined value.
1.7.140 Valve, service shutoff. A valve,
installed by the serving gas supplier between the
service meter or source of supply and the
customer piping system, to shutt off the entire
piping system.
1.7.141 Valve, shutoff. A valve (located in the
piping system and readily accessible and
27
 MS 930: 1986
operable by the consumer) used to shut off
individual equipment.
1.7.142 Valve. tamperproof. Valves designed
and constructed to minimize the possibility of the
removal of the core of the valve accidentally or
willfully with ordinary household tools.
1.7.143 Vent. A passageway, vertical or nearly
so. used to convey flue gases f~omgas utilization
equipment, or their vent connectors, to the
outside atmosphere.
1.7.144 Vent connector. The pipe or duct
which connects a fuel-gas burning appliance toa
vent or chimney.
NOTE 1. Since a vent is a verticai or nearly vertical passageway. t
follows that any pipe or duct used to connect an appliance(s) to such
vertical vent is a vent connector, However if the vertical vent is
connected directly to an appliance draft hood or flue collar, a vent
connector is not invoived,
1.7.145 Vent damper device, automatic. A
device intended for installation in the venting
system, in the outlet of or downstream of the
appliance draft hood, of an individual auto-
matically operated fuel-gas burning appliance
and which is designed to automatically open the
venting system when the appliance is in operation
and to automatically close off the venting system
when the appliance is in a standby or shutdown
condition.
(a) Electrically operated. An automatic vent
damper device that employs electrical energy to
control the device.
(b)Mechanically actuated. An automatic vent
damper device dependent for operation upon the
direct application or transmission of mechanical
energy without employing any type of energy
conversion.
(c) Thermally actuated. An automatic vent
damper device dependent for operation ex-
28
clusively upon the direct conversion of the
thermal energy of the vent gases into mechanical
energy.
1.7.146 Vent gases. Products of combustior’l
from fuel-gas burning appliances plus excess air.
plus dilution air in the venting system above the
draft hood or draft regulator.
1.7.147 Vented wa/Ifurnace, A self-contained,
vented, fuel-gas burning appliance complete with
grilles or equivalent, designed for incorporation
in or permanent attachment to the structure of a
building and furnishing heated air. circulated by
gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be
heated through openings in the c~sing.Such
appliances should not be provided with duct
extensions beyond the vertical and horizontal
limits of the casing proper, except that boots not
to exceed 250 mm beyond the horizontal limits of
the casing for extension through walls of nominal
thickness are permitted. When such boots arc
provided they shall be supplied by the manu
facturer as an integral part of the appliance. This
definition excludes floor furnaces, unit heaters,
direct vent wall furnaces and central furnaces.
(a) Fan type vented wall furnace. A wall furnacc
equipped with a fan.
(b) Gravity type vented wall furnace. A w&!
furnace depending on circulation of air by gravi’L’\’.
1.7.148 Venting. Removal of combustion pro-
ducts as well as noxious ortoxic processfumes to
the outer air by means of roof openings, natum’
draft chimneys, flue stacks, or mechanical
exhaust systems.
1.7.149 Venting system.,A continuous open
passageway from the flue collar or draft hood of a
fuel-gas burning appliance to the outside
atmosphere for the purpose of removing flue
gases.

NOTE 2. A venting system for exhausting flue gases usualiy is
composed of a vent or a chimney and vent connector)s(, if used.
assembled to form the open passageway.
1.7.150 Wall furnace, direct vent. A system
consisting of an appliance, combustion air and
flue gas connections between the appliance and
the outdoor atmosphere, and a vent cap supplied
by the manufacturer and constructed so that all
air for combustion is obtained from the outdoor
atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to
the outdoor atmosphere. The appliance shall be
complete with grilles or equivalent, designed for
incorporation in or permanent attachment to the
structure of a building. mobile home or re-
creational vehicle and shall furnish heated air
circulated by gravity or by a fan directly into the
space to be heated through openings in the
casing. Such appliances shall not be provided
with duct extensions beyond the vertical and
horizontal limits of the appliance casing. except
that boots not to exceed 250 mm beyond the
horizontal limits of the casing for extension
through walls or nominal thickness may be
permitted. This definition excludes floor
furnaces, unit heaters, vented wall lurnaces and
central furnaces.
1.7.151 Water heater. An
appliance for
supplying hot water for domestic or commercial
purposes other than for space heating.
(a) Automatic instantaneous water heater. A
water heater which has a rated input of at least
1 .11 5 kJ per hour per litre (4,000 Btu per hour
per gallon) of self-stored water. Automatic
control is obtained by water-actuated control.
thermostatic control. or combination ot water-
actuated control and thermostatic control. This
classification includes faucet type water heaters
designed to deliver water through a single faucet
integral with or directlyadjacentto theappliance.
(b) Circulating heaters
(i) Automatic circulating tank water heater. A
MS 930: 1986
water heater which fu”rnishes hot water to be
stored in a separate vessel. Storage tank
temperatures are controlled by means of a
thermostat installed on the water heater.
Circulation may be either gravity or forced.
(ii) Nonautomatic circulating tank water heater.
A water heater which furnishes hot water to be
stored in a separate vessel. Storage tank
temperatures are controlled by means of a
thermostat installed in the storage vessel.
(c) Coil circulation water heater. A water heater
whose heat transfer surface is composed
primarily of water tubes less than 38 mm in
internal diameter and which requires circulation.
(d) Commercial storage heater. A water heater
that heats and stores water at a thermostatically
controlled temperature for delivery on demand.
Input rating: 79.000 kJ (75.000 Btu) per hour or
more.
(e) Counter top domestic storage heater
(t) Concealed type. A vented automatic storage
heater which is designed for flush installation
beneath a counter top 1 m high, wherein the
entire heater is concealed.
(ii) Flush type. A vented automatic storage
water heater with flat sides. top, front and back,
which is designed primarily for flush installation
in conjunction with or adjacent to a counter 1 m
high, wherein the front and top of the heater
casing are exposed.
(iii) Recessed type. A vented automatic storage
water heater with flat sides. top. front and back.
which is designed for flush installation beneath a
counter 1 m high. wherein thefront of the heater
casing is exposed.
(f) Domestic storage heater. A water heater that
heats and stores water at a thermostatically
29
MS 930: 1986
controlled temperature for delivery on demand.
Input rating may not exceed 79.000 kJ (75,000
Ecu) per hour.
(g) Side-arm type water heater. A water heater
designed for use with auxiliary storage systems.
usually containing water-carrying parts of the
tubular or cast element design.
1.7.152 Water hearer, direct vent. A system
consisting of (a) a water heater for indoor
installation, (b) combustion air connections
between the water heater and the outside
atmosphere. (c) flue gas connections between
the water heater and the vent cap, and (d)vent cap
for installation outdoors, supplied by the manu-
facturer and constructed so that all air for
30
combustion is obtained from the outside
atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to
the outside atmosphere.
1.7.153 Zone 0. An area in which any
flammable atmosphere is continuously present,
or present for long periods, in concentrations
within the lower and upper limits of flammability.
1.7.154 Zone 7. An area in which a dangerous
atmosphere is likely to occur in normal operating
conditions. .
1.7.155 Zone 2. An area in which a dangerous
atmosphere can occur only in abnormal con-
ditions and not in normal operation.

SECTION TWO: GAS PIPING SYSTEM DESIGN, MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
2.1 Piping plan
2.1.1 Installation of piping system. Before
proceeding with the installation of a gas piping
system, a piping sketch or plan shall be prepared
showing the proposed location of piping, the size
of different branches, the various load demands
and the location of the point of delivery. An
example of a piping sketch or plan may be found
in appendix C.
2.1 .2 Addition to existing system. When
connecting additional gas utilization equipment
to a gas piping system, the existing piping shall be
checked to determine if it has adequate capacity
(see 2.4.3). If inadequate, the existing system
shall be enlarged as required or separate gas
piping of adequate capacity shall be provided.
2.2 Provision for location of point of delivery
2.2.1 The location of the point of delivery shall
be acceptable to the serving gas supplier.
2.3 Interconnections between gas piping
systems
2.3.1 Interconnections supplying separate
users. When two or more meters. or two or more
service regulators when meters are not provided.
are located on the same premises and supply
separate users, the gas piping systems shall not
be interconnected on the outlet side of the meters
or service regulators.
2.3.2 Interconnections for stand-by fuels.
When a supplementary gas for stand-by use is
connected downstream from a meter or a service
regulator when a meter is not provided, a suitable
device to prevent backflow shall be installed. A
MS 930: 1986
three-way valve installed to admit the stand-by
supply and at the same time shutt off the regular
supply may be used for this purpose.
2.4 Sizing of gas piping systems
2.4.1 General considerations. Gas piping shall
be of such size and so installed as to provide a
supply of gas sufficient to meet the maximum
demand without undue loss of pressure betwen
the point of delivery and the gas utilization
equipment. The size of gas piping depends upon
the following factors:
(a) Allowable loss in pressure (see 2.4.4) from
point of delivery to equipment.
lb) Maximum gas demand.
(c) Length of piping and number of fittings.
(d) Specific gravity of the gas.
(e) Diversity factor.
(f) Foreseeable future demand.
2.4.2 Maximum gas demand. The volume of
gas to be provided [in cubic metres (or cubic feet)
per hour] shall be determined directly from the
manufacturer’s input ratings of the gas utilization
equipment served. When input rating is not
indicated. the gas supplier, equipment manu-
facturer. or a qualified agency shall be contacted
for estimating the volume of gas to be supplied.
NOTE 3. To obtain the cubic metres (cubic feet) per hour of gas
required, divide the kJ (Btu) per hour rating by the kJ per cubic metre
(Btu per cubic foot) heating value of the gas supplied. The heatingvalue
of the gas may be obtained from the local gas supplier.
The total connected hourly load shall be used as
31
 MS 930:1986
the basis for piping sizing since all equipment
may be operating at full capacity simultaneously.
If, however, a diversity of load can be established,
smaller sized piping may be used.
In case the ratings of the equipment to be
installed are not known, table II of appendix C
shows the approximate demand of typical
appliances by types.
2.4.3 Allowable pressure drop. The design
pressure loss in any piping system under
maximum. probable flow conditions, from the
point of delivery to the inlet connection of the gas
utilization equipment, shall be such that the
supply pressure at the equipment is greater than
the minimum ~~ressure required for proper
equipment operation.
2.4.4 Pipe sizing methods. For any gas piping
system, for special gas utilization equipment or
for conditions other than those covered by the
capacity tables in appendix C. such as longer
runs, greater gas demands, or greater pressure
drops, the size of each gas piping system shall be
determined by standard engineering methods
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
Two entirely different methods of pipe sizing are
presented in appendix C.
2.5 Piping system operating pressure limi-
tations
2.5.1 Maximum design operatingpressure. The
maximum design operating pressure for piping
systems located inside buildings shall notexceed
35 kPa (gauge) [5 psig] unless approved by the
authority having jurisdiction and one or more of
the following conditions are met:
(a) The piping system is welded.
(b) The piping is located in a ventilated chase or
32
otherwise enclosed for protection against
accidental gas accumulation.
(c) The piping is located inside buildings or
separate areas of buildings used exclusively for:
(i) industrial processing or heating;
(ii) research;
(iii) warehousing; or
(iv) boiler or mechanical equipment rooms.
(d) The piping is a temporary installatiorl for
buildings under construction.
2.5.2 Gas-air mixture systems. Piping systems
for gas-air mixtures within the flammable range
are limited to a maximum pressure of 70 kPa
(gauge) [10 psig].
2.5.3 Liquefied petroleum gas systems. In no
case shall the maximum design operating
pressure for undiluted LP-gas systems exceed
1 40 kPa (gauge) [20 psig], except for buildings, or
separate areas of buildings. (note 4) used
exclusively to house industrial processes.
research and experimental laboratories, or
equipment or processing having similar hazards.
NOTE 4. separate areas of buildings means fire-isolated areas unless
otherwise approved by the relevant authority.
2.6 Acceptable piping mate~1aI~
and joining
methods
2.6.1 General
2.6.1.1 Materials and components conforming
to standards or specifications listed herein
and/or acceptable to the authority having
jurisdiction (see clause A14) may be used for
appropriate applications, as prescribed and
limited by this Code.
2.6.1.2 Usedmaterials. Pipe, fittings, valves or
other materials shall not be used again unless
they are free of foreign materials and have been

ascertained to be adequate for the service
intended,
2.6.1.3 Other materials. Materials not covered
by the standards, specifications listed herein shall
be investigated and tested to determine that it is
safe suitable for the proposed service, and, in
addition, shall be recommended for that service
by the manufacturer and shall be acceptable to
the authority having jurisdiction.
2.6.2 Metallic pipes
2.6.2.1 Cast-iron pipe shall not be used.
2.6.2.2 Steel and wrought-iron pipe shall be at
least of standard weight (schedule 40) or
equivalent and shall comply with one of the
following standards:
(a) MS 862 Specification for welded and
seamless steel pipes for general pressure
purposes.
(b) MS 863 Specification for welded and
seamless steel pipes (6 mm 1 50 mm), screwed-
-
type.
(c) ANSI B36.10 The Standard for welded and
seamless wrought-steel pipe.
(d) ANSI/ASTM A53 Specification for black and
hot-dipped, zinc-coated welded and seamless
steel pipe.
(e)ANSI/ASTM Al 06 Specification for seamless
carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service.
(f) ANSI/ASTM Al 20 Specification for black
and hot-dipped zinc-coated (galvanized) welded
and seamless steel pipe for ordinary uses.
2.6.2.3 Nodular (ductile) iron pipe shall comply
with one of the following standards:
(a) ANSI A21 .52 The standard for ductile-iron
MS 930: 1986
pipe. centrifugally cast. in metal molds on
sand—lined molds. for gas.
(b) ASTM A377 Specification for gray iron and
ductile iron pressure pipe.
Such pipe shall be not less than 80 mm (3-inch)
size, shall not be welded and shall be used only
underground outside building foundation
boundaries, or aboveground. provided thatjoints
are properly restrained against movement and
separation.
2.6.2.4 Copper and brass pipe shall not be
used if the gas contains more than an average of
0.1 grain of hydrogen sulphide per standard
cubic metre of gas. This is equivalent to a trace as
determined by the following applicable standard:
(a) ANSI/ASTM D2385 Test for hydrogen
sulphide and mercaptan sulphur in natural gas.
(Cadmium sulphate-iodometric titration
method), or
(b) ANSI/ASTM D2420 Test for hydrogen
sulphide in liquefied petroleum LP gases (Lead
acetate method).
Threaded copper. brass or aluminium alloy pipe
in iron pipe sizes may be used with gases not
corrosive to such material.
2.6.2.5 Aluminium alloy pipe shall comply with
ANSI/ASTM B24l ‘Standard specification for
aluminium-alloy seamless pipe and seamless
extruded tube, (except that the use of alloy 5456 is
cjrohibited), and shall be suitably marked ateach
end of each length indicating compliance.
Aluminium alloy pipe shall be coated to protect
against external corrosion where it is in contact
with masonry, plaster. or insulation or is subject
to repeated wettings by such liquids as water.
detergents or sewage.
Aluminium alloy pipe shall not be used in exterior
locations or underground.
33
MS 930 : 1 986
2.6.3 Metallic tubing. Seamless copper.
aluminium alloy or steel tubing may be used with
gases not corrosive to such material..
(a) Steel tubing shall comply with:
(i) ANSI/ASTM A539 Standard specification for
electric-resistance-welded coiled steel tubing for
gas and fuel oil lines, or
(ii) ANSI/ASTM A254 Standard specification
for coper brazed steel tubing.
(b) Copper tubing shall comply with-standard
type K or L. of
(i). ANSI/ASTM B88 Standard specification for
seamless copper water tube, on
(ii) ANSI/ASTM 8280 Standard specification
for seamless copper tube for air conditioning and
refrigeration field service.
Copper and brass tubing and fittings (except tin-
lined copper tubing) shall not be used if the gas
contains more than an average of 0.1 grain
hydrogen sulphide per standard cubic metre of
gas. This is equivalent to a trace as determined by
the following applicable standard:
(i) ANSI/ASTM D2385 Test for hydrogen
sulphide and mercaptan sulphur natural gas
(cadmium sulphate-iodometnic titration method).
or
(ii) ANSI/ASTM D2420 Test for hydrogen
sulphide in liquefied petroleum (LP) gases (lead
acetate method)
(c) Aluminium alloy tubing shall comply with
(i) ANSI/ASTM B2 1 0 Standard specification for
aluminium-alloy drawn seamless tubes. or
(ii) ANSI/ASTM B241 Standard specification
for aluminium-alloy seamless pipe and seamless
extruded tube.
34
Aluminium-alloy tubing shall be coated to protect
against external corrosion where it is in contact
with masonry. plaster, or insulation or is subject
to repeated wettings by such liquids as water,
detergents or sewage.
Aluminium-alloy tubing shall not be used in
exterior locations or underground.
2.6.4 Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings. Plastic
pipe or tubing and compatible fittings shall be
used outside underground only and -shall
conform with
(a) ASTM 02513 Specification for thermo-
plastic gas pressure pipe, tubing and fittings. or
(b) ASTM D25 1 7 Specification for reinforced
expoxy resin gas pressure pipe and fittings, or
(c) equivalent standards approved by the
authority having jurisdiction (see clause Al 4).
2.6.5 Workmanship and defects. Gas pipe or
tubing and fittings shall be clear and free from
cutting burrs and defects- in. structure or
threading and shall be thoroughly brushed, and
chip and scale blown.
Defects in pipe or tubing or fittings shall not be
repaired. When defects in pipe, tubing orfittirtgs
are located in a system, the defective material
shall be replaced.
2.6.6 Protective coating. When in contact with
material or atmosphere exerting a corrosive
action, metallic piping and fittings coated with a
corrosion-resistant material shall be used.
External or internal coatings or linings used or~
piping or components shall not be considered as
adding strength.
2.6.7 Metallic pipe threads
2.6.7.1 Specif~ations for pipe threads. Metallic
 MS 930: 1986

pipe and fitting threads shall be taper pipe threads 2.6.8.1 Pipe joints shall be threaded.flanged or
and shall comply with ANSI B2.l. ‘Standard for pipe welded, and nonferrous pipe may also be
threads (Except dryseal)’. soldered or brazed with materials having a
melting point in excess of 540°C. Brazing alloys
2.6.7.2 Damaged threads. Pipe with threads shall not contain phosphorous.
which are stripped, chipped, corroded or
otherwise damaged shall not be used. If a weld Threaded joints shall not be used in annealed.
opens during the operation of cutting or tempered aluminium pipe.
threading, that portion of the pipe shall not be
used. 2.6.8.2 Tubing joints shall either be made with
approved gas tubing fittings or be soldered or
2.6.7.3 Number of threads. Table 1 may be
brazed with a material having a melting point in
used as a guide for field threading of metallic
excess of 540°C. Brazing alloys shall not contain
pipe.
phosphorous. Metallic ball sleeve compression
type tubing fittings shall not be used for this
Table 1. Specifications for threading metallic purpose.
pipe
2.6.8.3 Flared joints shall be used only in
Iron pipe Approximate length Approximate number1
systems constructed from nonferrous pipe and
size of threaded portion of threads to be
mm (inches) mm cut tubing where experience or tests have demons-
trated that the joint is suitable for the conditions
15 (½) 20 10
20 (34) 20 10
and where adequate provisions are made in the
25 (1) 22 10 design to prevent separation of the joints.
32 (11/4) 25 11
40 (1½) 25 11
50 (2) 25
2.6.8.4 Approved couplings and proprietary
11
65 (2½) 40 12 type joints may be used within the manufacturer’s
80 (3) 40 12 pressure-temperature recommendations, pro-
100 (4) 42 13
vided adequate provision is made to prevent
separation of the joint due to vibration, fatigue
2.6.7.4 Threaded pipe sizes. Threaded pipe in and thermal expansion or contraction.
sizes larger than 100 mm (4 inches) shall not be
used unless acceptable to the authority having 2.6.8.5 Metallic fittings (except valves.
jurisdiction. strainers or filters) shall be steel, brass or
malleable and cast iron or ductile iron when used
2.6.8 Metallic piping joints and fittings. The with steel orwrought-iron pipe: shall becopperor
type of piping joint used shall be suitable for the brass when used with copper or brass pipe; and
pressure-temperature conditions and shall be shall be aluminium alloy when used ~ivith
selected giving consideration to joint tightness aluminium alloy pipe.
and mechanical strength under the service
conditions. The joint shall be able to sustain the (a) When approved by the authority having
maximum end force due to the internal pressure jurisdiction, special fittings. such as saddle tees
and any additional forces due to temperature and gland-type compression couplings. may be
expansion or contraction. vibration, fatigue onto used to connect steel or wrought-iron pipe If
the weight of the pipe and its contents. adequately braced so that neither the gas

35
MS 930:1986
pressure nor external physical damage will force
the joint apart.
(b) Cast-iron fittings (including valves, strainers
and filters) in sizes 1 50 mm (6 inches) and larger
may be used to connect steel and wrought-iron
pipe when approved by the authority having
jurisdiction.
(c) Cast-iron fittings in sizes 1 00 mm (4 inches)
and larger shall not be used indoors unless
approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
(d) Cast-iron fittings and zinc-aluminium valves
and fittings shall not be used in systems
containing flammable gas-air mixtures.
(ej Cast-iron flanges may be used.
(f) Fittings in copper or brass piping systems. if
exposed to soil, shall be made of bronze,. copper
,or brass containing not less than 80% copper.
(g) Approved flared, flareless or compression
(other than metallic ball sleeve) type tubing
fittings may be used provided they meet the
manufacturer’s pressure-temperature recom-
mendations for the fittings and the service
conditions anticipated, such as vibration, fatigue
and thermal expansion or contraction.
2.6.8.6 Bushings. Cast-iron or plastic
bushings, orange-peel bull plugs. orange-peel
swages and fish tails shall not be used.
2.8.8.7 Joint compounds. Joint compounds
(pipe dope) shall be resistant to the action of
liquefied petroleum gas or to any other chemical
constituents of the gases to be conducted
through the piping.
2.3.9 Plastic piping joints and fittings. Plastic
pipe, tubing and fittings. shall be joined by either
the solvent cement method, adhesive method.
heat-fusion me~hod.electro-fusion or by means
of compression couplings or flanges. The joining
36
method used shall be compatible with the
materials being joined and the recommendations
of the manufacturer. The following shall be
observed when making such joints:
(a) Plastic pipe or tubing shall not be threaded.
(b) The joint shall be designed and installed so
that the longitudinal pull-out resistance of the
jointwill beatleastequaltothetensilestrength of
the plastic piping material.
(c) Solvent cement joints, adhesive joints and
heat-fusion joints shall be made in accordance
with qualified procedures which have been
established and proven by test to produce
gastight joints at least as strong as the pipe or
tubing being joined.
(d) Solvent cement or heat-fusion joints shall
not be made between different kinds of plastics.
(e) Heat-fusion, electro-fusion or rniechanical
joints shall be used when joining polyethylene
pipe, tubing or fittings.
(f) Flanges or special joints may be used
provided they are properly qualified and utilized.
(g) When compression type mechanical joints
are used, the gasket material in the fitting shall be
compatible with the plastic piping and with the
gas distributed by the system. An internal tubular
rigid stiffener shall be used in conjunction with
the fitting, and the stiffener shall be flush with the
end of the pipe or tubing and extend at least to the
outside end of the compression fitting when
installed. The stiffener shall be free of rough or
s’harp edges and shall not be a force fit in the
plastic. A split tubular stiffener shall not be used.
(h) For plastic piping joints and fittings for use in
liquefied petroleum gas piping systems, see
MS 830 : 1 983(P). ‘Code of Practice for the
storage. handling and transportation of liquefied
petroleum gases’.

(j) Compatibility of materials being joined when
supplied by different suppliers or made of
dissimilar resins must first be established to the
satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction.
The compatibility may be established if any of the
following conditions is met:
(i) compatibility of materials declared by the
manufacturer,
(ii) attestation by accredited laboratories.
2.6.10 Flanges. All flanges shall comply with
the standards and specifications as listed in
appendix A. The pressure-temperature ratings
shall equal or exceed that required by the
application.
(a) Flange facings. Standard facings are
suitable for use under this Code. When 68 kg
steel flanges are bolted to Class 1 25 cast-iron
flanges, the raised face on the steel flange shall
be removed.
(b) Lapped flanges. Lapped flanges may be
used only aboveground or in exposed locations
accessible for inspection.
2.6.11 Flange gaskets. Material for gaskets
shall be capable of withstanding the design
temperature and pressure of the piping system,
and the chemical constituents of the gas being
conducted. without change to its chemical and
physical properties. The effects of fire exposure to
the joint shall be considered in choosing material.
2.6.11.1 Acceptable materials include:
(a) Metal or metal-jacketed asbestos (plain or
corrugated).
(b) Asbestos.
(c) Aluminium ‘0’ rings and spiral wound metal
gaskets.
MS 930:1986
2.6.11.2 When a flanged joint is opened, the
‘gasket shall be replaced.
2.6.11.3 Full-face gaskets shall be used with all
bronze and cast-iron flanges.
2.7 Gas meters
2.7.1 Capacity. Gas meters shall be properly
selected for the maximum expected pressure and
permissible pressure drop.
2.7.2 Location
2.7.2.1 Gas meters shall be located in
ventilated spaces readily accessible for
examination, reading, replacement or necessary
maintenance.
2.7.2.2 Gas meters shall not be placed where
they will be subjected to damage, such as
adjacent to a driveway, under a fire es~apé,in
public passages. halls, coal bins, or where they
will be subject to excessive corrosion or vibration.
2.7.2.3 Gas meters shall be located at least 1 m
from sources of ignition.
2.7.2.4 Gas meters shall not be located where
they will be subjected to extreme temperatures or
sudden extreme changes in temperature. Meter
manufacturers shall furnish information re-
garding safe temperature limits.
2.7.3 Supports. Gas meters shall be securely
supported or connected to rigid piping so as not
to exert a strain on the meters. When flexible
connectors are used to connect a gas meter to
downstream piping at mobile homes in mobile
home parks, the meter shall be supported by a
post or bracket placed in a firm footing or other
means providing equivalent support.
2.7.4 Meter protection. Meters shall be pro-
37
MS930:1986
tected against overpressure. backpressure and
vacuum, if necessary.
2.7.5 ldentifióation. Gas piping at multiple
meter installations shall be plainly marked by a
metal tag or other permanent means attached by
the installing agency. designating the building or
the part of the building being supplied.
2.8 Gas pressure regulators
2.8.1 When required. When the gas supply
pressure is higher than that at which the branch
supply line or gas utilization equipment is
designed to operate or varies beyond design
pressure limits, a line gas pressure regulator or
gas equipment pressure regulator. as applicable.
shall be installed.
2.8.2 Location. The gas pressure regulator
location shall be such that the connections are
readily accessible for servicing.
2.8.3 Regulator protection. Pressure re-
gulators shall be protected or so located against
accidental damage.
2.8.4 Venting
2.8.4.1 Line gas pressure regulators
(a) An adequately sized independent vent to the
outside of the building shall be provided when the
line pressure regulator at its location is such that
a ruptured diaphragm will cause a hazard. See
2.9.7 for properly locating the vent.
(b) The vent shall be designed to prevent the
entry of water, insects or other foreign materials
that could cause blockage.
(c) At locations where line pressure regulators
might be submerged during floods, a special anti-
flood type breather vent fitting shall be installed.
or the vent line shall be extended above the height
of the expected flood waters.
38
(d) A line pressure regulator shall not be vented
to the gas equipment flue or exhaust system.
2.8.4.2 Gas appliance pressure regulators. Fe
venting of gas appliance pressure regulators. see
5.1.15.
2.8.5 Bypass piping. Suitably valved end
regulated bypasses may be placed around gas
line pressure regulators where continuity of
service is imperative.
2.8.6 Identification. Line pressure regulators
at multiple regulator installations shall be plainly
marked by a metal tag or other permanent means
designating the building or the part of the
building being supplied.
2.8.7 Second stage LP-gas regulators. Second
stage regulators on undiluted liquefied petro
leum gas piping systems shall comply witli
ANSI/UL 144, ‘Standard for pressure regulating
valves for LP-gas.’ and shall be installec.l in
accordance with MS 830 : 1 983(P), ‘Code ci
Practice for the storage. handling and trans-
portation of liquefied petroleum gases’.
2.9 Overpressure protection devices
2.9.1 General
Overpressure protection devices shall be pro-
vided to prevent the pressure in the piping system
from exceeding that value which would caine
unsafe operation of any connected and propoiN,.’
adjusted gas utiliz~ationequipment. (See 2.9.5).
2.9.1.1 The requirements of this section shaH
be met and a piping system deemed to hove
adequate overpressure protection when there are
two acceptable devices (a service or line pressure
regulator plus one other device), each limiting the
pressure to a value’ that does not exceed the
maximum working pressure of the downstream
system. both of which must fail simultaneously in

order to overpressure the downstream system.
(Note 5). The pressure regulating. limiting and
relieving devices shall be properly maintained
and inspection procedures shall be devised or
suitable instrumentation installed to detect
failures or malfunctions of such devices and
replacements or repairs shall be promptly made.
NOTES. A pressure regulator with a buiit in safety device is deemed
sufficient to meet this requirement or if the regulators are arranged in
parallel.
2.9.1.2 No pressure relieving or limiting device
is required if the gas does not contain materials
that could seriously interfere with the operation
of the service or line pressure regulator and if the
service or line pressure regulator has all of the
following design features or characteristics:
(a) Pipe connections to the service or line
regulator do not exceed 50 mm (2 inches)
nominal diameter.
(b) It is self-contained with no external static or
control piping.
(c) It has a single port valve with an orifice
diameter no greater than that recommended by
the manufacturer for the maximum gas pressure
at the regulator inlet.
(d) The valve seat is made of resilient material
designed to withstand abrasion of- the gas.
impurities in the gas and cutting by the valve and
to resist permanent deformation when it is
pressed against the valve port.
(e) It is capable, under normal operating
conditions, of regulating the downstream
pressure within the necessary limits of accuracy
and of limiting the discharge pressure under no-
flow conditions to not more than 1 50% of the
discharge pressure maintained under flow
conditions.
MS 930 : 1986
2.9.2 Devices. Any of the following pressure
relieving or pressure limiting devices may be
used:
(a) Spring loaded relief device.
(b) Pilot loaded backpressure regulator used as
a relief valve so designed that failure of the pilot
system or external control piping will cause the
regulator relief valve to open.
(c) A monitoring regulator installed in series
with the service or line pressure regulator.
(d) A series regulator installed upsiream from
the service or line regulator and set to
continuously limit the pressure on the inlet of the
service or line regulator to the maximum working
pressure of the downstream piping system.
(c) An automatic shutoff device installed in
series with the service or line pressure regulator
and set to shut off when the pressure on the
downstream piping system reaches the maximum
working pressure or some other predetermined
pressure less than the maximum working
pressure. This device shall be designed so that it
will remain closed until manually reset.
(f) A liquid seal relief device that can be set to
open accurately and consistently at the desired
pressure.
The above devices may be installed as an integral
part of the service or line pressure regulator or as
separate units. If separate pressure relieving or
pressure limiting devices are installed, they shall
comply with 2.9.3 through 2.9.8.
2.9.3 Construction and installation. All
pressure relief or pressure limiting devices shall:
(a) Be constructed of materials so that the
operation of the device will not normally be
 MS 930: 1986
impaired by corrosion of external -parts bV the
atmosphere or of internal part-s. by the gas.
(b) Be designed and installed so they can be
readily operated to determine if the.valve is free.
The devices shall also be designed and installed
so they can be tested to determinethe pressure at
which the-y will operate and examined for leakage
when in the closed position.~
2.9.4 External control piping. External control
piping shall be reasonably protected from falling
objects. excavations or other causes of damage
and shall be designed and installed so that
damage to -any control piping shall not render
both ~he r~gulatorand the overpressure pro-
tective device inoperative.
2.9.5 Setting. Each pressure limiting or
pressure relieving device shall be set so that the
pressure shall not exceed a safe level beyond the
ma$<imum allowable workiitg pressure for the
piping and appliances connected:
2.9.6 Unauthorized operation. Precautions
.
shall be taken to prevent unauthorized operation
of any shutoff valve which will make a pressure
relief valve or pressure -limitin9 device -in-
operative. Acceptable methods for complying
vVith this provision are: - -
(a) Lock the valve in the open position. Instruct
authorized personnel of the importance of
lea~vingthe shutoff valve open and of being
present’while the-shutoff valve is closed’so that it
can be locked in the open position before leaving
the premises. -. . -
(b) Install duplicate relief valves. each having
adequate capacity to protect the system~’a’nd
arrange the isolating valvesor-3-wayvalve so that
only one safety device can be rendered in-
operative at a time. . -
2.9.7 Vents. The discharge stacks, vents or
40
outlet parts. of all pressure relief and pressure
limiting devices shall.be located so that gas is
discharged into the atmosphere without undue
hazard. Discharge stacks or vents shall be
designed to prevent the entry of water, insects or
other foreign material that could cause blockage.
The discharge stack or vent line shall be atleast
the same size as the outlet of the pressure
relieving device.
2.9.8 Size of fittings. pipe and openings. The
openings. pipe and fittings located between the
s~’stemto be ptotected and the pressure relieving
device shalF be of adequate size to prevent
hammering of the valve and to prevent
impairment of relief capacity.
2.10 Back pressure protection
2.10.1 When to install. When. the design of
utilization equipment connected is such that air,
oxygen or stand-by gases may be forced into the
gas supply system.. suitable protective devices
shall be installed as close to the utilization
equipment as practical. Gas and air combustion
mixers incorporating double diaphragm ‘zero’ or
‘atmosphere’ governors or regulators require no
further protection unless connected directly to
compressed air or oxygen at pressures of 35 kPa
(gauge) [5 psig] or more.
2.10.2 Suitable devices. Suitable protective
devices include but are not limited to the
following:
(a) Check valves.
(b) Three-wayvalves (of the typethat completely
closes one side before starting to open the other
side). -
(c) Reverse flow indicators controlling positive
shutoff valves.

(d) Normally closed air-actuated positive-
shutoff pressure regulators.
2.1 1 Low pressure protection
2.11.1 A suitable protective device shall be
installed between the meter and the gas
utilization equipment if the operation of the
equipment is such (i.e. gas compressors) that it
may produce a vacuum or a dangerous reduction
in gas pressure at the meter. Such devices
include, but are not limited to mechanical.
diaphragm-operated or electrically operated low-
pressure shutoff valves.
2.12 Shutoff valves
2.12.1 Shutoff valves shall be approved and
shall be selected giving considerationto pressure
drop. service involved, emergency use and
reliability of operation.
2.13 Expansion and flexibility
2.13.1 Design. Piping systems shall be
designed to have sufficient flexibility to prevent
thermal expansion or contraction from causing
MS 930:1986
excessive stresses in the piping material,
excessive bending or loads at joints. or
undesirable forces or moments at points of
connections to equipment and at anchorage or
guide points. Formal calculations or model tests
shall be required only where reasonable doubt
exists as to the adequate flexibility of the system.
Flexibility shall be provided by the use of bends.
loops, offsets or couplings of the slip type.
Provision shall be made to absorb thermal
changes by the use of expansion joints of the
bellows type. or by the use of ‘ball’ or ‘swivel’
joints. Expansion joints of the slip type shall not
be used inside buildings or for thermal
expansion. If expansion joints are used, anchors
or ties of sufficient strength and rigidity shall be
installed to provide for end forces due to fluid
pressure and other causes.
Pipe alignment guides shall be used with
expansion joints according to the recommended
practice of the joint manufacturer.
2.13.2 Sç5ecial local conditions. Where local
conditions include unstable ground or flood
hazards, special consideration shall be given to
increased strength and flexibility of piping
supports and connections.
41
 MS 930:1986
SECTION THREE:
3.1 Piping underground
3.1.1 Clearances. Underground gas piping
shall be installed with enough clearancefrom any
other underground structure to avoid contact
therewith, to allow proper maintenance and to
protect against damage that might result from
proximity to other structures. In addition,
underground plastic piping shall be installed with
sufficient clearance, or shall be insulated, from
any source of heat so as to prevent the heat from
impairing the serviceability of the pipe.
3.1.2 Protection against damage. Where soil
conditions are unstable and settling of piping or
foundation walls or heavy vehicular traffic may
occur, adequate measures shall be provided to
prevent excessive stressing of the piping. Piping
shall be buried a sufficiertt depth or covered in a
manner so as to protect the piping from physical
damage.
Consideration should be given to protecting the
piping from physical damage when it passes
through flower beds, shrub beds and other such
cultivated areas.
(a) Cover requirements. Underground piping
systems shall be installed with at least 450mm of
cover. The cover may be reduced to 300 mm if
external damage to the pipe is not likely to result.
If a minimum of 300 mm of cover cannot be
maintained, the pipe shall be installed in conduit
or bridged (shielded).
(b) Trenches. The trench shall be graded so
that the pipe has a firm, substantially continuous
bearing on the bottom of the trench.
42
GAS PIPING INSTALLATION
(c) Backfilling. Where flooding of the trench is
done to consolidate the backfill, care shall be
exercised to see that the pipe is not floated from
its firm bearing on the trench bottom.
3.1.3 Protection against corrosion. Gas piping
in contact with earth, or other material which may
corrode the piping, shall be protected against
corrosion in an approved manner. When dis-
similar metals are joined underground, an
insulating coupling orfitting shall be used. Piping
shall not be laid in contact with cinders.
Uncoated threaded or socket welded joints
shall not be used in piping in contact with soil or
where internal or external crevice corrosion may
occur.
3.1.4 Connection of plastic piping. Con~-
nections between metallic and plastic piping
shall be made only outside, underground and
with approved transition fittings.
3.1.5 Piping through foundation wall. Under-
ground piping. when installed below ground level
through the outer foundation or basement wall of
a building. shall be encased in a protective pipe.
The annular space between the gas piping and
the sleeve shall be sealed at the foundation or
basement wall to prevent entry of gas or water.
3.1.6 Piping underground beneath buildings.
When the installation of gas piping underground
beneath buildings is unavoidable, the piping shall
be encased in an approved conduit designed to
withstand the superimposed loads. The conduit
shall extend into a normally usable and
accessible portion of the building and atthe point

where the conduit terminates in the building, the
space between the conduit and the gas piping
shall be sealed to prevent the possible entrance of
anygas leakage. lftheend sealing isofatypethat
will retain the full pressure of the pipe. the conduit
shall be designed for the same pressure as the
pipe. The conduit shall extend at least 1 00 mm
outside the building, be vented above ground
level to the outside and be installed so as to
prevent the entrance of water and insects.
3.2 Aboveground piping outside
3.2.1 Piping installed aboveground shall be
securely supported and located where it will be
protected from physical damage. When passing
through an outside wall, the piping shall also be
protected against corrosion by coating or
wrapping with an inner material. When piping is
encased in a protective pipe sleeve, the annular
space between the gas piping and the sleeve shall
be sealed at the wall to prevent the entry of water,
insects or rodents.
3.3. Piping in buildings
3.3.1 Building structure
3.3.1.1 The installation of gas piping shall not
cause structural stresses within building
components to exceed allowable design limits.
3.3.1.2 Before any beams or joists are cut or
notched, permission shall be obtained from the
authority having jurisdiction.
3.3.2 Other than dry gas. Drips, sloping, and
branch pipe connections, as provided for in
3.3.3, 3.7.1 and 3.9.1, shall apply only when
other than dry gas is distributed.
3.3.3 Gas piping to be sloped. Piping for other
than dry gas conditions shall be sloped not less
MS 930: 1986
than 15 mm in 10 metres to prevent traps.
Horizontal lines shall slope upward to risers and
from the risers to meter, or service regulatorwhen
a meter is not provided, or to the appliance.
3.3.4 Above-ceiling locations. Gas piping may
be installed in accessible above-ceiling spaces,
but if. such spaces are used as a plenum, the gas
piping must be welded. Valves shall not be
located in such spaces.
3.3.5 Prohibited locations. Gas piping inside
any building shall not be run in or through a
circulating air duct, clothes chute. chimney or
gas vent, ventilating duct, dumb waiter, enclosed
staircase or elevator shaft. This provision shall
not apply to ducts used to provide combustion
and ventilation air in accordance with 5.3 or to
above-ceiling spaces as covered in 3.3.4.
3.3.6 Hangers. supports and anchors’
3.3.6.1 Piping shall be supported in a
substantial and workmanlike manner with pipe
hooks, metal pipe straps, bands, brackets or
hangers suitable for the size of piping, of
adequate strength and quality, and located at
proper intervals so as to prevent or damp out
excessive vibration. Piping shall be anchored
sufficiently to prevent undue strains on
connected equi~mentand shall not be supported
by other piping. Pipe hangers and supports shall
conform to the requirements of MSS SP-58.
‘Standard practices for pipe hangers and
supports—materials, design and manufacture’.
3.3.6.2 Spacings of supports in gas piping
installations shall not be greater than shown in
table 2.
3.3.6.3 Supports, hangers and anchors shall
be installed so as not to interfere with the free
expansion and contraction of the piping between
anchors. Suitable spring hangers, sway bracing.
etc. shall be provided where necessary. All parts
43
MS 930:1986

of the supporting equipment shall be designed laid in channels in the floor suitably covered to
and installed so that they will not be disengaged permit access to the piping with a minimum of
by movement of the supported piping. damage to the building. When piping in floor
channels may be exposed to excessive moisture
3.3.7 Removal ofpipe. If piping containing gas or corrosive substances, it shall be suitably
is to be removed, the line shall be first protected.
disconnected from all sources of gas and then
thoroughly purged with air, water or with inert gas 3.4.3.2 In other than industrial occupancies
before any cutting or welding is done. (See 4.3). and when approved by the authority having
jurisdiction, gas piping may be embedded in
Table 2. Support of piping concrete floor slabs constructed with Portland
cement. Piping shall be surrounded with a
Steel pipe, Nominal
nominal Spacing of size of Spacing of minimum of 40 mm of concrete and shall not be
size of pipe supports tubing supports in physical contact with other metallic structures
mm m mm m
(inches) (inches O.D.) such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral
conductors. All piping, fittings and risers shall be
15 (½) 1.8 15 (½) 1.2
protected against corrosion in accordance with
2.6.6. Piping shall not be embedded in concrete
20 (3,4) or 2.4 16 (%) or 1.8
25(1) slabs containing quickset additives or cinder
2O(~A)
aggregate.
32 (1¼) or 3.0 22 (Ye) or 2.4
larger 25 (1)
[horizontal] 3.4.4 Connections in original installations.
32 (1%) or every floor
When installing gas piping, which is to be
larger level concealed, unions, tubing fittings, running
[vertical]
threads, right and left couplings, bushings. and
swing joints made by combinations of fittings
shall not be used.

3.4 Concealed piping in buildings 3.4.5 Reconnections. When necessaryto insert

3.4.1 General. Gas piping may be installed in
concealed locations in accordance with the
following:
3.4.2 Piping in partitions. Concealed gas
piping shall not be located in solid partitions.
Tubing shall not be run inside hollow walls or
partitions unless protected against physical
damage. This provision does not apply to tubing
which passes through walls or partitions.
3.4.3 Piping in floors.
3.4.3.1 Except as provided in 3.4.3.2 gas
piping in solid floors such as concrete shall be
fittings in gas pipe which has been installed in a
concealed location, the pipe may be reconnected
by welding. flanges. or the use of a ground joint
union with the nut centre punched to prevent
loosening by vibration. Reconnection of tubing in
a concealed location is prohibited.
3.5 Piping in vetrical chases
3.5.1 Pressure reduction. If pressure reduction
is needed in branch connection for compliance
with 2.5.1, such reduction shall take place either
inside the chase or immediately adjacent to the
outside wall of the chase. Regulator venting and

44

downstream over-pressure protection shall
comply with 2.8.3 and 2.9. The regulator shall be
accessible for service and repair.
(a) Regulators equipped with a vent limiting
means may be vented into the chase.
(b) Regulators not equipped with a vent limiting
means shall be vented directly to the outdoors or
to a point within the top 300 mm of the chase.
3.5.2 Construction, Chase construction shall
comply with the Uniform Building By-Laws with
respect to fire resistance and protection of
horizontal and vertical openings.
3.5.3 Ventilation. A chase shall be ventilated to
the outdoors and only at the top. The opening(s)
shall have a minimum free area equal to the
product of one-half of the maximum pressure in
the piping times the largest nominal diameter of
that piping. Or the cross-sectional area of the
- -
chase, whichever is smaller: When more than one
fuel gas piping system is present the free area for
-
each system shall be calculated and the largest
area used.
NOTE 6. Only vertical chases are recognized by the coverage. it is
beiievedthatweided~ointsforahorizontaigasiinewouidbepreferabie
to a horizontal chase.
3.6 Gas pipe turns
3.6.1 Changes in direction of gas pipe may be
made by the use of fittings, factory bends or field
bends.
3.6.1.1 Metallic pipe
(a) Bends shall be made only with bending
equipment and procedures especially intended
for that purpose.
(b) All bends shall be smooth and free from
MS 930:1986
buckling, cracks or other evidence of mechanical
damage.
(c) The longitudinal weld of the pipe shall be
near the neutral axis of the bend.
(d) Pipe shall not be bent through an arc of
more than 90 degrees.
(e) The inside radius of a bend shall be not less
than 6 times the outside diameter of the pipe.
3.6.1.2 ‘Plastic pipe.
(a) Plastic pipe may be bent provided that the
pipe is not damaged and the internal diameter of
the pipe is not effectively reduced.
(b) The radius of the inner curve of such bends
shall not be less than 25 times the inside diameter
of the pipe.
. .
(c) When the piping manufacturer specifies the
- . -
use of special bending equipment or procedures.
such equipment or procedures shall be used.
3.6.1.3 Mitred bends. Mitred bends are
permitted subject to the following limitations:
(a) Mitres shall not be used in systems having a
design pressure greater than 345 kPa (gauge)
[50 psig]. Deflections caused by misalignments
up to 3 degrees are not considered as mit-res.
(b) The total deflection angle of each mitre shall
not exceed 90 degrees.
(c) Care shall be taken in making mitred joints
to provide proper root opening and alignment
and full weld penetration.
3.6.1.4 Elbows. Factory made welding elbows
or transverse segments cut therefrom may be
used for changes in direction provided that the
arc length measured along the crotch is at least
25 mm in pipe sizes 50 mm (2 inches) and larger.
45
 MS 930:1986
3.7 Drips and sediment traps
3.7.1 Provide drips where necessary. A drip
shall be provided at any point in the line of pipe
where condensate may collect. When con-
densation is excessive, a drip should be provided
at the outlet of the meter. This drip should be so
installed as to constitute a trap wherein an
accumulation of condensate will shut off the flow
of gas before it will run back into the meter.
3.7.2 Location of drips. All drips shall be
installed only in such location that they will be
readily accessible to permit cleaning or emptying.
A drip shall not be located where the condensate
is likely to freeze.
3.7.3 Sediment traps. See 5.5.6.
3.8 Outlets
3.8.1 Location and installation
3.8.1.1 The outlet fittings or piping shall be
securely fastened in place.
3.8.1,2 Outlets shall not be located behind
doors.
3.8.1.3 Outlets shall be located far enough
from floors, walls, patios, slabs and ceilings to
permit the use of proper wrenches without
straining, bending or damaging the piping.
3.8.1.4 The unthreaded portion of gas piping
outlets shall extend not less than 25 mm through
finished ceilings or indoor or outdoor walls.
3.8.1.5 The unthreaded portion of gas piping
outlets shall extend not less than 50 mm above
the surface of floors or outdoor patios or slabs.
3.8.1.6 The provisions of 3.8.1.4 and 3.8.1.5
do not apply to listed quick-disconnect devices of
the flush-mounted type. Such devices shall be
4~
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
installation instructions.
3.8.2 Cap all outlets
3.8.2.1 Each outlet, including a valve or cock
outlet, shall be securely closed gastight with a
threaded piug or cap immediately after
installation and shall be left closed until the gas
utilization equipment is connected thereto.
Likewise, when the equipment is disconnected
from an outlet and the outlet is not to be used
again immediately. it shall be securely closed
gastight. The outlet shall not be closed with tin
caps, wooden plugs, corks, or by other
improvised methods.
3.8.2.2 The above provision does not prohibit
the normal use of a listed quick-disconnect
-
device.
3.9 Branch pipe connection
3.9.1 Except on undiluted liquefied petroleum
gas supply systems. all branch outlet pipes shall
be taken from the top or sides of horizontal lines
and not from the bottom.
3.9.2 When a branch outlet is placed on a main
supply line before it is known what size pipe will
be connected to it, the outlet shall be of the same
size as the line which supplies it.
3.10 Manual gas shutoffvalve (Also see 5.5.4)
3.10.1 Valves at regulators. An accessible gas
shutoff valve shall be provided upstream of each
gas pressure regulator. Where two gas pressure
regulators are installed in series in a single gas
line, a manual valve is not required at the second
regulator.
3.10.2 Valves controlling multiple systems

3.10.2.1 Accessibility of gas valves. Main gas
shutoff valves controlling several gas piping
systems shall be readily accessible for operation
and installed so as to be protected from physical
damage. They shall be plainly marked with a metal
tag attached by the installing agency so that the
gas piping systems supplied through them can be
readily identified.
3.10.2.2 Shutoff valves for multiple house
lines. In multiple tenant buildings supplied
through a master meter, or one service regulator
when a meter is not provided, or where meters or
service regulators are not readily accessible from
the equipment location, an individual shutoff
valve for each apartment or tenant line shall be
provided at a convenient point of general
accessibility.
In a common system serving a number of
individual buildings, shutoff valves shall be
installed at each building.
3.10.3 Emergency shutoff valves. An exterior
shutoff valve to permitturning of the gas supplyto
each building in an emergencyshall be provided.
The emergency shutoff valves shall be plainly
marked as such and their locations posted at
appropriate points.
3.11 Prohibited devices
3.11.1 No device shall be placed inside the gas
piping or fittings that will reduce the cross-
sectional area or otherwise obstruct the freeflow
of gas, except when proper allowance has been
made for such a device.
3.12 Systems containing gas-air mixtures
outside the flammable range
3.12.1 When gas-air mixing machines are
employed to produce mixtures above or below
MS 930:1986
the flammable range, they shall be provided with
suitable stops to prevent adjustment of the
mixture to within or approaching the flammable
range.
3.13 System containing flammable gas-air
mixtures
3.13.1 Required components. A central premix
system with a flammable mixture in the blower or
compressor shall consist of the following
cpmponents:
(a) Gas-mixing machine in the form of an
automatic gas-air proportioning device com-
bined with a downstream blower or compressor.
(b) Flammable mixture piping, minimum
Schedule 40 NPS or equivalent.
(c) Automatic firecheck(s).
(d) Safety blowout(s) or backfire preventers for
systems utilizing flammable mixture lines above
65 mm (21/2 inches) nominal pipe size or
equivalent.
3.13.2 Optional components. The following
components may also be utilized in any type
central premix system:
(a) Flowmeter(s).
(b) Flame arrester(s).
3.13.3 Additional requirements. Gas-mixing
machines shall have nonsparking blowers and
shall be so constructed that a flashback will not
rupture machine casings.
3.13.4 Limitations. A mixing blower system
shall be limited to applications with minimum
practical lengths of mixture piping, limited to a
maximum mixture pressure of 250 mm water
column, and limited to gases containing no more
47
MS 930:1986
than 10% hydrogen. The blower shall be
equipped with a gas-control valve at its air
entrance so arranged that gas is admitted to the
air stream, entering the blower in proper
proportions for correct combustion bythe type of
burners employed; the said gas-control valve
being of either the zero governor or mechanical
ratio valve type which controls the gas and air
adjustment simultaneously. No valves or other
obstructions..,-shall be installed between the
blower discharge and the~-bur-I9eror burners.
NOTE 7. The mixing blower is acknowledged as a special case because
of its inability to toierate control valves or comparabie restrictions
between mixing blower and burner(s). With these iimitations. mixing
blower installations are not required to utilize sat ety biowouts. backfire
preventers, explosion heads. fiame arresters or automatic firechecks
which introduce pressure iosses.
3.13.5 Installation of gas-mixing machines
3.13.5.1 The machine shall be located in a
large, well-ventilated area or in a small detached
building or cut-off room provided with room
construction and explosion vents in accordance
with NFPA No. 68. ‘Guide for explosion venting’.
Such rooms shall have adequate positive
ventilation.
3.13.5.2 When gas-mixing machines are
installed in well-ventilated areas, the type of
electrical equipment shall be governed by the
requirements of the Electricity Regulations 1951
(Revised 1 977). for general service conditions
unless other hazards in the area prevail.
When gas-mixing machines are installed in small
detached buildings or cut-off rooms, the
electrical equipment and wiring shall be installed
in accordance with the requirements for a Zone 2
area. [See section 1 4 of MS 830:1 983 (P), ‘Code
of Practice for the storage. handling and
transportation of liquefied petroleum gases’.]
3.13,5.3 Air intake for gas-mixing machines
using compressors or blowers shall be taken from
48
outdoors whenever practical.
3.13.5.4 Controls for gas-mixing machines
shall include interlocks and a safety shutoff valve
of the manual reset type in the gas supply
connection to each machine arranged to
automatically shut off the gas supply in the event
of high or low gas pressure. Except for opcr;
burner installations only, this shall be interlocked
so that the blower or compressor will stop
operating following a gas supply failure. When a
system employs pressure air, suitable means
shall be provided to shut off the gas supply in the
event of air failure.
NOTE 8. Additional interlocks may be necessary for safe operation of
equipment supplied by the gas-mixing machine.
3.13.5.5 Centrifugal gas-mixing machines in
parallel can cause troublesome downstream
pulsation or equipment overload. Such systems
shall be carefully reviewed by user and equipment
manufacturer before installation and means Oi
plans for minimizing these effects shall be
prepared and utilized as required.
3.13.6 Use of automatic firechecks. safely
blowouts or backfire preventers. Automatic
firechecks and safety blowouts or backfire
preventers shall be provided in piping system’~
distributing flammable air-gas mixture from gas-
mixing machines to protect the piping and the
machines in the event of flashback in accordance
with the following recommendations:
(a) Approved automatic firechecks shall he
installed upstream as close as practicable to the
burner inlets following the firechock
manufacturer’s instructions.
NOTE 9. Two basic methods are generally used. One calls for a separate
firecheck at each burner; the other a firecheck at each group of
burners. The second method is generally more practical if a sy~terfl
consists of many closely spaced burners.

NOTE 10.An approved automatic firecheck shall be installed as near as
practicable upstream from a flame arrester used for local protection
where test burners or lighting torches are employed.
(b) Aseparatemanuallyoperatedgasvalveshall
be provided at each automatic firecheck for
shutting off the flow of the gas-air mixture
through the firecheck after a flashback has
occured. The valve shall be located upstream as
close as practicable to the inlet of the automatic
firecheck.
CAUTION: These valves shall not be reopened
after a flashback has occurred until the firecheck
has cooled sufficiently to prevent reignition of the
flammable mixture and has been properly reset.
(c) A safety blowout or backfiring preventer
shall be provided in the mixture line near the
outlet of each gas-mixing machine where the
size of the piping is larger than 65 mm (21/2
inches) NPS or equivalent, to protect the mixing
equipment in the event of an explosion passing
through an automatic firecheck. The
manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed
when installing these devices, particularly after a
disc has burst.
The discharge from the safety blowout or backfire
preventer shall be located or shielded so that
particles from the ruptured disc cannot be
directed towa~rdpersonnel. Whenever there are
intercon nected installations of gas-mixing
machines with safety blowouts or backfire
preventers. provision shall be made to keep the
mixture from other machines from reaching any
ruptured disc opening. Check valves shall not be
used for this purpose.
(d) Explosion heads (rupture disc) may be
provided in large capacity premix systems to
relieve excessive pressure in pipelines. They shall
be located at and vented to a safe outdoor
MS 930: 1986
location. Provisions shall be provided for
automatically shutting off the supply of gas-air
mixture in the event of rupture.
3.14 Electrical bonding and grounding
3.14.1 Each aboveground portion of a gas
piping system upstream from the equipment
shutoff valve shall be electrically continuous and
bonded to any grounding electrode. NFPA 70
National Electrical Code, provides further in-
fdrmation on this subject.
3.14.2 Gas piping shall not be used as a
grounding electrode.
3.15 Electrical circuits
3.15.1 Electrical circuits shall not utilize gas
piping or components except that low-voltage
(50 volts or less) control circuits, ignition circuits,
and electronic flame detection device circuits
may make use of piping or compondnts for a part
of an electric circuit.
3.16 Electrical connections
3.16.1 All electrical connections between
wiring and electrically operated control devices
in a piping system shall conform to the
requirements for a Zone 0 or Zone 1 area. [See
section 14 of MS 830:1983 (P), ‘Codes of
Practice for the storage. handling and
transportation of liquefied petroleum gases’].
3.16.2 Any essential safety control depending
upon electrical current as the operating medium
shall be of a type which will shut off (fail safe) the
flow of gas in the event of current failure.
49
MS 930: 1986
SECTION FOUR: INSPECTION, TESTING AND
4.1 Pressure testing and inspection
4.1.1 General
4.1.1.1 Prior to acceptance and initial
operation, all piping installations shall be
inspected and tested to determine that the
materials. design. fabrication and installation
practices comply with the requirements of this
Code.
4.1.1.2 Inspection shall consist of visual
examination, during or after manufacture.
fabrication, assembly or pressure tests as
appropriate. Supplementary types of non-
destructive inspection techniques. such as
magnetic-particle. radiographic, ultrasonic. etc.
although desirable, are not required unless
specifically listed herein or in the engineering
design.
4.1.1.3 In the event repairs of additions are
made following the pressure test, the affected
piping shall be retested, except that in the case of
minor repairs or additions retest may be omitted.
when precautionary measures are taken to
assure sound construction.
4.1.1.4 Because it is sometimes necessary to
divide a piping system into test sections and
.install test heads, connecting piping, and other
necessary appurtenances for testing. it is not
required that the tie-in sections of pipe be
pressure tested. Tie-in connections, however.
shall be tested with soap solution after gas has
been introudced and the pressure has been
increased sufficiently to give some indications
should leaks exist. (See ‘Caution’ following
4.1.5.2).
50
PURGING
4.1.1.5 The test procedure used shall he
capable of disclosing all leaks in the SOCliCh hcinçj
tested and shall be selected after giving due
consideration to the volumetric content of the
section and to its location.
4.1.1.6 A piping system may be tested as a
complete unit or in sections as the construction
progresses. Under no circumstances shall a valve
in a line be used as a bulkhead between gas in one
section of the piping system and test rned:uii: ri
an adjacent section, unless two valves are
installed in series with a valved ‘tell-tale’ ioc~ted
between these valves. A valve shall riot be
subjected to the test pressure unless it cart he
determined that the valve, includirlg tie valve
closing mechanism, is designed 1:0 safely
withstand the test pressure.
4.1.1.7 Regulator and valve essembl:es
fabricated independently of the piping system in
which they are to be installed may be tested with
inert gas at the time of fabrication.
4.1.2 Test medium
4.1.2.1 Except as provided in 4.1.2.2, the test
medium shall be air or inert gas (e.g. niitlogSrI,
carbon dioxide). OXYGEN SHALL ~EVEP~ E1E~’
USED.
4.1.2.2 Fuel gas may be used in pipIng systems
operating at pressures of 3.5 kPa (gauge) [0.5
psig] or less.
4.1 .3 Test preparation
4.1.3.1 Whenever possible. pipe jeints.

including welds, shall be left uninsulated and
exposed for examination during the test. If the
pipe end joints have been previously tested in
accordance with this Code, they may be
insulated, covered or concealed.
4.1.3.2 Expansion joints shall be provided with
temçorary restraints, if required. for the
additional thrust load under test.
4.1.3.3 Equipment which is not to be included
in the test shall be either disconnected from the
piping or isolated by blanks, blind flanges or caps.
Flanged joints at which blinds are inserted to
blank off other equipment during the test need
not be tested.
4.1.3.4 When the piping system is connected
to equipment or components designed for
operating pressures of less than the test pressure.
such equipment and their individual shutoff
valves shall be isolated from the piping system by
disconnecting them and capping the outlet(s).
4.1.3.5 When the piping system is connected
to equipment or components designed for
operating pressures equal to or greater than the
test pressure, such equipment shall be isolated
from the piping system by closing their individual
manual shutoff valve(s).
4.1.3.6 All testing of piping systems shall be
done with due regard for the safety of employees
and the public during the test. Bulkheads,
anchorage and bracing suitably designed to
resist test pressures shall be installed if
necessary. Prior to testing, the interior of the pipe
shall be cleared of all foreign material.
4.1.4 Test pressure
4.1.4.1 Pressure shall be measured with a
manometer or an equivalent device so calibrated
as to be read in increments of not greater than 0.5
MS 930: 1986
kPa (0.1 psi). The source of pressure shall be
isolated before the pressure tests are made.
4.1 .4.2 The test pressure to be used shall be no
less than 1 1/2 times the proposed maximum work-
ing pressure, but not less than 20 kPa (gauge)
[3 psig], irrespective of design pressure. When
the test pressure exceeds 860 kPa (gauge) [125
psig~.the test pressure shall not exceed a value
which produces a hoop stress in the piping
greater than 50% of the specified minimum yield
strength of the pipe.
4.1.4.3 Systems for undiluted liquefied
petroleum gases shall withstand the pressuretest
in accordance with 4.1.4.2 or. for systems
operating at a pressure of 3.5 kPa (gauge) [0.5
psig] or less when appliances are connected to
the piping system. shall withstand a pressure of
not less than 250 mm nor more than 355 mm
water column for a period of not less than 1 0
minutes without showing any drop in pressure.
The source of pressure shall be isolated before
the pressure tests are made.
4,1.4.4 Test duration shall be not less than one-
half hour for each 15 cubic metres of pipe volume
or fraction thereof. When testing a system having
a volume less than 0.3 cubic metre or a system in
a single-family dwelling, the test duration maybe
reduced to 10 minutes. For piping systems
having a volume of more than 680 cubic metres.
the duration of the test need not exceed 24 hours.
4.1.5 Detection of leaks and defects
4.1.5.1 The piping system shall withstand the
test pressure specified without showing any
evidence of leakage or other defects. Any
reduction of test pressures as indicated by
pressure gauges shall be deemed to indicate the
presence of a leak unless such reduction can be
readily attributed to some other cause.
51
 MS 930: 1986
4.1.5.2 The leakage shall be located by means
of an approved combustible gas detector, soap
and water, or an equivalent nonflammable
solution, as applicable. Matches, candles, open
flames, or other methods which could provide a
source of ignition shall not be used.
CAUTION: Since some leak test solutions,
including soapand water, maycause corrosion or
stress cracking, the piping shall be rinsed with
water after testing. unless it has been determined
the leak test solution is noncorrosive.
When leakage or other defects are located. the
affected portion of the piping system shall be
repaired or replaced and retested. (See 4.1 .1 .3).
4.1.6 Test records. Records shall be made of
inspection and all tests performed. These records
shall indicate which portions of the piping system
conform to this Code or were pressure tested.
4.2 Leakage check after gas turn on
4.2.1 Before turning gas on. Before gas is
turned into a system of new gas piping, or back
into an existing system after being shut off, the
entire system shall be checked to determine that
there are no open fittings or ends and that all
valves at outlets and equipment are closed.
4.2.2 Check for leakage. Immediately after
turning on the gas. the piping system shall be
checked to ascertain that no gas is escaping. (See
appendix D for suggested method).
If leakage is indicated, the gas supply shall be
shut off until the necessary repairs have been
made. (See appendix E for suggested emergency
procedures for gas leakages).
4.2.3 Placing equipment in operation. Gas
utilization equipment may be placed in operation
after the piping system has been tested and
52
determined to be free of leakage and purged in
accordance with 4.3.3.
4.3 Purging
4.3.1 The processes of voiding a gas pipe line
of fuel gas and repl~cingthe fuel gas with air, or
charging a gas pipe line that is full of air with fuel
gas. require that~a significant amount of
combustible mixture not be developed within the
pipe line or released within a confined space.
4.3.2 Removalfromservice.When gas piping is
to be opened for servicing, addition or
modification, the section to be worked on shall be
turned off from the gas supply at the nearest
convenient point, and the line pressure vented to
the outdoors.
If this section exceeds the lengths shown in table
3. the remaining gas shall be displaced with an
inert gas.
Table 3. Length of gas line requiring purging
for servicing or modification
Nominal pipe size Minimum length of pipinç~
requiring purging
mm (inches) m
65(2½) 15
80(3) 9
100(4) 4.5
150(6) 3
200 (8) or larger Any length
4.3.3 Placing in operation. When piping full of
air is placed in operation. the air in the piping
shall be displaced with fuel gas. provided the
piping does not exceed the length shown in table
4. The air can be safely displaced with fuel gas
provided that a moderately rapid and continuous
flow of fuel gas is introduced atone end of the line
 MS 930:1986

and air is vented out at the otherend.Thefuel gas
flow should be continued without interruption
until the vented gas is free of air. The point of
discharge shall not be left unattended during
purging. The vent shall then be closed.
If the piping exceedsthe lengths shown in table 4,
the air in the piping shall be displaced with an
inert gas. and the inert gas shall then be displaced
with fuel gas.
4.3.4 Discharge of purgedgases. The open end
of piping systems being purged shall not
discharge into confined spaces or areas where
there are resources of ignition unless precautions
are taken to perform this operation in a safe
manner by ventilation of the space. control of
purging rate, and elimination of all hazardous
conditions.
4.3.5 Placing equipment in operation. After the
piping has been placed in operation, all
equipment shall be purged and then placed in
operation, as necessary.

Table 4. Length of piping requiring purging

before placing in operation

Nominal pipe size. Minimum length of piping

requiring purging
mm (inches) m

80(3) 9
10014) 4.5

150(6) 3
200 (8) or larger Any length

53
 MS 930: 1986
SECTION FIVE: EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
5.1 General
5.1.1 Appliances, accessories and equipment
to be ‘approved’. Gas appliances. accessories.
and gas utilization equipmentshall be ‘approved’.
Acceptance of unlisted gas utilization equipment
and accessories shall be on the basis of a sound
engineering evaluation. In such cases, the
equipment shall be safe and suitable for the
proposed service and be recommended for the
service by the manufacturer.
5.1.2 Assignment and coordination of gas
equipment design. construction and main-
tenance. Because industrial gas applications are
so varied in nature, many agencies are jointly
involved with their safe and satisfactory use. See
appendix B for suggested guidelines and check
list.
5.1.3 Type of gas(es). It shall be determined
whether the gas utilization equipment has been
designed for use with the gas to which it will be
connected. No attempt shall be made to convert
the equipment from the gas specified on the
rating plate for use with a different gas without
consulting the serving gas supplier or the
equipment manufacturer for complete instruc-
tions.
5.1 .4 Safety shutoff devices for unlistedLP-gas
equipment used indoors. Unlisted gas utilization
equipment for use with undiluted liquefied
petroleum gases and installed indoors, shall be
equipped with safety shutoff devices of the
complete shutoff type.
5.1 .5Use of air or oxygen under pressure.
When air or oxygen under pressure is used in
54
connection with the gas supply. effective means
such as a back pressure regulator and relief valve
shall be provided to prevent air or oxygen from
passing back into the gas piping. The serving gas
supplier shall be consulted for details. When
oxygen is used, see NFPA 51. ‘Standard for the
design and installation of oxygen-fuel gas
systems for welding and cutting.’
5.1 .6 Protection of gas equipment from fumes
or gases other than products of combination.
When corrosive or flammable process fumes are
present, suitable means for their safe disposal
shall be provided. Such fumes include, among
others, carbon monoxide. hydrogen sulphide.
ammonia, chlorine and halogenated hydro-
carbons.
NOTE 11. Halogenated hydrocarbons are particulariy Inlurlous and
corrosive after contact with flames or hot surfaces.
5.1.7 Building structural members
5.1.7.1 Structural members of a building shall
not pass through gas utilization equipment
having an operating temperature in excess of
2 60°C.
5.1.7.2 Structural members passing through
gas utilization equipment. having an operating
temperature of 260°C or less shall be of non-
combustible material. Building columns. girders.
beams or trusses shall not be included within
equipment. unless appropriate insulation and
ventilation are provided to avoid all deterioration
in strength. and linear expansion of the building
structure in either a vertical or horizontal
direction.
5.17.3 Gas utilization equipment shall he

furnished either with load distributing bases or
with a sufficient number of adequate supports to
prevent damage to either building structure or
Aquipment.
5.1.7.4 At the locations selected for installation
of gas utilization equipment, the dynamic and
static load carrying capacities of the building
structure shall be checked to determine if they are
adequate to carry the additional loads. The
equipment shall be adequately supported and
shall be connected to the piping so as not to exert
undue stress on the connections.
5.1.8 Flarrimable vapours. Gas appliances shall
not be installed in any location where flammable
vapours are likely to be present. unless the
design. operation and installation are such to
eliminate the probable ignition of the flammable
vapours. Gas utilization equipment installed in
compliance with 5.1 9. shall be considered to
comply with the intent of this provision.
5.1.9 Installation in comrriercial jarages
5.1.9.1 Except as noted in 5.1 9.2. gas
utilization equipment in an enclosed basement or
underground parking structure shall be installed
so that all burner and burner ignition devices are
located not less than 450 mm above the floor, or
so that the equipment is enclosed bya partition
not less than 450 mm high. provided the parking
structure is continuously ventilated by a
mechanical system capable of providing a
minimum of six air changes per hour. Such
equipment shall be located or protected so that It
is not subject to physical damage by a moving
vehicle.
5.1.9.2 Except as noted in 5.1.9.3, gas
utilization equipment in a repair workshop shall
be installed in a detached building or room,
separated from the motor vehicle repair or
parking area by walls or partitions and floors or
MS 930 : 1986
floor assemblies having a fire resistance rating of
not less than 2 hours. Openings in walls or
partitions separating equipment rooms from
motor vehicle repair or parking areas shall be
restricted to those necessary for ducts and shall
be located not less than 2.5 m above the floor;
openings for ducts shall be protected with
approved, automatic fire doors or dampers. Air
for combustion shall be obtained from outside
the building.
5.1.9.3 Gas utilization equipment may be
installed in a repair workshop without the
provisions noted in 5.1.9.2 when there is no
dispensing or transferring of liquefied petroleum
gas or class I or II flammable liquids (as defined in
MS 761. ‘Code of Practice for the storage and
handling of flammable and combustible liquids).
provided all burner and burner ignition devices
are located not less than 450 mm above the floor.
the equipment is protected so that it is not suhlect
to physical damage by a moving vehicle, and
continuous mechanical ventilation is supplied Cl
the rate of 0.23 cubic metre per minute per
sq usre metre of floor area. The equipment and the
ventiating system shall be interlocked so the
equipment will not operate unless the ventilating
system is in operation.
5.1.10 Gas equipment physical protection.
When it is necessary to locate gas utilization
equipment close to a passageway travelled by
trucks or cranes, suitable guard rails or bumper
plates shall be installed to protect the equipment
from damage.
5.1.11 Venting of flue gases. Gas utilization
equipment shall be vented in accordance with the
provisions of section 7: Venting of equipment.
5.1.12 Extra device orattachment. No device or
attachment shall be installed on any gas
utilization equipment which may in any way
impair the combustion of gas.
55
MS 930 1986
5.1.13 Adequate capacity of piping. When
connecting additional gas utilization equipment
to a gas piping system, the existing piping shall be
checked to determine if it has adequate capacity
(see 2.4). If inadequate, the existing system shall
be enlarged as necessary or separate gas piping
of adequate capacity shall be run from the point
of delivery to the equipment.
5.1 .14 Avoid strain on gas piping. Gas
utilization equipment shall be adequately
supported and so connected to the piping as not
to exert undue strain on the connections.
5.1.15 Gas appliance pressure regulator.
When the gas supply pressure is higher than that
atwhich the gas utilization equipment is designed
to .operate or varies beyond the design pressure
limits of the equipment, a gas appliance pressure
regulator shall be installed.
5.1.16 Venting of gas appliance pressure
regulators
5.1.16.1 Gas appliance pressure regulators
requiring access to the atmosphere for
successful operation shall be equipped with vent
piping loading outdoors or, if the regulatorvent is
an integral part of the equipment, into the
combustion chamber adjacent to a constantly
burning pilot, unless constructed or equipped
with a vent limiting means to limit the escape of
gas from the vent opening in the event of
diaphragm failure.
5.1.16.2 Vent limiting means shall be
.
employed on listed gas appliance pressure
regulators only.
5.1.16.3 In the case of vents leading outdoors.
means shall be employed to prevent water from
entering this piping and also to prevent stoppage
of it by insects and foreign matter.
56
5.1.16.4 Under no circumstances shall a
regulator be vented to the gas utilization
equipment flue or exhaust system.
5.1.16.5 In the case of vents entering the
combustion chamber, the vent shall be located so
that the escaping gas will be readily ignited by the
pilot flame and the heat liberated thereby will not
adversely affect the normal operation of the
safety shutoff system. The terminus of the vent
shall be securely held in a fixed position relative to
the pilot flame. For manufactured gas. the need
for a flame arrester in the vent piping shall be
determined.
5.1.17 Combination of equipment. Any
combination of gas utilization equiprrtrrit.
attachments or devices used together in any
manner shall comply with the standards whicii
apply to the individual equipment.
5.1 .18 Installation instructions. The i nstal
agency shall conform to the equipim.~r5:
manufacturer’s specific recommendations in
completing an installation that will providc
satisfactory performance and serviceability.
installing agency shall also leave
manufacturer’s installation, operating ai~d
maintenance instructions in a location on the
premises where they will be readily available fr:
reference and guidance of the authority havi;h
jurisdiction, servicemen and the owner or
operator,
5.1.19 Protection of outdoor equipment. (~sr
utilization equipment not listed for outdoor
installation but installed outdoors shall be
provided with protection to the deg.ree that 1
environment requires. Equipment listed fo:
outdoor installation may be installed without
protection in accordance with the provisions of
their listing. (See 5.2.1).

5.2 Accessibility and clearance
5.2.1 Accessibilityforservice. All gas utilization
equipment shall be located with respect to
building construction and other equipment so as
to permit access to the gas utilization equipment,
Sufficient clearance shall be maintained to permit
cleaning of heating surfaces; the replacement of
filters, blowers, motors, burners, controls, and
vent connections: the lubrication of moving parts
where necessary; the adjustment and cleaning of
burners and pilots: and, the properfunctioning of
explosion vents, if provided. For attic installation
the passageway and servicing area adjacent to
the equipment shall be floored.
5.2.2 Clearance to combustible materials. Gas
utilization equipment and their vent connectors
shall be installed with clearances from
combustible matedal so that their operation will
not create a hazard to persons or property.
Minimum clearances between combustible walls
and the back and sides of various conventional
types of equipment and their vent connectors are
specified in section 6: Installation of specific
equipment, and section 7: V~ntingof ~quipment.
(Reference may also be~made to NFPA: 89M,
‘Manual on clearances for heat producing
appliances’).
Equipment shall not be installed on carpeting,
unless the equipment is listed for such
installation.
5.3 Air for combustion and ventilation
5.3.1 General
5.3.1.1 The provisions of 5.3 apply to gas
utilization equipment installed in buildings and
which require air for combustion, ventilation and
MS 930:1986
dilution of flue gases from within the building.
They do not apply to (a) direct vent equipment
which is constructed and installed so that all air
for combustion is obtained from the outside
atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to
the outside atmosphere, or (b) enclosed furnaces
which incorporate an integral total enclosure and
use only outside air for combustion and dilution
of flue gases.
5.3.1.2 Equipment shall be installed in a
location in which the facilities for ventilation
permit satisfactory combustion of gas, proper
venting and the maintenance of ambient
temperature at safe limits under normal
conditions of use. Equipment shall be located so
as not to interfere with proper circulation of air.
When normal infiltration does not provide the
necessary air, outside air shall be introduced.
5.3.1.3 In addition to air needed for
co m bust ion, process air shall be provided as
required for: cooling of equipment or material,
controlling dew point, heating, drying. oxidation
or dilution, safety exhaust, odour control, and air
for compressors.
5.3.1.4 In addition to air needed for
combustion, air shall be supplied for ventilation,
including all aiç required for comfort and proper
working conditions for personnel.
5.3.1.5 While all forms of building
construction cannot be covered in detail, air for
combustion. ventilation and dilution offluegases
for gas utilization equipment vented by natural
draft normally may be obtained by application of
one of the methods covered in 5.3.3 and 5.3.4.
5.3.2 Equipment located in unconfined spaces.
In unconfined spaces in buildings infiltration
normally is adequate to provide air for
combustion, ventilation and dilution of flue
gases.
57
 MS 930 : 1986
5.3.3 Equipment located in confined spaces
5.3.3.1 All air from inside t,he building. The
confined space shall be provided with two
permanent openings communicating directly
with an additional room(s) ofsufficientvolumeso
that the combined volume of all spaces meets the
criteria for an unconfined space. The total input of
all gas utilization equipment installed in the
combined space shall be considered in making
this determination. Each opening shall have a
minimum free area of 6 cm2 per 1000 k.J per hour
(1 square inch per 1.000 Btu per hour) of the total
input rating of all gas utilization equipment in the
confined space, but not less than 645 cm2 (100
square inches). One opening shall be within 300
mm of the top and one within 300 mm of the
bottom of the enclosure (See fig. 1).
.Chimney or gas vent
2
NOTE 12. Each opening shall have a free area of not less than 6cm per
1000 kJ per hour lone square inch per 1.000 Btu per hourl of the total
input rating of all equipment in the enclosure, but not less than 645
2
cm 1100 square inchesl.
Figure 1. Equipment located in confined
spaces; all air from inside the building
(See 5.3.3.1)
58
5.3.3.2 All air from outdoors. The confined
space shall be provided with two permanent
openings, one commencing within 300 mm of
the top and one commencing within 300 mm of
the bottom of the enclosure. The openings shall
communicate directly. or by ducts, with the
outdoors or spaces (crawl or attic) that freely
communicate with the outdoors.
(a) When directly communicating with the
outdoors, each opening shall have a minimum
free area of 1.5 cm2 per 1000 kJ per hour (1
square inch per 4,000 Btu per hour) of total input
rating of all equipment in the enclosure. (See fig.
2).
Ventilation for
unheated crawl space
NOTE 13. The inlet and outlet air openings shall each have a free areaof
2 0
not less than 1.5cm per 1000 0 per hour (one square inch per4.00
Btu per hourl of thetotal input rating of all equipmentintheenclosure.
Figure 2. Equipment located in confined
spaces; all air from outdoors Inlet air -
from ventilated crawl space and outlet
~ir to ventilated attic (See 5.3,3.2)
(b) When communicating with the outdoors
through vertical ducts, each opening shall have a
minimum free area of 1.5 cm2 per 1000 kJ per

hour (1 square inch per 4.000 Btu per hour) of
toal input rating of all equipment intheenclosure.
(See fig. 3).
(c) When communicating with the outdoors
through horizontal ducts, each opening shall
have a minimum free area of 3cm2 per 1000 kJ
per hour (1 square inch per 2,000 Btu per hour)
of total input rating of all equipment in the
enclosure. (See fig. 4).
(d) When ducts are used, they shall be of the
same cross-sectional area as the free area of the
openings to which they connect. The minimum
dimension of rectangular air ducts shall be not
less than 75 mm.
5.3.4 Specially engineered installations. The
requirements of 5.3.3 shall not necessarily
govern when special engineering, approved by
the authority having jurisdiction, provides an
adequate supply of air for combustion,
ventilation. and dilution of flue gases.
Ventilation louvers’
end of attic)
NOTE 14. The inlet and outiet air openings shall each have a free area of
2
not less than 1.5cm per 1000 Id per hourlone squareinch per4,000
Btu per hourl of the total input rating of all equipmentinthe enclosure.
Figure 3. Equipment located in confined
spaces; all air from outdoors through ventilated
attics (see 5.3.3.2)
MS 930: 1986
5.3.5 Louvers and grilles. In calculating free
area in 5.3.3. consideration shall be given to the
blocking effect of louvers, grilles or screens
protecting openings. Screens used shall not be
smaller than 6mm mesh. lfthefreeareathrougha
design of louver or grille is know. it should be
used in calculating the size opening required to
provide the free area specified. If the design and
free area is not known, it may be assumed that
wood louvers will have 20% to 25% free area and
metal louvers and grilles will have 60% to 75%
free area. Louvers and grilles shall be fixed in the
open position or interlocked with the equipment
so that they are opened automatically during
equipment operation.
Outlet’air duct
~e~ter
= fHeater Inlet air duct
HLOJ
NOTE 1 5. Each air duct opening shah have a free area of not less than
2
3cm per 1000 Id per hour (one square inch per 2.000 Stu per hourl
of the total input rating of all equipment in the enclosure’.
Figure 4. Equipment located in confined
spaces; all air from outdoors (See 5.3.3.2)
‘If the equipment room is iocated against an outside wall and the air
openings communicate directly with the outdoors, each opening Shall
2
have a free area of not less than 1.5cm per 1000 kJ per hour lone
square inch per 4.000 Btu per hourl of the total input rating of all
equipment in the enclosure.
59
MS 930: 986
5.3.6 Special conditions created by
mechanical exhausting. Operation of exhaust
fans, ventilation systems. power burners, induced
draft systems. or clothes dryers. may create
conditions requiring special attention to avoid
unsatisfactory operation of installed gas
utilization equipment.
5.4 Equipment on roofs
5.4.1 General
5.4.1.1 Gas utilization equipment on roofs shall
be designed or enclosed so as to withstand
climatic conditions in the area in which they are
installed. If enclosures are provided, each
enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement.
shall be of reasonable height, and shall have at
least 750 mm clearance between the entire
service access panel(s) of the equipment and the
wall of the enclosure.
5.4.1.2 Roofs on which equipment is to be
installed shall be capable of supporting the
additional load or shall be reinforced to support
the additional load.
5.4.1.3 All access locks, screws and bolts shall
be of corrosion-resistant material.
5.4.2 Installation of equipment on roofs
5.4.2.1 Gas utilization equipment shall be
installed in accordance with its listing and the
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
5.4.2.2 Equipment shall be installed on a well-
drained surface of the roof. At least 2 m clearance
shall be available between any part of the
equipment and the edge of a roof or similar
hazard, or rigidly fixed rails or guards at least 1 m
in height shall be provided on the exposed side
except that parapets or other building structure at
least 1 m in height maybe utilized in lieu of rails or
guards~
60
5.4.2.3 All equipment requiring an external
source of electrical power for its operation shall
be provided wi~h an accessible electrical
disconnet means near the equipment, which will
completely deenergize the equipment, and a
240-volt ac grounding type convenience outlet
on the roof adjacent to the equipment. The
convenience outlet shall be on the supply side of
the disconnect switch.
5.4.2.4 When water stands on the roof at the
equipment or in the passageways to the
equipment, or when the roof is of a design having
a water seal, a suitable platform or walkway or
both shall be provided above the water line. Such
platform(s) or walkway(s) shall be located
adjacent to the equipment and control panels so
that the equipment can be safely serviced when
water stands on the roof.
5.4.3 Access to equipment on roofs
5.4.3.1 Gas utilization equipment located on
roofs or other elevated locations shall be
accessible.
5.4.3.2 Buildings of more than 4.5 m in height
shall have an inside means of access to the roof.
5.4,3.3 The inside means of access shall be a
permanent. or fold-away, inside stairway or
ladder, terminating in an enclosure, scuttle or
trap door. Such scuttles or trap doors shall be at
least 600 mm by 600 mm in size, and shall open
easilyand safely underallconditions. and shall be
constructed so as to permit access from the roof
side unless deliberately locked on the inside.
At least 2 m clearance shall be available between
the access opening and the edge of the roof or
similar hazard. or rigidly fixed rails or guards at
least 1 m in height shall be provided on the
exposed side except that parapets or other
building structure at least 1 m in height may
be utilized in lieu of guards or rails.

5.4.3.4. Proper permanent lighting shall be
provided at the roof access. The switch for such
lighting shall be located inside the building near
the access means leading to the roof.
5.4.4 Additional provisions. Also see
provisions of 5.1.19, 5.2.1 and 7.14.3.
5.5 Equipment connections to building piping
5.5.1 Connecting gas equipment. Gas
utilization equipment shall be connected by one
of the following:
(a) Rigid pipe.
(b) Semi-rigid tubing extensions of a tubing
piping system.
(c) Listed connectors that are completely in the
same room as the equipment.
(d) Semi-rigid tubing in lengths up to 2 m that
are completely in the same room as the
equipment. When acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction, greater lengths may be used
and need not be connected to an outlet in the
same room as the equipment.
(e) Listed gas hose connectors in accordance
with 5.5.2.
(f) Gas-fired commercial cooking equipment
listed for use with casters or otherwise subject to
movement for cleaning, and other large and
heavy gas utilization equipment that may be
moved, shall be connected by a listed appliance
connector complying with the ANSI Z21 .69,
‘Standard for connectors for movable gas
app1ian ces’.
The co nnector or tubing shall be insta lIed so as to
be protected against-physical and thermal
damage. Connectors are not designed for
MS 930:1986
continuous movement. Repeated bending.
flexing or vibration shall be avoided. When
moving equipment. bending of a connector shall
be held to a minimum.
Aluminium-alloy tubing and connectors shall be
coated to protect against external corrosion
where they are in contact with masonry, plaster or
insulation or are subject to repeated wettings by
such liquids as water (except rain water),
detergents or sewage. Aluminium-alloy tubing
shall not be used in exterior locations.
5.5.2 Use of gas hose connectors. Listed gas
hose connectors shall be used as follows:
(a) Indoor. Indoor gas hose connectors may be
used with laboratory, shop or ironing equipment
that requires mobilityduring operation. Ashutoff
valve shall be installed where the connector is
attached to the building piping. The connector
shall be of minimum length butshall not exceed 2
m. The connector shall not be concealed and
shall not extend from one room to another non
pass through wall partitions. ceilings or floors.
(b) Outdoor. Outdoor gas hose connectors may
be used to connect portable outdoor gas-fired
equipment. A shutoff valve or a listed quick-
disconnect device shall be installed where the
connector is attached to the supply piping and in
such a manner to prevent the accumulation of
water or foreign matter. This connection shall
only be made in the outdoor area where the
equipment is to be used.
5.5.3 Connection of portable and mobile
industrial gas equipment
5.5.3.1 Portable industrial gas utilization
equipment or equipment requiring mobility or
subject to vibration may be connected to the
building gas piping system by the use of flexible
hose suitable and safe for the conditions under
which it may be used.
61
MS 930:1986

5.5.3.2 Industrial gas utilization equipment
requiring mobility may be connected to the rigid
piping by the use of swivel joints or couplings
which are suitableforthe service required. Where
swivel joints or couplings are used, only the
minimum number required shall be installed.
plugged or capped shall be installed as close to
the inlet of the equipment as practical (seefig. 5).
Illuminating appliances and outdoor grills need
not be so installed.

5.5.3.3 Industrial gas utilization equipment 5.6 Electrical

subject to vibration may be connected to the
building piping system by the use of all metal 5.6.1 Electrical connections. Electrical con-
nections between gas utilization equipment and
flexible connectors suitable for the service
the building wiring, including the grounding of
required.
the equipment. shall conform to the requirements
5.5.3.4 Where flexible connections are used, of the Electricity Regulations 1 951 (Revised
they shall be of the minimum practical length and 1977).
shall not extend from one room to another nor
5.6.2 Electric ignition and control devices.
pass throug.h any walls, partitions, ceilings or
Electrical ignition, burner control and electrical
floors. Flexible connections shall not be used in
any concealed location. They shall be protected vent damper devices shall not permit unsafe
operation of the gas utilization equipment in the
against physical or thermal damage and shall be
event of electrical power interruption or when the
provided with gas shutoff valves in readily
power is restored.
accessible locations in rigid piping upstream
from the flexible connections.

5.5.4 Equipment shutoff valves and con-

nections. Any gas utilization equipment con-
nected to a piping system shall have an
accessible, approved manual shutoff valve
installed upstream of any connector and within 2
Tee
m of the equipment it serves. A union or flanged
connection shall be provided downstream from
this valve to permit removal of controls. Nipple

5.5.5 Quick-disconnect devices. Gas utilization ‘Cap

equipment connectors may be connected to the
building piping by means of a listed quick-
disconnect device, and when installed indoors, a
manual shutoff valve shall be installed upstream
of the quick-disconnect device. Figure 5. A method of installir~a trap

5.5.6 Sediment trap. If a sediment trap is not

incorporated as a part of the gas utilization 5.6.3 Electrical circuit. The electrical circuit
equipment and if dirt orotherforeign material is a employed for operating the automatic main gas-
problem, a tee fitting with the bottom outlet control valve, automatic pilot, room temperature

62

thermostat, limit control or other electrical
devices used with the gas utilization equipment
shall be in accordance with the wining diagrams
supplied with the equipment.
5.6.4 Continuous power. All gas utilization
equipment using electrical controls shall have the
controls connected into a permanently live
electric circuit, i.e. one that is not controlled by a
light switch. Central heating equipment shall be
provided with a separate electrical circuit.
MS 930: 1986
5.7 Room temperature thermostats
5.7.1 Locations. Room temperature thermo-
stats shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
5.7.2 Drafts. Any hole in the plaster or panel
through which the wires pass from the thermostat
to the gas utilization equipment being controlled
shall be sealed so as to prevent drafts from
affecting the thermostat.
63
 MS 930: 1986
SECTION SIX : INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIC
6.1 General
This section is primarily applicable to non-
industrial type gas utilization equipment and
installations and, unless specifically indicated.
does not apply to industrial type equipment
installations. Listed gas utilization equipment
shall be installed in accordance with their listing
and the manufacturer’s instructions, or as
elsewhere specified in this section. Unlisted
equipment ~hall be installed as specified in this
section as applicable to the equipment.
For additional information concerning particular
gas equipment and accessories, including
industrial types, reference can be made to the
standards listed in appendix A.
6.2 A~rconditioning equipment
6.2.1 Independent gas piping. Gas piping
serving heating gas utilization equipment may
also serve cooling equipment when heating and
cooling equipment cannot be operated
simultaneously. (See 2.4).
6.2.2 Connection of gas engine-powered air
conditioners. To protect against the effects of
normal vibration in.service. gas engines shall not
be rigidly connected to’ the gas supply piping.
6.2.3 Clearances for indoor installation
6.2.3.1 Listed air conditioning equipment
installed in rooms which are large in comparison
with the size of the equipment shall be installed
with clearances not less than specified in line I of
table 5 except as provided in (a). (b) and (c) below.
64
EQUIPMENT
(a) Air conditioning equipment listed for
installation at lesser clearances than specified in
table 5 may be installed in accordance with its
listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.
(b) Air conditioning equipment listed for
installation at greater clearances than specified
in table 5 shall be installed in accordance with its
listing and the manufacturer’s instructions unless
protected as specified in (c).
(c) Air conditioning equipment installed in
rooms large in comparison with the size of the
equipment may be installed with reduced
clearances to combustile material provided the
combustible materi~l or the equipment is
protected as described in table 6.
6.2.3.2 Air conditioning equipment installed in
spaces such as alcoves and closets shall be
specifically listed for such installation and
installed in accordance with the terms of listing.
The installation clearances for air conditioning
equipment in rooms not large in comparison with
the size of equipment shall be as specified in the
listing, regardless of whether the enclosure is of
combustible or noncombustible material, and
shall not be reduced by the protection methods
described in table 6.
6.2.3.3 Unlisted air conditioning equipment
shall be installed with clearances from
combustible material of not less than 450 mm
above the equipment and at sides, front and rear,
and 230 mm from projecting flue box or draft
hood.
6.2.3.4 When the plenum for an air conditioner
which includes provisions for heating air is

adjacent to combustible material, the clearance
shall be measured to the surface of the plaster or
other noncombustible finish when the clearance
specified is 50 mm or less.
6.2.3.5 The clearance to this equipment shall
not interfere with combustion air, draft hood
clearance and relief. and accessibility for
servicing. (See 5.2.1, 5.3 and 7.10.8.).
6.2.4 Erection and mounting. Air conditioning
equipment shall be erected in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. Unless the
equipment is listed for installation on a
combustible surface such as a floor or roof, or
unless the surface is protected in an approved
manner according to the requirement of the
Uniform Building By-Laws, it shall be installed on
a surface of noncombustible construction with
noncom bustible material and surface finish and
with no combustible material against the
underside thereof.
6.2.5 Plenum chambers and air ducts. A
plenum chamber supplied as a part of air,
conditioning equipment shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
When a plenum chamber is not supplied with the
equipment, any fabrication and installation
instructions provided by the manufacturer shall
be followed. The method of connecting supply
and return ducts shallfacilitate propercirculation
of air. (Reference may be made to NFPA 90A.
‘Standard for the installation of air conditioning
and ventilating systems’, or NFPA 90B, ‘Standard
for the installation of warm air heating and air
conditioning systems’).
When the air conditioner is installed within a
room not large in comparison with the size of the
equipment, the air circulated by the equipment
shall be handled by ducts which are sealed to the
casing of the equipment and which separate the
circulating air from the combustion and
ventilation air.
MS 930 : 1986
6.2.6 Refrigeration coils. (See 6.3.7 and 6.3.8).
6.2.7 Switches in electrical supply line. Means
for interrupting the electrical supply to the air
conditioning equipment and to its associated
cooling tower (if supplied and installed in a
location remote from the air conditioner) shall be
provided within sight of and not over 1 5 m from
the air conditioner and cooling tower.
6.3 Central heating boilers and furnaces
6.3.1 Clearance
6.3.1.1 Central heating boilers and furnaces
installed in rooms large in comparison with the
size of the equipment. shall be installed with
clearances not less than specified in table 5
except as provided in (a) and (b) below.
(a) Central heating furnaces and boilers listed
for installation at lesser clearances than specified
in table S may be installed in acordancewith their
listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.
(b) Central heating furnaces and boilers
installed in rooms large in comparison with the
size of the equipment may be installed with
reduced clearances to combustible material
provided the combustible material or the
equipment is protected as described in table 6.
6.3.1.2 Central heating furnaces and boilers
installed in spaces such as alcoves and closets
shall be specifically listed for such installation
and installed in accordance with the terms of
listing. The installation clearances for furnaces
and boilers in rooms not large in comparison with
the size of the equipment shall be as specified in
the listing, regardless of whether the enclosure is
of combustible or noncombustible material., and
shall not be reduced by the protection methods
described in table 6.
65
 MS 930: 1986

6.3.1.3 When the plenum is adjacent to plaster
on metal lath or noncombustible material
attached to combustible material, the clearance
shall be measured to the surface of the plaster or
other noncombustible finish when the clearance
specified is 50 mm or less.
6.3.1.4 The clearance to this equipment shall
not interfere with combustion air, draft hood
clearance and relief, and accessibility for
servicing. (See 5.2.1. 5.3 and 7.10.8).
6.3.2 Erection and mounting. A central heating
boiler or furnace shall be erected in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall be
installed on a floor of noncombustible
construction’.with noncombustible flooring and
surface finish and with no combustible material
against the underside thereof or on fire-resistive
slabs or arches having no combustible material
against the underside thereof, unless listed for
installation on a combustible floor or the floor is
protected in an approved manner according to
the requirements of the Uniform Building ii~iy~
Laws.
6.3.3 Temperature orpressure limiting devices.
Steam and hot water boilers respectively shall be
provided with approved automatic limiting
devices for shutting down the burner(s) to
prevent boiler steam pressure or boiler water
temperature from exceeding the maximum
allowable working pressure or temperature.
Safety limit controls shall not he used a~
operating controls.

Construction using combustible material,

plastered or unpiastered

Gas equipment
or vent connector

A equals the clearance with no protection specified in tables 5 and 9 and in the
sections applying to various types of equipment.

B equals the reduced clearance permitted in accordance with table 6. The

protection applied to the construction using combustible material shall extend far
enough in each direction to make C equal to A.

Figure 6. Extent of protection necessary to reduce clearances

from gas equipment or vent connectors

66
 MS930: 1986

Table 5. Clearances to combustible material for furnaces and

boilers installed in rooms which are large in comparison
with size of equipment, except as provided in 6.3.1.1 (See note 24)

Minimum clearance. mm

Above and Jacket Front Projecting Veat

aides of sides (see flue box connector
bonnet or and note or draft (see
plenum rear 16) hood note 17)

I. Ustedautomaticaliyfired, 50 150 450 150 150

forced air or gravity (See notes Isee note
system, with 120°C 18 and 19) 25)
temperature limit control.

ii. unlisted automatically tired, 150 150 450 450 450

forced air or gravity system, Isee note (see note lsee note
equipped with temperature 20) 211 211
limit control which cannot
be set higher than 120°C.

Ill. usted automatically fired 150 150 450 150 150

heating boilers; Steam (see note Isee note
boilers operating at not 22) ~ 25)
over 103 kPa (15 psi) gauge
pressure and hot water
boilers operating at not in
excess of 1 20°C.

IV. Unlisted automatically fired 150 150 450 450 450

heating boilers; Steam (see note (see note
boilers operating at not
(see note 211 21)
over 103 kPa (15 psi) 221
gauge pressure and hot
wal9r boilers operating at
not in excess of 120°C.

V. Central heating boilers and 450 450 450 450 450

furnaces, other than above. (see note (see note Isee note
23) 211 21)

NOTE 16. Front ciearance shall be sufficient for servicing the burner and furnace or boiler,

NOTE 17. The vent connector clearance does not apply to listed type B gas vents.
t
NOTE 18. This clearance may be reduced o 25mm for a listed forced air or gravity furnace equipped with:

hal a limit control that cannot be set higher than 93°c. or

ibi a marking to indicate that the outlet air temperature cannot exceed 93°c.

NOTE IS. clearance from suppiy ducts within 1 m of the pienum shah not be lens than that specified from the bonnet or
plenum. No clearance is necessary beyond thin distance.

NOTE 20. crearanceirom supply ducts within 2 m of the plenum shall not be less than 15mm. No clearance is necessary
beyond this distance.

NOTE 21. For unlisted gas i.r.zation equipmentequipped with an approved draft hood. this clearance may be reduced to
230 mm.

NOTE 22. The clearance is above top of boiler.

NOTE 23. clearance from supply ducts shall not be less than 450mm out tot m from the bonnet or plenum, not lessthan
150 mm from 1 m to 2 m. and not less than 25 mm beyond 2 m.

NOTE 24. Rooms which are large in comparisonwith the size ofthe equipmentare rooms having a volume equal toat least
12 times the total volume of an air conditioning apphance or furnace and at least 16 tImes the total volume of a boiler or
water heater. Total volume of an appliance is determined from exterior dimensions and is to include fan compartments and
burner vestibules, when used. When the actual ceiling height of a room is greater than 2.S m. the volume ofa room shall be
figured on the basis of a ceiling height of 2.5 m.

NOTE 25. These clearances shall apply unless the listing ofan appliance specifies different clearances. inwhich casethe
listed clearances shall apply.

67
 MS 930: 1986

Table 6. Clearances (mm) with specified forms of protection*

Type of protection Where the required ctearice with no protection Is:

applied to the combus- —~

tibia material unless ,

othe,wie specified and ‘ 1 m 450 mm 300 mm 230mm 150 mm

covering all surfaces
within the distance —

specified as the required Sides Vent Sides Vent Sides Vent Sides Vestt
clearance with no pro- and con- and con- and con- and Uc~’t”
tection. (see fig. 8). Above rear nector Above rear nector Above rear nector. Above rear ~
Thicknesses are mini.
mum.

(a) 7 mm insulating
miiIboard~spaced
out 25 mmt 750 450 750 380 230 300 230 150 150 75 50 ‘/~

(b) 0.310 mm sheet

metal on 7 mm insu-
lating millboard 600 450 600 300 230 300 230 150 100 75 50 ~0
(c) 0.310 mm sheet
metal spaced out
25mmt 450 300 450 230 150 230 150 100 100 50 50 i.~b
(d) 0.310 mm sheet
metal on 3 mm insu-
lating millboard”
spaced out 25 mmt 450 300 450 230 150 230 150 100 100 50 50 50
(a) 7 mm insulating
miliboard” on .

25 mm mineral wool
bats reinforced with
mesh or equivalent 450 300 450 150 150 150 100 100 100 50 50 L
(f)’0.588 mm sheet ,
metal on 25 mm
mineral wool bats
reinforced with wire
or equivalent 450 300 300 100 75 75 50 50 50 50 50 L~
(g) 7 mm insulating ,
millboard” 1000 1000 1000 450 450 450 300 300 230 100 100 1O~J

‘All clearance shall be measured from the outer surface ofthe equivalent to thecombustibie material disregarding anyintervening protection applied to tiiecomi~:~”r~
material.

‘~Afactory fabricated board formed with noncombustible materials, normally fibres.

tSpacers shall be of noncornbustible material.

68

6.3.4 Low water cutoff. Steam boilers shall be
provided with an automatic means to shut off the
fuel supply to the burner(s) if the boilerwater level
drops to the lowest safe water line.
6.3.5. Steam safety and pressure relief valves.
Steam and hot water boilers shall be equipped.
respectively, with listed or approved steam safety
or pressure relief valves of appropriate discharge
capacity and conforming to ASME require-
me nts*.
6.3.6 Plenum chambers and air ducts
6.3.6.1 Plenum chambers and air ducts shall
be installed in accordance with NFPA 90A.
‘Standard for the installation of air conditioning
and ventilating system’, or NFPA 90B, ‘Standard
for the installation of warm air heating and air
conditioning system’.
6.3.6.2 Aplenumchambersuppliedasapartof
a furnace shall be installed in accordancewith the
manufacturer’s instructions.
6.3.6.3 When a plenum chamber is not
supplied with the furnace, any fabrication and
installation instructions provided by the
manufacturer shall be followed. The method of
connecting supply and return ducts shall
facilitate proper circulation of air. (Reference may
be made to NFPA SOA, ‘Standard for the
installation of air conditioning and ventilating
systems’.’ and to NFPA 90B. ‘Standard for the
installation of warm air heating and air
conditioning systems’).
For details of requirements on low-pressure heating boiier safety
devices refer to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1980 Edition.
Section IV. Heating Boilers.
MS 930: 1986
6.3.6.4 When a furnace is installed so. that
supply ducts carry air circulated by thefurnace to
areas outside the space containing the furnace.
the return air shall also be handled by a duct(s)
sealed to the furnace casing and terminating
outside the space containing the furnace.
6.3.7 Refrigeration coils
6.3.7.1 ‘A refrigeration coil shall not be
installed in conjunction with a forced air furnace
when circulation of cooled air is provided by the
furnace blower, unless the blower has sufficient
capacity to overcome the external static
resistance imposed by the duct system and
cooling coil at the air throughout necessary for
heating or cooling, whichever is greater.
6.3.7.2 Furnaces shall not be located upstream
from cooling units, unless the cooling unit is
designed or equipped, so as not to develop
excessive temperature or pressure.
6.3.7.3 Refrigeration coils shall be installed in
parallel with or on the downstream side of central
furnaces to avoid condensation in the heating
element, unless the furnace has been specifically
listed for downstream installation. With a parallel
flow arrangement. the dampers or other means
used to control flow of air shall be sufficiently
tight to prevent any circulation of cooted air
through the furnace.
6.3.7.4 Means shall be provided for disposal of
condensate and to prevent dripping of
condensate on the heating element.,
6.3.8 Cooling units used with heat/hg boilers
6.3.8.1 Boilers, when used in conjunction with
refrigeration systems. shall be installed so that
the chilled medium is piped in parallel with the
heating boiler with appropriate values to prevent
the chilled medium from entering the heating
boiler.
69
MS 930: 1986
6.3.8.2 When hot water heating boilers are
connected to heating coils located in air handling
units where they may be exposed to refrigerated
air circulation, such boiler piping systems shall
be equipped with flow control valves or other
automatic means to prevent gravity circulation of
the boiler water during the cooling cycle.
6,4 Clothes dryers
6.4.1 Clearance
6.4.1.1 Listed type 1 clothes dryers shall be
installed with a minimum clearance of 1 50 mm
from adjacent combustible material, except that
clothes dryers listed ~for installation at lesser
clearances may be installed in accordance with
their listing. Type 1 clothes dryers installed in
closets shall be specifically listed for such
installation.
6.4.1.2 Listed type 2 clothes dryers shall be
installed with clearances of not less than shown
on the marking plate and in the manufacturer’s
instructions. Type 2 clothes dryers designed and
marked ‘For use only in noncombustible
locations’ shall not be installed elsewhere.
6.4.1.3 Unlisted clothes dryers shall be
installed with clearances to combustible material
of not less than 450 mm. Combustible floors
under unlisted clothes dryers shall be protected
in an approved manner according to the
requirements of the Uniform Building By-Laws.
6.4.2 Exhausting to the outside air
6.4.2.1 Type 1 clothes dryers installed in
closets shall be exhausted to the outside air. and
no other fuel-ourning appliance shall be installed
in the same closet. Type 1 clothes dryers shall not
be installed in bathrooms or bedrooms unless
exhausted to the outside air.
70
6.4.2.2 Type 2 clothes dryers shall be
exhausted to the outside air.
6.4.3 Provisions for make-up air
6.4.3.1 When a type 1 clothes dryer is
exhausted to the outside, consideration shall be
given to provision for make-up air. (See 5.3.6).
Provision for make-up air shall be provided for
closet installed type 1 clothes dryers in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions.
6.4.3.2 Provision for make-up air shall be
provided for type 2 clothes dryers, with a
minimum free area (see 5.3.5) of 1.5 cm2 per
1.000 kJ per hour (one square inch for each
1.000 Btu per hour) of the total input rating of the
dryer(s) installed.
6.4.4 Exhaust ducts for type 7 clothes dryers
6.4.4.1 A clothes dryer exhaust duct shall not
be connected into any vent connector, gas vent
chimney, crawl space. attic or other similar
concealed space.
6.4.4.2 Ducts for exhausting clothes dryers
shall not be put together with sheet-metal screws
or other fastening mean which extend into the
duct and which would catch lint and reduce the
efficiency of the exhaust system.
6.4.5 Exhaust ducts for type 2 clothes dryers
6.4.5.1 Exhaust ducts for type 2 clothes dryers
shall comply with 6.4.4.
6.4.5.2 Exhaust ducts for type 2 clothes dryers
shall be constructed of sheet metal or other
noncombustible material. Such ducts shall be
equivalent in strength and corrosion resistance to
ducts made of galvanized sheet steel not less than
0.495 mm thick.

6.4.5.3 Type 2 clothes dryers shall be equipped
or installed with lint controlling means.
6.4.5.4 Exhaust ducts for type 2 clothes dryers
shall have a clearance of at least 1 50 mm to
combustible material except as provided in
6.4.5.5.
6.4.5.5 Exhaust ducts for type 2 clothes dryers
may be installed with reduced clearances to
combustible material provided the combustible
material is protected as described in table 6.
6.4.5.6 When ducts pass through walls, floors
or partitions, the space around the duct shall be
sealed with noncombustible material.
6.4.5.7’ Multiple installations of type 2 clothes
dryers shall be made in a manner to prevent
adverse operation due to back pressures that
might be created in the exhaust systems.
6.4.6 Multiple family or public use. All clothes
dryers installed for multiple family or public use
shall be equipped with ~pproved safety shutoff
devices ‘and shall be installed as specified for a
type 2 clothes dryer under 6.4.5.
6.5 Commercial cooking equipment, floor-
mounted
6.5.1 Clearance for listed equipment. Listed
floor-mounted commercial cooking equipment.
such as hotel and restaurant ranges. deep fat
fryers, unit broilers, gas-fired kettles, steam
cookers, steam generators and commercial
baking and roasting ovens, shall be installed at
least 1 50 mm from combustible material except
that at least 50 mm clearance shall be maintained
between the flue box or draft hood and
combustible material. Floor-mounted com-
mercial cooking equipment listed for installation
at lesser clearances may be installed ~n
accordance with its listing and the manu-
_,MS930:1986
facturer’s instructions. Equipment designed and
marked ‘For use only in noncombustible
locations’ shall not be installed elsewhere.
6.5.2 Clearance for unlisted equipment
6.5.2.1 Unlisted floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment, except as provided in 6.5.2.2
and 6.5.2.3. shall be installed to provide a
clearance to combustible material of not less than
450 mm at the sides and rear of the equipment
and from the vent connector and not less than
1 .2 m above cooking tops and at the front of the
equipment.
6.5.2.2 Unlisted floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment may be installed in rooms, but
not in partially enclosed areas such as alcoves,
with reduced clearances to combustible material.
provided the combustible material or the
equipment is protected as described in table 6.
6.5.2.3 Unlisted floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment may be installed in rooms, but
not in partially enclosed areas such as alcoves.
with reduced clearance of 1 50 mm to
combustible material, provided the wall or
combustible material is protected by sheet metal
not less than 0.386 mm thick, fastened with
noncombustible spacers that are spaced at not
less than 600 mm vertical and horizontal intervals
to provide a clearance of 40mm from such wall or
material. Such protection shall extend at least
300 mm beyond the back, side. top or any other
part of the equipment and the space between the
sheet metal and walls or combustile material shall
be open on both sides and top and bottom to
permit circulation of air.
6.5.3 Mounting on combustible floor.
6.5.3.1 Listed floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment that is listed specifically for
installation on floors constructed of combustible
material may be mounted on combustible floors
in accordance with its listing.
71
 MS 930:1986
6.5.3.2 Listed floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment that is designed and marked
‘For use only ir~noncombustible locations’ shall
be mounted on floors of noncombustible
construction with noncombustible flooring and
surface finish and with no combustible material
against the underside thereof, or on
cornbust~ble slabs or arches having
combustible material against the underside
thereof. Such construction shall in all cases
extend not less than 300 mm beyond the
equipment on all sides.
6.5.3.3 Floor-mounted commercial cooking
equipment which is not listed for mounting on a
combustible floor shall be mounted in
,
accordance with 6.5.3.2 or be mounted in
accordance with one of the following:
(a) When the equipment is set on legs which
provide not less than 450 mm open space under
the base of the equipment, or where it has no
burners and no portion of any oven or broiler
within 450 mm of the floor, it may be mounted on
a combustible floor without special floor
protection. provided there is at least one sheet
metal baffle between the burner and the floor.
(b) When the equipment is set on legs which
provide not less than 200 mm open space under
the base of the equipment, it may be mounted on
combustible floors provided the floor under the
equipment is protected with not less than 1 0 mm
insulating millboard covered with sheet metal not
less than 0.495 mm thick. The above specified
floor protection shall extend not less than
1 50 mm beyond the equipment on all sides.
(c) When the equipment is set on legs which
provide not less than 100 mm under the base of
the equipment, it may be mounted on
combustible floors, provided the floor under the
equipment is protected with hollow masonry not
less than 100 mm in thickness covered with sheet
72
metal not less than 0.495 mm thick. Such
masonry courses shall be laid with ends unsealed
and joints matched in such a way as to provide for
free circulation of air through the masonry.
(d) When the equipment does not have legs at
least 1 00 mm high. it may be mounted on
non-
combustible floors. provided the floor under the
no
equipment is protected by two courses of
100 mm hollow clay tile, or equivalent, with
courses laid at right angles and with ends
unsealed and joints matches in such a way as to
provide for free circulation of air through such
masonry courses and covered with steel plate not
less than 5 mm in thickness.
6.5.4 Combustible material adjacent to
cooking top. Any portion of combustible material
adjacent to a cooking top section of a hotel or
restaurant range, even though listed for close-to-
wall installation, which is not shielded from the
wall by a high shelf, warming closet, etc. shall be
protected in an approved manner according to
the requirements of the Uniform Building By-
Laws for a distance of at least 600 mm above the
surface of the cooking top.
6.5.5 For use with casters. Floor-mounted
equipment with casters shall be listed for such
construction and shall be installed in accordance
with their listing and the accompanying
instructions for limiting the movement of the
equipment to prevent strain on the connection.
6.5.6 Install Level. Floor-mounted commercial
cooking equipment shall be installed level on a
firm foundation.
6.5.7 Ventilation. Adequate means shall he
provided to properly ventilate the space in which
commercial cooking equipment is installed to
permit proper combustion of the gas. When
exhaust fans are used for ventilation, special
precautions may be necessary to avoid inter
ference with the operation of the equipment.

6.6 Commercial counter appliances
6.6.1 Vertical clearance. A vertical distance of
not less than 1 .2 mm shall be provided between
the top of all commercial hot plates and griddles
and combustible material.
6.6.2 Clearance for listed appliances. Listed
commercial counter appliances such as hot
plates and griddles. food and dish warmers, and
coffee brewers and urns, when installed on
combustible surfaces, shall be set on their own
bases or legs and shall be installed with a
mininum horizontal clearance of 1 50 mm from
combustible material except that at least a 50 mm
clearance shall be maintained between the flue
box or draft hood and combustible material.
Commercial counter appliances listed for
installation at lesse’r clearances may be installed
in accordance with their listing and the
manufacturer’s instructions.
6.6.3 Clearance for unlisted appliances.
Unlisted commercial hot plates and griddles shall
be installed with a hor~izontalclearance from
combustible material of not less than 450 mm.
Unlisted gas commercial counter applicances
such as coffee brewers and urns, waffle bakers
and hot water immersion sterilizers shall be
installed with a horizontal clearance from
combustible material of not less than 300 mm.
Gas commercial counter appliances may be
installed with reduced clearances to combustible
material provided the combustible material is
protected as described in table 6. Unlisted food
and dish warmers shall be installed with a
horizontal clearance from combustile material of
not less than 1 50 mm.
6.6.4 Mounting of unlisted appliances. Un-
listed commercial counter appliances shall not be
set on combustible material unless they have legs
which provide not less than 1 00 mm of open
space below the burners, and the combustible
surface is protected with insulating millboard at
MS 930: 1986
least 7 mm thick~overedwith sheet metal not less
than 0.310 mm thick. or with equivalent
protection.
6.7 Conversion burners
6.7.1 installation of conversion burners shall
conform to ANSI Z2 1 .8, ‘Standard for installation
of domestic gas conversion burners’.
6.8 Hot plates and laundry stoves
6.8.1 Listed domestic hot plates and laundry
stoves installed on combustible surfaces shall be
set on their own legs or bases. They shall be
installed with minimum horizontal clearances of
1 50 mm from combustible material.
6.8.2 Unlisted domestic hot plates and laundry
stoves shall be installed with horizontal
clearances to combustible material of not less
than 300 mm. Combustible surfaces under
unlisted domestic hot plates and laundry stoves
shall be protected in an approved manner
according to the requirements of the Uniform
Building By-Laws.
6.8.3 The vertical distance between tops of all
domestic hot plates and laundry stoves and
combustible material shall be at least 750 mm.
6.9 Household cooking appliances
6.9.1 Floor-mounted units
6.9.1.1 Clearance from combustible material.
The clearances specified below shall not interfere
with combustion air, accessibility for operation
and servicing.
(a) ‘Listed floor-mounted household cooking
appliances, except as noted in (b) and (c). when
73
 MS 930:1986
installed on combustible floors shall be set on
‘their own bases or legs and shall be installed in
accordance with their listing and the manu-
facturers instructions.
(b) Listed household cooking appliances with
listed gas room heater sections shall be installed
so that the warm air discharge side shall have a
minimum clearance of 450 mm from adjacent
combustible material. A minimum clearance of
900 mm shall be provided between the top of the
heater section and the bottom of cabinets.
(c) Household cooking appliances which
include a solid or liquid fuel burning section shall
be spaced from combustible material and
otherwise installed in accordance with the
standards applying to the supplementary fuels
section of the appliance.
(d) Unlisted floor-mounted household cooking
appliances shall be installed with at least a
1 50 mm clearance at the back and sides at
combustible material. Combustible floors under
unlisted appliances shall be protected in an
approved manner according to the requirements
of the Uniform Building By-Laws.
6.9.1 .2 Vertical clearance above cooking top.
Household cooking appliances shall have a
vertical clearance above the cooking top of not
less than 750 mm to combustible material or
metal cabinets, except the clearance may be
reduced to not less than 600 mm as follows:
(a) the underside of the combustible material or
metal cabinet above the cooking top is protected
with not less than 7 mm insulating millboard
covered with sheet:~metal not less than
. (b) a metal ventilating hood of sheet metal not
‘0.310mm thick, or
(b) a metal ventilating hood of sheet metal not
less than 0.310 mm is installed above the
cooking ‘top with a clearance of not less than
7 mm between the hood and the underside of the
74
combustible material or metal cabinet, and the
hood is at least as wide as the appliance is and is
centred over the appliance.
6.9.1.3 Install level. Cooking appliances shall
be installed so that the cooking top or oven racks
are level.
6.9.2 Built-in units
6.9.2.1 Installation. Listed built-in household
cooking appliances shall be installed in
accordance with their listing and the manu-
facturer’s instructions. Listed built-in household
cooking appliances may be installed in
combustible material unless otherwise marked.
The installation shall not interfere with
combustion air, accessibility for operation and
servicing.
Unlisted built-in household cooking appliances
shall not be installed in. or adjacent’ to.
combustible material.
6.9.2.2 Vertical clearance. Built-in top (or
surface) cooking appliances shall have a vertical
clearance above the cooking top of not less than
750 mm to combustible material or metal
cabinets, except the clearance may be reduced to
not less than 600 mm follows:
(a) the underside of the combustible material or
metal cabinet above the cooking top is protected
with not less than 7 mm insulating millboard
covered with sheet metal not less than 0.31 0 mm
thick, or
less than 0.31 0 mm thick is installed above the
cooking top with a clearance of not less than
7 mm between the hood and the underside of the
combustible material or metal cabinet, and the
hood is at least as wide as the appliance is and is
centred over the appliance.
 MS 930: 1986

6.9.2.3 Horizontal clearance. The minimum 6.10.2.2 Open-flame type

horizontal distance from the centre of the burner
head(s) of a listed top (or surface) cooking
appliance to vertical combustible walls extending
above the top panel shall be not less than that
distance specified by the permanent marking on
the appliance.
6.9.2.4 Install level. Built-in household cooking
appliances shall be installed so that the cooking
Lop, broiler pan or oven racks are level.
6.10 Illuminating appliances
6.10.1 Clearances for listed appliances. Listed
illuminating appliances shall be nstalled in
accordance with their listing and the
manufacturer’s instructions.
6.10.2 Clearances for unlisted appliances
6.10.2.1 Enclosed type
(a) Unlisted open-flame illuminating appliances
installed outdoors shall have clearances from
combustible material not less than that specified
in table 7. The distance from ground level to the
base of the burner shall be at least 2 m when
installed within 0.6 m of walkways. Lesser
clearances may be used when acceptable to the
authority having jurisdiction.
(b) Unlisted open-flame illuminating appliances
installed outdoors shall be equipped with a
limiting orifice or other limiting devices whlchwlll
maintain a flame height consistent with the.
clearance from combustible material, as given in
table 7.
(ci Appliances designed for flame heights in
excess of 750 mm may be installed if acceptable
to the authority having jurisdiction’. Such
appliances shall be equipped with a safety shutoff
device or automatic ignition.

(a) Unlisted enclosed illuminating appliances (dl Unlisted open-flame illuminating appliances
installed outdoors shall be installed with installed indoors shall have clearances from
clearances in any direction from combustible combustible material acceptable to the authority
material of not less than 300 mm. having jurisdiction.

(b) Unlisted enclosed illuminating appliances 6.10.3 Mounting on buildings. Illuminating

installed indoors shall be installed with appliances designed for wall or ceiling mounting
clearances in any direction from combustible shall be securely attached to substantial
material of not less than 450 mm. structures in such a manner that they are not
dependent on the gas piping for support.
Table 7. Clearances to combustible material
for unlisted open-flame illuminating appliances 6.10.4 Mounting on posts.Illuminating
appliances designed for post mounting shall be
Flame height Minimum clearance from securely and rigidly attached to a post.
above burner combustible material, m
head, mm Horizontal Vertical
Posts shall be rigidly mounted. The strength and
300 0.6 1.8 rigidity of posts greaterthan 1 m in height shall be
450 0.9 2.4 at least equivalent to that of a 65 mm diameter
600 0.9 3.0
post constructed of 1 .625 mm thick steel or a
750 1.2 3.6
25 mm (1 inch) schedule 40 steel pipe. Posts 1 m

75
 MS 930: 1986
or less in heightshall not be smallerthan a 20mm
(3/4 inch) schedule 40 steel pipe or equivalent.
Drain openings should be provided nearthe base.
of posts when there is a possibility of water
collecting inside them.
6.10.5 Gas appliance pressure regulators.
When a gas appliance pressure regulator is not
supplied with an illuminating appliance and the
service line is not equipped with a service
pressure regulator. an appliance pressure
regulators shall be installed in the line to the
illuminating appliance. For multiple installations,
one regulator of adequate capacity may be used
to serve a number of illuminating appliances.
6.1 1 Incinerators, commercial-industrial
Commercial-industrial type incinerators shall be
constructed and installed in accordance with
NFPA No. 82. ‘Standard on incinerators, waste
and linen handling systems and equipment’.
6.12 Incinerators, domestic
6.12.1 Clearance
6.12.1.1 Listed incinerators shall be installed
in accordance with their listing and the
manufacturer’s instructions, provided that in any
case the clearance shall be sufficient to afford
ready accessibility or firing, clean-out and
necessary servicing.
6.12.1.2 The clearance to combustible
material above a charging door shall be not less
than 1 .2 m. The clearance may be reduced to
600 mm provided the combustible material is
protected with sheet metal not less than
0.310 mm thick spaced out 25 mm on
noncombustible spacers, or equivalent pro-
tection. Such protection shall extend 450 mm
beyond all sides of the charging door opening.
Listed incinerators designed to retain the flame
76
during loading need not comply with this
paragraph.
6.12.1.3 Unlisted incinerators shall be in-
stalled with clearances to combustible material of
not less than 900 mm at the sides, top and back
and not less than 1.2 mat the front. but in no case
shall the clearance above a charging door be less
than 1 .2 m. Unlisted wall mounted incinerators
shall be installed on a noncombustible wall
communicating directly with a chimney.
6.12.1.4 Domestic type incinerators may be
installed with reduced clearances to combustible
material in rooms, provided the combustible
material is protected as described in table 6. In
partially enclosed areas, such as alcoves.
clearance shall not be so reduced.
6.12.1.5 Whenadomestictypeincineratorthat
is refractory lined or insulated with heat
insulating material is encased in common brick
not less than 1 00 mm in thickness, the clearances
may be reduced to 1 50 mm at the sides and rear,
and clearance at the top may be reduced to 600
and clearance at the top may be reduced to
600 mm provided that the construction using
combustible material above the charging door
and within 1 .2 m is protected with sheet metal not
less than 0.310 mm thick spaced Out 25 mm. or
equivalent protection.
6.12.2 Mounting
6.12.2.1 Listed incinerators specially listed for
installation on combustible floors may be so
installed.
6.12.2.2 Unlisted incinerators, except as
provided in 6.1 2.2.3 and 6.1 2.2.4. shall be
mounted on the ground or on floors of
noncombustible construction with noncom-
bustible flooring or surface finish and with no
combustible material against the underside
thereof. or on noncombustible slabs or arches
having no combustible material against the

underside thereof. Such construction shall
extend not less than 300 mm beyond the
incinerator base on all sides. except at the front or
side where ashes are removed where it shall
extend not less than 450 mm beyond the
i n ci n e rator.
6.12.2.3 Unlisted incinerators may
mounted on floors other than as specified in
6.1 2.2.2. provided the incinerator is so arranged
that flame or hot gases do not come in contact
with its base and, further, provided the floor
under the incinerator is protected with hollow
masonry not less than 100 mm thick, covered
with sheet metal not less than 0.495 mm thick.
Such masonry course shall be laid with ends
unsealed and joints matched in such a way as to
provide a’ free circulation of air from side to side
through the masonry. The floor for 450 mm
beyond the front of the incinerator or side where
ashes are removed and 300 mm beyond all other
sides of the incinerator ~hall be protected with
not less than 7 mm insulating millboard covered
with sheet metal not less than 0.49 5 mm thick or
with equivalent protection.
6.12.2.4 Unlisted incinerators which are set on
legs that provide not less than 1 00 mm open
space under the base of the incinerator may be
mounted on floors other than as specified in
6.1 2.2.3. provided the incinerator is such that
flame or hot gases do not come in contactwith its
base and, further, provided the floor under the
incinerator is protected with not less than 7 mm
insulating millboard covered with sheet metal not
less than 0.49 5 mm thick. The above specified
floor protection shall extend not less than
450 mm beyond the front of the incinerator or
side where ashes are removed and 300 mm
beyond all other sides of the incinerator.
6.12.3 Draft hood prohibited. Draft hoods shall
not be installed in the vent connector of an
incinerator.
‘MS930: 1986
6.12.4 Venting. Incinerators shall be vented in
accordance with 7.3, 7.4, 7.6 and 7.9.
6.13 Infrared heaters
6.13.1 Support. Suspended type infrared
be
heaters shall be safely and adequately fixed in
position independent of gas and electric supply
lines. Hangers and brackets shall be of
noncombustible material.
Heaters subject to vibration shall be provided
with vibration isolating hangers.
6.13.2 Clearance
6.13.2.1 Listed heaters shall be installed with
clearances from combustible material in
accordance with their listing and the manu-
facturer’s instructions.
6.13.2.2 Unlisted heaters shall be installed in
accordance with clearances from combustible
material acceptable to the authority having
jurisdiction.
6.13.2.3 In locations used for the storage of
combustible materials, signs shall be posted to
specify the maximum permissible stacking height
to maintain required clearances from the heater
to the combustibles.
6.13.3 Combustion and ventilation air
6.13.3.1 Where unvented infrared heaters are
used. natural or mechanical means shall be
provided to supply and exhaust at least
0.1 cubic metre per minute per 1.000 kJ per hour
(4 cubic feet per minute per 1 .000 Btu per hour)
input of installed heaters.
6.13.3.2 Exhaust openings for removing flue
products shall be above the level of the heaters.
77
MS 930: 1986
6.14 Open top broiler units
6.14.1 Listed units. Listed open top broiler
units shall be installed in accordance with their
listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.
6.14.2 Unlisted units. Unlisted open top broiler
units shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instruction, but shall not be
installed in combustible material.
6.14.3 Protection above domestic units.
Domestic open top broiler units shall be provided
with a metal ventilating hood ‘not less than
0.310 mm thick with a clearance of not less than
7 mm between the hood and the underside of
combustible material or metal cabinets. A
clearance of at least 600 mm shall be maintained
between the cooking top and the combustible
material or metal cabinet, and the hood shall be at
least as wide as the open top broiler unit is and be
centred over the unit.
6.14.4 Commercial units. Commercial open
top broiler units shall be provided with ventilation
in accordance with NFPA No. 96, Standard for
the installation of equipment for the removal of
smoke and grease-laden vapours from
commercial cooking equipment’.
6.15 Outdoor cooking appliances
6.15.1 Listed units. Listed outdoor cooking
appliances shall be installed in accordance with
their listing and the manufacturer’s instructions.
6.15.2 Unlisted units. Unlisted outdoor
cooking appliances shall be installed outdoors
with clearances to combustible material of not
less than 900 mm at the sides and back and not
less than 1 .2 m at the front. In no case shall the
appliance be located under overhead com-
bustible construction.
78
6.16 Pool heaters
6.16.1 Location. A pool heater shall be located
or protected so as to minimize accidental contact
of hot surfaces by persons.
6.16.2 Clearance
6.16.2.1 In no case shall the clearances be
such as to interfere with combustion air, draft
hood or vent terminal clearance and relief, and
accessibility for servicing.
6.16.2.2 A listed pool heater shall be installed
in accordance with its listing and the
manufacturer’s instructions.
6.16.2.3 An unlisted pool heater shall be
installed with a minimum clearance of 300 mm
on all sides and the rear. A combustible floor
under an unlisted pool heater shall be protected
in an approved manner according to the
requirements of the Uniform Building By-Laws.
6.1 6.3 Temperature or pressure limiting
devices
6.16.3.1 An unlisted pool heater shall be
provided with overtemperature protection or
overtemperature and overpressure protection by
means of an approved device(s).
6.16.3.2 When a pool heater is provided with
overtemperature protection only, and is installed
with any device in the discharge line of theheater
that can restrict the flow of water from the heater
to the pool (such as a check valve, shutoff valve,
therapeutic pool valving, flow nozzles. etc.) a
pressure relief valve shall be installed either in the
heater or between the heater and the restrictive
device.
6.16.4 Bypass valves. If an integral bypass
system is not provided as a partof the pool heater,
a bypass line and’valve shall be installed between

the inlet and outlet piping for use in adjusting the
flow of water through the heater.
6.1 6.5 Venting. A pool heater listed for outdoor
installation shall be installed with the venting
means supplied by the manufacturer and in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
(See 7.7 and 7.14).
6.17 Refrigerators
6.17.1 Clearance.
Refrigerators shall be
provided with adequate clearancesfor ventilation
at the top and back. They shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
If such instructions are not available, at least
50 mm shall be provided between the back of the
refrigerator and the wall and at least 300 mm
above the top.
6.17.2 Venting or ventilating kits approved for
the use with a refrigerator. If an accessory kit is
used for conveying air for burner combustion or
unit cooling to the refrig’~ratorfromareas outside
the room in which it is located, or for conveying
combustion products diluted with air containing
waste heat from the refrigerator to areas outside
the room in which it is located, the kit shall be
installed in accordance with the refrigerator
manufacturer’s instructions.
6.18 Room heaters
6.1 8.1 Installations in sleeping
Unvented room heaters shall not be installed in
sleeping quarters.
NOTE 26. it is recommended that space heating appiiances instalied
in all sleeping quarters or rooms generally kept closed be of the direct
vent type (see 6.22).
6.18.2 Installations in institutions. Room
heaters shall not be installed in institutions such
as homes for the aged. sanitariums, convalescent
homes, orphanages. etc.
MS 930: 1986
6.18.3 Clearance. A room heater shall be
placed so as not to cause a hazard to walls, floors,
curtains. furniture, doors wi~enopen, etc. and to
the free movements of persons within the room.
Heaters designed and marked ‘For use in
noncombustible fireplace only’, shall not be
installed elsewhere. Listed room heaters shall be
installed in accordance with their listings and the
manufacturer’s instructions. In no case shall the
clearances be such as to interfere with
combustion air and accessibility. (See 5.2.1 and
5.3).
Unlisted room heaters shall be installed with
clearances from combustible material not less
than the following:
(a) Circulating type. Room heaters having an
outer jacket surrounding the combustion
chamber, arranged with openings at top and
bottom so that air circulates between the inner
and outer jacket. and without openings in the
outer jacket to permit direct radiation, shall have
clearance at sides and rear of not less than
300 mm.
(b) Radiating type. Room heaters other than
those described above as of circulating type shall
have clearance at sides and rear of not less than
450 mm; except that heaters which make use of
metal, asbestos or ceramic material to direct
radiation to the front of the heater shall have a
clearance of 900 mm in front. and if constructed
with a double back of metal or ceramic may be
quarters.
installed with a clearance of 450 mm atsides and
300 mm at rear. Combustible floors under
unlisted room heaters shall be protected in an
approved manner according to the requirements
of the Uniform Building By-Laws.
6.18.4 Wall-type room heaters. Wall-type room
heaters shall not be installed in or attached to
walls of combustible material unless listed for
such installation.
79
MS 930: 1986
6.19 Sauna heaters
6.19.1 Location and protection
6.19.1.1 A sauna heater shall be so located as
to minimize the possibility of accidental contact
by a person in the room.
6.19.1,2 A sauna heater shall be protected
from accidental contact by a guard or barrier of
material having a low coefficient of thermal
conductivity. Wood is satisfactory for this
application. The guard shall have no substantial
effect on- the transfer of heat from the heater to
the room.
6.19.2 Installation of heater.
6.19.2.1 A listed sauna heatershall be installed
in accordance with its listing and the manu-
facturer’s instructions.
6.19.2.2 An unlisted sauna heater shall be
installed in accordance with the following:
(a) The heater shall be installed on noncom-
bustible flooring or on flooring which has been
equivalently protected in an approved manner
according to the requirements of the Uniform
Building By-Laws.
(b) The heater shall be installed in compliance
with the manufacturer’s instructions except that
clearances to the sides, back and top of the heater
shall be not less than 900 mm.
6.19.2.3 An unlisted sauna heater shall not be
installed in or attached to combustible material.
6.19.2.4 A direct vent sauna heater shall be
installed with the vent/air intake terminal in the
outside atmosphere. The thickness of the wall on
which the heater is mounted shall be within the
range of wall thicknesses marked on the heater
and covered in the manufacturer’s installation
instructions.
80
6.19.2.5 Panels, grilles and access doors
which must be removed for normal servicing
operations. shall not be attached to the building.
6.19.2.6 A sauna heater of other than the direct
vent type shall be installed generally in
accordance with fig. 7. If the combustion air inle’t
and the draft hood are in a dressing room
adjacent to the sauna room, there shall be
provisions to physically prevent blocking the
combustible air inlet and the draft hood inlet, and
to prevent physical contact with the draft hood
and vent assembly, or warning notices shall be
posted to avoid such contact. Anywarning notice
shall be easily readable, shall contrast with its
background, and the wording shall be in letters
not less than 5 mm high.
6.19.3 Connection. The provisions of 5.5. shall
be observed except that when access to controls
is from an adjacent room, connections shall be
made in that area. -
6.19.4 Combustion and ventilation air
6.19.4.1 Combustion air shall not be taken
from inside the sauna room.
6.19.4.2 Adequate combustion and ventilation
air for a heater not of the direct vent type shall be
provided to the area in which the combustion air
inlet and draft hood are located by suitable means
(see 5.3).
6.19.5 Means for heat or exposure limitation
6.19.5.1 A sauna heater shall be equipped with
a thermostat which will limit room temperature to
90°C. If the thermostat is not an integral part ot
the heater, the heat sensing element shall .be
located within 1 50 mm of the ceiling. If the heat.
sensing element is a capillary tube and bulb, the
assembly shall be attached to the wall or other
support, and shall be protected against physical
damage.

6.19.5.2 A timer, if provided to control main
burner operation, shall have a maximum
operating time of 1 hour. The control for the timer
shall be located outside the sauna room.
6.19.6 Provisions for sauna room equipped
with a gas-fired sauna heater
6.19.6.1 A ventilation opening into the sauna
room shall be provided. This shall be not less than
100 mm by 200 mm opening near the top of the
door into the sauna room.
Draft /
/ partition
Vent
access
Combustion
air inlet
Floor
Figure 7. Typical sauna heater installation
MS 930: 1986
6.19.6.2 The following notice on permanent
marking material shall be mechanically attached
to the sauna room on the outside:
‘Warning: Do not exceed 30 minutes in sauna.
Excessive exposure can be harmful to health. Any
person with poor health should consult a
physician before using sauna’.
This marking shall contrast with its background
and the wording shall be in letters not less than
5 mm high.
Thimble
Sauna heater
81
MS 930: 1986
6.20 Stationary gas engines
6.20.1 The installation of gas engines shall
conform with NFPA No. 37. ‘Standard for the
installation and use of stationary combustion
engines and gas turbines’
6.21 Unit heaters
6.21.1 Support. Suspended type unit heaters
shall be safely and adequately supported with due
consideration given to their weight and vibration
characteristics. Hangers and brackets shall be of
noncombustible material.
6.21.2 Clearance
6.21.2.1 Suspended type unit heaters
(a) A listed unit heater shall be installed with
clearances from combustible material of not less
than 450 mm at the sides, 300 mm at the bottom
and 1 50 mm above the top when the unit heater
has an internal draft hood, or 25 mm above the
top of the sloping side of a vertical draft hood.
(b) A unit heater listed for reduced clearances
shall be installed in accordance with its listing
and the manufacturer’s instructions.
(c) Unlisted unit heaters shall be installed with
clearances to combustible material of not less
than 450 mm.
(d) Clearances for servicing shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recom-
mendations contained in the installation
instructions.
6.21.2.2 Floor-mounted type unit heaters.
(a) A listed unit heater shall be installed with
clearances from combustible material at the back
and one side only of not less than 1 50 mm. When
82
the flue gases are vented horizontally. the
.
1 50 mm clearance shall be measured fromn the
draft hood or vent instead of the rear ~vallof unit
heater.
(b) A unit heater listed for reduced clearances
shall be installed in accordance with its listing
and the manufacturer’s instructions.
(c) Floor-mounted type unit heaters may be
installed on combustible floors if listed for such
installation.
(d) Combustible floors under unlisted floor~
mounted unit heaters shall be protected in an
approved manner according to the requirements
of the Uniform Building By-Laws.
(e) Clearances for servicing shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recom-
mendations contained in the installation
instructions.
6.21.3 Combustion and circulating air. Ade~
quate combustion and circulating air shall be
provided (see 5.3).
6.21.4 Ductwork. A unit heater shall not be
attached to a warm air duct system unless listed
and marked for such installation.
6.21 .5 Installation in commercial garages. Unit
heaters installed in garages for more than 3
motor vehicles or in aircraft hangars shall be of a
listed type and shall be installed in accordance
with 5.1.9.
6.22 WaIl furnaces
6.22.1 Installation
6.22.1.1 A listed wall furnace shall be installed’
in accordance with its listing and the manufac-
turer’s instructions. They may be installed in or
attached to conribustible material.
 MS 930:1986

6.22.1.2 Unlisted wall furnaces shall not be
installed in or attached to combustible material.
6.22.1.3 Vented wall furnaces connected to a
type B-W gas vent system listed only for single
storey shall be installed only in single storey
buildings or the top storey of multistorey
buildings. Vented wall furnaces connected to a
type B-W gas vent system listed for installation in
multistorey buildings may be installed in single
storey or multistorey buildings. Type B-W gas
vents shall be attached directly to a solid header
plate which serves as a fire stop at that point and
which may be an integral part of the vented wall
furnace. The stud space in which the vented wall
furnace is installed shall be ventilated at the first
ceiling level by installation of the ceiling plate
spacers furnished with the gas vent. Fire stop
spacers shall be installed at each subsequent
ceiling or floor level penetrated by the vent. (See
fig. 8 for type B-W gas vent installation).
6.22.1.4 Direct vent wall furnaces shall be
installed with the vent/air intake terminal in the
outside atmosphere. The thickness of the walls on
which the furnace is mounted shall be within the
range of wall thickness marked on the furnace
and covered in the manufacturer’s installation
instructions.
6.22.1.5 Panels, grilles and access doors
which must be removed for normal servicing
operations shall not be attached to the building.

Installation of B-W gas vent

for each subsequent ceiling or floor
level of multistorey buildings. Firestop spacers supplied by manufacturer
/
~

of B-W gas vent.

/ ,, Plate cut away to provide

~ passage of B-W gas vent.

— Nail firestop spacer securely.

Installation of B-W gas vent

for one storey building or for
first floor or multistorey buildings
Ceiling plate spacers to centre
B-W gas vent in stud space-nail securely at
both ends.

Plate cut away for full width of

stud space to provide ventilation.

Studs on 16 inch centres

Sheet metal screw base plate to header

Use manufacturer’s method of

fastening pipe to base plate
Header plate of vented wall furnace
(Also acts as firestop)

Figure 8. Installation of type B-W gas vents for

vented wall furnaces

83
 MS 930:1986
6.22.2 Location. Wall furnaces shall be located
so as not to cause a hazard to walls, floors,
curtains, furniture or doors. Wall furnaces
installed between bathrooms and adjoining
rooms shall not circulate air from bathrooms to
other parts of the building.
6.22.3 Combustion and circulating air. Ade-
quate combustion and circulating air shall be
provided (see 5.3).
6.23 Water heaters
6.23.1 Prohibited installations. Water heaters,
with the exception of those having direct-vent
systems, shall not be installed in bathrooms,
bedrooms or any occupied rooms normally kept
closed.
Single-faucet automatic instantaneous water
heaters, as permitted under 7.1.2 in addition to
the above, shall not be installed in kitchen
sections of light housekeeping rooms or rooms
used by transients.
6.23.2 Location. Water heaters of other than
the direct vent type shall be located as close as
practicable to the chimney or gas vent.
6.23.3 Clearance
6.23.3.1 In no case shall the clearances be
such as to interfere with combustion air, draft
hood clearance and relief, and accessibility for
servicing. Listed water heaters shall be installed
in accordance with their listing and the manu-
facturer’s instructions.
6.23.3.2 Unlisted water heaters shall be
.
installed with a clearance of 300 mm on all sides
and rear. Combustible floors under unlisted water
heaters shall be protected in an approved manner
according to the requirements of the Uniform
Building By-Laws.
84
6.23.4 Connections. Water heaters shall be
connected in a manner to permit observation
maintenance and servicing.
6.23.5 Pressure limiting devices. A water
‘heater installation shall be provided with over-
pressure protection by means of an approved
device constructed, listed and installed in
accordance with approved standards for such
devices.
6.23.6 Temperature limiting devices. An
automatic storage-type water heater installation
or a hot water stor~gevessel installation shall be
provided with overtemperature protection by
means of approved device constructed. listed and
installed in accordance with approved standards
for such devices.
6.23.7 Temperature. pressure and vacuum
relief devices. The installation of temperature.
pressure and vacuum relief devices or
combinations thereof, and automatic gas shutoff
devices shall be in accordance with approved
standards for such devices.
6.23.8 Automatic instantaneous type. The
water supply to any automatic instantaneous
water heater shall be such as to provide sufficient
pressure to properly operate the water actuated
control valve when drawing hot water from a
faucet on the top floor.
6.23.9 Circulating or tank types
6.23.9.1 Connection to boiler or tank. The
method of connecting the circulating water
heater to the tank shall provide proper circulation
of water through the heater and permit a safe and
useful temperature of water to be drawn from the
tank. (See fig. 9).
6.23.9.2 Size of water circulating piping. The
size of the water circulating piping, in general.
shall conform with the size of the water
connections of the heater.
 MS 930 : 1986

6.23.9.3 Sediment drain. A suitable watervalve
or cock, through which sediment may be drawn
off or the tank emptied, shall be installed at the
bottom of the tank.
6.23.9.4 Anti-siphoning devices. Means ac-
ceptable to the authority having jurisdiction shall
be provided to prevent siphoning in any boiler or
tank to which any circulating water heater is
attached. A cold water tube with a hole near the
top is commonly accepted for this purpose. (See
fig. 9).

Cold water
Anti-siphon opening

Limit control

Vent con~iector
Drain

Gas inlet

Figure 9. Suggested location for anti-siphon opening in cold water inlet

85
 MS 930: 1986
SECTION SEVEN: VENTING OF EQUIPMENT
7.1 Specification for venting
7.1.1 Connection to venting systems. Except
as noted in 7.1.2, 7.1.3 and 7.1.4, all gas
utilization equipment shall be connected to
venting systems.
7.1.2 Equipment not required to be vented
(a) Listed ranges.
(b) Built-in domestic cooking units listed and
marked for o~tionaIventing.
(c) Listed hot plates and listed laundry stoves.
(d) Listed type 1 clothes dryers (see 6.4.4).
(e)~ A single listed booster type (automatic
instantaneous) water heater when designed and
used solely for the sanitizing rinse requirements
of a National Sanitation foundation Class 1. 2 or 3
dishwashing machine, provided that the input, is
limited to 52.700 kJ (50.000 Btu) per hour, the
storage capacity is limited to 50 litres and the
heater is installed, with the draft hood in place
and unaltered. in a commercial kitchen having a
mechanical exhaust system. When installed in
this manner. the draft hood outlet shall not be less
than 900 mm vertically and 1 50 mm horizontally
from any surface other than the heater.
(fY Listed refrigerators.
(g)~ Counter appliances.
(h) Room heaters listed for unvented use (see
6.18.1 and 6.18.2). -
(j)~ Otherequipment I’istedfor unvented use and
not provided with flue collars.
86
(k)~ Specialized equipment of limited input such
as laboratory burners or gas lights.
7.1.3 Ventilatinghoods. Ventilating hoods and
exhaust systems may be used to vent gas
utilization equipment installed in commnercial
appllcatlons”and to vent industrial equipment.
particularly when the process itself requires fume
disposal.
7.1.4 WeII-ventilatedspaces. When located in
a large and well-ventilated space, industrial gas
utilization equipment may be operated by
discharging the flue gases directly into the space.
7.2 Minimum safe performance
7.2.1 Adequate draft
7.2.1.1 A venting system shall bedes~gri~d
~,nd
constructed so as to develop a positR’e lb”.
adequate to remove flue gases to the uu’isidn
atmosphere.
‘When any or all of this equipment is instalied so ihat the aggregate
inpui rating exceeds 745 kJ per hour per cubic metre (20 Etu per hour
per cubic foot) of room or space in which it is instalied. one or more
shail be provided with venting systems or other approved means for
removing the vent gases to the outside atmosphere so that the
aggregate input rating of the remaining unvented equipment does not
exceed the 745 kJ per hour per cubic metre (20 Stu per hour percubic
fäot) figure. When the room or space in which the equipment is
instaiied is directly connected to another room or space by a doorway.
archway or other opening of comparabie size which cannot be closed.
the volume of such adiacent room or space may be included in the
calculations,
V~lnformationon the construction and installation of ventilating hoods
may be obtained from NFPA No, 96. ‘Standard for the instaHation of
equipment for the removal of smoke and grease-laden vapolirs from
commercial cooking equipment’.

7.2.1.2 A venting system serving gas utilization
equipment requiring draft for proper operation
shall be designed and installed to develop
adequate draft so as to satisfy the draft
requirements of the equipment in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions.
7.2.2 Design and construction. Gas utilization
equipment required to be vented shall be
connected to a venting system, except as
provided in 7.14. The venting system shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with
one of the following methods:
(a) Natural draft provisions of 7.3 through 7.9.
(b) Natural draft systems designed in accor-
dance with approved engineering methods and
installed in accordance with the plans and
specifications of that design.
(C) Special venting arrangements of 7.1 4.
7.2.3 Circulating air ducts and plenums. No
portion of a venting sy~emshall extend into or
pass through any circulating air duct or plenum.
7.3 Type of venting system to be used
7.3.1 Venting systems are intended for venting
flue gases at zero or negative pressures unless
the venting system is made so as to prevent the
leakage of vent gases into a building. (See
17.14.3.2).
7.3.2 Chimneys. Chimneys shall be used for
venting the following types of gas utilization
equipment:
(a) Incinerators, except as provided in 7.3.5(b)
and 7.14.2.
MS 930: ‘1986
(b) Equipment which may be converted to the
use of solid or liquid fuels.
(c) Combination gas - and oil - burning
equipment.
(d) Equipment listed for usewith chimneys only.
(e) Unlisted equipment.
7.3.3 Type B gas vents. Listed gas utilization
equipment equipped with draft hoods and other
equipment listed for use with type B gas vents
may be connected to type B vents, except (a) as
provided in 7.3.2, 7.3.4 and 7.3.7, and (b)
commercial cooking equipment listed as not
suitable for connection to type B gas vent.
7.3.4 Type B-Wgas vents. Type B-W gas vents
shall be used with listed vented wall furnaces
when the furnace is so listed. Also see 6.28.
7.3.5 Single wall metal pipe. Single-wall metal
pipe may be used in accordance with 7.6 for
venting the following:
(a) Domestic-type and low-heat gas utilization
equipment equipped with draft hoods, except as
provided in 7.3.2 and 7.3.4.
(b) Incinerators used outdoors such as in open
sheds, breezeways, or carports as provided in
7.6.3.3.
7.3.6 Type L vents. Type L vents may be used
for venting gas utilization equipment listed for
use with type L vents and equipment listed as
suitable for use with type B gas vents.
7.3.7 Special venting arrangements
(a) Direct vent equipment. (See 7.14.1)
(b) Equipment with integral vent. (See 7.14.2)
87
 MS 930:1986
(c) Mechanical draft systems. (See 7.1 4.3)
(d) Ventilating hoods and exhaust systems. (See
7.14.4).
7.4 Masonry, metal and factory-built
chimneys
7.4.1 Listing or construction
7.4.1.1 Factory-built chimneys shall be
installed in accordance with their listing and the
manufacturer’s instructions.
7.4.1.2 Mansonry or metal chimneys shall be
built and installed in accordancewith the Uniform
Building By-Laws or NFPA No. 211, ‘Standard for
chimneys, fireplaces and vents’.
7.4.2 Termination
7.4.2.1 A chimney for domestic-type or low-
heat gas utilization equipment shall extend at
least 1 m above the highest pointwhere it passes
through a roof of a building and at least 600 mm
higher than any portion of a building within a
horizontal distance of 3 m. (See fig. 10).
7.4.2.2 A chimney for medium-heat equipment
shall extend at least 3 m higher than any portion
of any building within 7.5 m.
7.4.2.3 A chimney shall extend at least 1.5 m
above the highest connected equipment draft
hood outlet or flue collar.
7.4.3 Size of chimneys
7.4.3.1 Excapt as noted in 7.14 or 7.4.3.2, the
effective area of a chimney venting system shall
be in accordance with approved engineering
methods. Reference may be made to tables 41
88
and 44 in appendix G.~As an alternate method of
sizing an individual chimney venting system fora
single appliance only. the effective areas of the
vent connector and chimney flue shall be not less
than the area of the appliance draft hood or flue
outlet. As an alternate method for sizing a
chimney connected to more than one appliance,
the effective area of the chimney flue shall be not
less than the area of the largest vent connector
plus 50% of the area of additional draft hood or
flue outlets.
7.4.3.2 When an incinerator is vented by a
chimney serving other gas utilization equipment.
the gas input to the incinerator need not be
included in calculating chimney size provided the
chimney flue diameter is not less than 25 mm
larger in equivalent d iameter than the diameter of
the incinerator flue outlet.
7.4.4 Inspection of chimneys
7.4.4.1 Before connecting a vent connector to
a chimney. the chimney passageway shall be
examined to ascertain that it is clear and free of
obstructions.
7.4.4.2 Cleanouts shall be examined to deter
mine they will remain tightly closed when not in
use.
7.4.4.3 When inspection reveals that an
existing chimney is not safe for the intended
application, it shall be rebuilt to conform to the
Uniform Building By-Laws or NFPA No. 211,
‘Standard for chimneys, fireplaces and vents,’
lined or relined with a suitable liner, or replaced
with a vent or chimney suitable for the equipment
to be attached.
~Reference may aiso be made to the chapter on chimneys. gas vents
and firepiace systems of the Equipment volume of the ASHRAE
Hand book.

7.4.5 Chimney serving equipment burning
other fuels. See 7.9.4.
7.4.6 Support of chimneys. All portions of
chimneys shall be supported for the design and
weight of the materials employed. Listed factory-
built chimneys shall be supported and spaced in
accordance with their listings and the manu-
facturer’s instructions.
7.5 Type B, type B-W and type L vents.
7.5.1 Application
7.5.1.1 Type B, type B-W and type Lvents shall
be installed in accordance with the terms of their
listings and the manufacturer’s instructions.
7.5.1 .2 Type B. type B-W and type L vents may
be used for single o’r multiple storey installation if
so listed.
7.5.1.3 A type B-W vent shall have a listed
capacity not less than that of the listed vented
wall furnace to which it is connected.
7.5.1.4 A vent passing through a roof shall
extend through the roof flashing. roofjack or roof
thimble.
7.5.2 Vent termination
7.5.2.1 A vent shall terminate above the roof
surface with a listed cap or listed roof assembly in
accordance with the terms of their respective
listings and the manufacturer’s instructions.
except as provided in 7.14.
7.5.2.2 Aventmaybe donnected toachimney
terminating in accordance with 7.4.2.
7.5.2.3 A type B or a type L vent shall terminate
MS 930: 1986
at least 1.5 m in vertical height above the highest
connected equipment draft hood or flue collar.
7.5.2.4 A type B-W vent shall termigate at least
3.7 m in vertical height above the bo~tomof the
wall furna~ce.
7.5.2.5 A vent extending through an exterior
wall shall not terminate adjacent to the wall or
below caves or parapets, except as provided in
7.14.1 and 7.14.3.
7.5.3 Size of gas vents. Except as provided in
7.14, vents shall be sized and constructed in
accordancewith approved engineering methods.
Reference may be made to tables 39 through 44
in appendix G depending on the construction of
the vent.~As an alternate method for sizing an
individual vent for single appliance only. the
effective area of the vent connector and vent shall
be not less than the area of the appliance draft
hood outlet. As an alternate method for sizing a
vent connected to more than one appliance, the
effective area of the vent shall be not less than the
area of the largest vent connector plus 50% of the
areas of additional draft hood outlets.
7.5.4 Vents serving equipment on more than
one floor. A single or common type B or type L
vent is permissible in multistorey installations to
vent gas utilization equipment located on more
than one floor level provided the venting system is
designed and installed in accordance with
approved engineering practices.
7.5.5 Support of vents. Vents shall be sup-
ported and spaced in accordance with their
listings and the manufacturer’s instructions.
‘Reference may also be made to the chapter on chimneys, gas vents
and firepiace systems of ihe Equipment Volume of the ASHRAE
Handbook.
89
 MS 930:,1986

Table 8. Clearances for connectors (note 27)

Minimum distance from combustible material

Equipment Listed type B Listed type L

gas vent vent Single-wall Factory built
material material metal pipe chimney sections

Listed equipment with draft

hoods and equipment listed
for use with type B gas vents as listed as listed 150 mm as listed

Residential boilers and

furnaces with listed gas
conversion burner and with
draft hood 150mm 150 mm 230 mm as listed

Residential appliances
listed for use with type
L vents not permitted as listed 230 mm as listed

Domestic incinerators not permitted 230 mm 450 mm as listed

Unlisted residential app-

liances with draft hood not permitted 150 mm 230 mm as listed

Residential and lowheat

equipment other than
those above not permitted 230 mm 450 mm as listed

Medium-heat equipment not permitted not permitted 900 mm as listed

NOTE 27. These clearances shall apply unless the listing of an appiiance specifies.

7.5.6 Marking. In those localities where solid
and liquid fuels are used extensively. vents shall
be plainly and permanently identified by a label
attached to the wall or ceiling at a point where the
vent connector enters the vent. The label shall
read:
‘This gas vent is for appliances which burn gas.
Do not connect to incinerators or solid or liquid
fuel-burning appliances.’
The authority having jurisdiction shall determine
whether their area constitutes such a locality,
7,6 Single-wall metal pipe
7.6.1 Construction. Single-wall metal pipe
shall be constructed of galvanized sheet steel not
less than 0.864 mm thick, or other approved
noncombustible corrosion-resistant material.
7.6.2 Termination
7.6.2.1 Single-wall metal pipe shall terminate
at least 1 .5 m in vertical height above the highest
connected equipment draft hood outlet or flue
collar.
7.6.2.2 Single-wall metal pipe shall extend at
least 600 mm above the highest point where it
passes through a roof of a building and at least
600 mm higher than any portion of a building
within a horizontal distance of 3 m. (See fig. 10).
7.6.2.3 An approved cap which does not
obstruct the pipe outlet shall be attached to the
terminus of a single-wall metal pipe.

90
 SOOmm
mm.
metal

pipe, 1 m mm.

No height above parapet

required when distance
from walls or parapet
is more than 3 m

wall or parapet

3m or less Height above any

roof surface

_Li within 3 m

ridge
600mmmirt.
i
i
7
,Jl
chimney or metal pipe,
m mm.
ridge
horizontally

metal pipe,

A. Termination 3 m or less from ridge, wall or parapet

B. Termination more than 3 m from ridge, wall or parapet

CD

0:

Figure 10. Typical termination locations ~orchimneys and metal pipes serving CD
CD
tiasWential-type and low-heat equipment
 MS 930: 1986
7.6.3 Installation with equipment permitted by
7.3.5.
7.6.3.1 Single-wall metal pipe shall be used
only for run’s directly from the space in which the
gas utilization equipment is located through the
roof or exterior wall to the outer air. A pipe
passing through a roof shall extend without
interruption through roof flashing, roof jacket or
roof thimble.
7.6.3.2 Single-wall metal pipe shall not
originate in any unoccupied attic or concealed
space and shall not pass through any attic, inside
wall or concealed space. or through anyfloor. For
the installation of a single-wall metal pipe
through an exterior combustible wall, see
7.9.14.2.
7.6.3.3 Single-wall metal pipe used for venting
an incinerator shall be exposed and readily
examinable for its full lenth and suitable
clearances maintained.
7.6.3.4 Minimum clearances from single-wall
metal pipe to combustible material shall be in
accordance with table 8. The clearance from
single-wall metol pipe to combustible material
may be reduced when the combustible material is
protected as specified for vent connectors in
table 6.
7.6.3.5 When a single-wall metal pipe passes
thrOugh a roof constructed of combustible
material, a noncombustible, nonventilating
thimble shall be used at the point of passage. The
thimble shall extend at least 450 mm above and
1 50 mm below the roof with the annular space
open at the bottom and closed onlyatthetop. The
thimble shall be sized in accordance with
7.9.1 4.2.
7.6.4 Size of single-wall metal pipe
7.6.4.1 Single-wall metal pipe shall be sized
92
and constructed in accordance with approved
engineering methods. Reference may be made to
tables 40 and 43 in appendix G. As an alternate
method for sizing an individual pipe for a singlo
appliance only, the effective area of the
connector and the pipe shall not be loss thai’i the
area of the appliance draft hood outlet. As an
alternate method of sizing a pipe connected to
more than one appliance, the effective area ofthe
pipe shall be not less than the area of the largest
connector plus 50% of the area of additional drafi
hood, outlets.
7.6.4.2 Any shaped single-wall metal pipe may
be used, provided its equivalent effective area is
equal to the effective area of the round pipe for
which it is substituted and provided. tlie
minimum internal dimension of the pipe is not
less than 50 mm.
7.6.4.3 The vent cap or a roof assembly shall
have a venting capacity not less than that of the
pipe to which it is attached.
7.6.5 Support of single-wall metal pipe. All
portions of single-wall metal pipe shall be
supported for the design and weight of the
material employed.
7.6.6 Marking. Single-wall metal pipe shall
comply with the marking provisions of 7.5.6.
7.7 Venting system location
7.7.1 Aventing system shall terminate at least
1 m above any forced air inlet located within 3 m.
7.7.2 The venting system of other than a direct
vent appliance shall terminate at least 1.2 m.
below, 1 .2 m horizontally from or 300 mm above
any door, window or gravity air inlet into any
building.

7.7.3 The vent terminal of a direct vent
appliance with an input of 52.700 kJ (50.000
Btu) per hour or less shall be located at least
230 mm from any opening through which vent
gases could enter a building, and such an
appliance with an input over 52.700 kJ (60,000
Btu) per hour shall require a 300 mm vent
termination clearance. The bottom of the vent
termina1 and the air intake shall.be located at least
300 mm above ground level.
7.8 Outside vents and chimneys
7.8.1 Condensate drain. When local ex-
perience indicates that condensate may be a
problem. provision shall be made to drain off the
condensate.
7.9 Vent connectors
7.9.1 When required. A vent connector shall
be used to connect gas utilization equipmentto a
gas vent, chimney or’~single-walI metal pipe,
except when the gas vent, chimney or single-wall
metal pipe is directly connected to the equip-
ment.
7.9.2 Materials
7.9.2.1 A vent connector shall be made of
noncombustible corrosion-resistant material
capable of withstanding the vent gas temperature
produced by the gas utilization equipment and of
sufficient thickness to withstand physical
damage.
7.9.2.2 Vent connectors for residential-type
appliances shall comply with the following:
(a) Appliances installed in attics. Vent con-
nectors for listed gas appliances having draft
hoods and appliances listed for use with type B
vents, which are installed in attics. shall be of type
B or type L vent material.
MS 930: 1986
(b) Appliances not installed in attics. Vent
connectors for listed gas appliances having draft
hoods and for appliances having draft hoods and
equipped with listed coversion burners, which
are not installed in attics, shall be of type B or type
L vent material or metal pipe having resistance to
heat and corrosion not less than that of
galvanized sheet steel or aluminium not less than
0.406 mm thick,
Vent connectors for combination gas— and oil-
burning appliances, residential incinerators and
appliances other than those noted in (a). and
which are not installed in attics, shall be of type L
vent material, factory-built chimney section or
steel pipe having resistance to heat and corrosion
not less than that of galvanized steel specified in
table 9.
Table 9. Minimum thickness for galvanized
steel vent connectors for low-heat appliances
Diameter of Minimum thickness,
connector, mm mm
less than 150 0.483
150 to less than 250 0.584
250 to 300 inclusive 0.737
350 to 400 inclusive 0.864
over 400 1.422
7.9.2.3 A vent connector for low-heat equip-
ment shall be a factory built chimney section or
steel pipe having resistance to heat and corrosion
equivalent to that for the appropriate galvanized
pipe as specified in table 9. Factory-builtchimney
sections shall be joined together in accordance
with the chimney manufacturer’s instructions.
7.9.2.4 Vent connectors for medium-heat
equipment and commercial and industrial
incinerators shall be constructed of factory-built
medium-heat chimney sections or steel of a
thickness not less than specified in table 1 0. and
shall comply with the following:
(a) A steel vent connector for equipment with a
93
I MS930:1986
flue gas temperature in excess of 540°C.
measured at the entrance to the connector, shall
be lined with medium duty fire brick (MS 327,
‘Specification for refractory bricks’)
(b) The lining shall be at least 65mm thick for a
vent connector Naving a diameter or greatest
cross-section dimension of 450 mm or less.
(c) The lining shall be at least 11 5 mm thick laid
on the 11 5 mm bed for a vent connector having a
diameter or greatest cross-section dimension
greater than 450 mm.
(d) Factory-built chimney sections. if employed.
shall be joined together in accordance with the
chimney manufacturer’s instructions.
7.9.3 Size of vent connector
7.9,3.1 A vent connector for gas utilization
equipment with a single draft hood shall be sized
and constructed in accordance with approved
engineering practices. Reference may be made to
tables39through4l inappendixGdependingon
the construction of the connector. As an
alternate method the effective area of the
connector shall be not less than the area of the
draft hood outlet.
Table 10. Minimum thickness for steel vent
connectors for medium heat equipment and
commercial and industrial incinerators
Vent connector SIZO
Diameter. mm Area, cm
2—
upto 350
upto9.6
over 350 to 400 9.6 to 12.6
over 400 to 450 12.6 to 16.0
over 450 Larger than 16.0
Aeference may also be made to the chapter on chimneys. gas vents
and fireplace systems of the Equipment Volume of the ASHRAE
Handbook.
94
7.9.3.2 For a single appliance having more
than one draft hood outlet, the manifold shall be
constructed according to the instructions of the
appliance manufacturer. If there are no
instructions, the manifold shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with approved
engineering practices. As a secoMd alternate, the
effective area of the manifold shall equal the
combined areas of the draft hood outlets.
7.9.3.3 When two or more gas appliances are
connected to a common vent or chimney, the
effective area of each vent connector shall be in
accordance with approved engineering
practices. Reference may be made to tables 42
through 44 in appendix G. As an alternate
method, each. vent connector shall have art
effective area not less than the area of the draft
hood outlet of the appliance to which it is
connected.
7.9.3.4 When two or more gas appliances are
vented through a common vent connector or
manifold, the common vent connector or
manifold shall be located at the highest level
consistent with available headroom or clearance
to combustible material. The effective area of the
common vent connector or manifold and all
junction fittings shall be not less than the area of
the largest vent connector plus 50% of the areas
of additional draft hood outlets.
7.9.3.5 When the size of a,vent connector is
Minimum increased to overcome installation limitations
thickness,
mm and obtain connector capacity equal to the
equipment input. the size increase shall be made
at the equipment draft hood outlet.
1.346
1.702
2.362 7.9.3.6 The effective area of the vent con~
3.124 nector, when connected to one or more
Reference may also be made to the chapter on chimneys, gas vents
and fireplace systems of the Equipment Volume of the ASHRAE
Handbook.

appliances requiring draft for operation. shall be
obtained by the application of approved
engineering practices to perform as specified in
7.2.1.
7.9.4 Two or more appliances connected to a
single vent
7.9.4.1 Gas utilization equipment shall not be
connected to a chimney flue serving a separate
appliance designed to burn solid fuel.
7.9.4.2 Gas utilization equipment and equip-
ment burning liquid fuel may be connected to one
chimney flue through separate openings or may
be connected through a single opening if joined
by a suitable fitting located as close as practicalto
the chimney. If two or’ more openings are
provided into one chimney flue. they shall be at
different levels. If the gas utilization equipment is
automatically controlled it shall be equipped
,
with safety shutoff’ device.
7.9.4.3 When two or more vent connectors
enter a common gas ver’,~,chimney flue or single-
wall metal pipe. the smaller connector shall enter
at the highest level consistent with the available
headroom or clearance to combustible material.
7.9.5 Clearance. Minimum clearances from
vent connectors to combustible material shall be
in accordance with table 8. except that the
clearance between a vent connector and com-
bustible material may be reduced when the
combustible material is protected as specified for
vent connectors in table 6.
7.9.6 Avoid unnecessary bends. A vent con-
nector shall be installed so as to avoid turns or
other construction features which create
excessive resistance to flow of vent gases.
7.9.7 Joints. Vent connectors shall be firmly
attached to draft hood outlets or flue collars by
sheet-metal screws or other approved means,
MS 930:1986 -
except vent connectors of listed type B or type L
vent material which shall be assembled in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Joints between sections of connector piping shall
be fastened by sheet-metal screws or other
approved means.
7.9.8 Slope. A vent connector shall be
installed without any dips or sags and shall slope
upward at least 20 mm per metre.
7.9.9 Length of vent connector
7.9.9.1 A vent connector shall be as short as
possible and the gas utilization equipment
located as close as practicable to the chimney or
vent.
7.9.9.2 Except when part of a designed venting
system, the horizontal run of an uninsulated vent
connector to a natural draft chimney or vent
serving a single appliance shall not be more than
75% of the height of the vertical portion of the
chimney or vent above the connector.
7.9.9.3 Exceptwhen part of a designed venting
system. the horizontal run of an insulated vent
connector to a natural draft c’himney or vent
serving a single gas or liquid fuel-fired appliance
shall not be more than 100% of the height of the
vertical portion of the chimney or vent above the
connector.
7.9.10 Support. A vent connector shall be
supported for the design and weight of the
material employed to maintain clearances and
prevent physical damage and separation of joints.
7.9.11 Location. When the vent connector
used for gas utilization equipment having a draft
hood must be located in or pass through a crawl
space or other area which may be cold. that
portion of the vent connector shall be of listed
double-wall type B or type L vent material or
material having equivalent insulation qualities.
95
 MS 930:1986
7.9.12 Chimney connection. In entering a
passageway in a masonry or metal chimney, the
vent connector shall be installed above the
extreme bottom to avoid stoppage. A thimble or
slip joint may be used to facilitate removal of the
connector. The connector shall be firmly attached
to or inserted into the thimble or slip joint to
prevent the connector from falling out. Means
shall be employed which will prevent the
connector from entering so far as to restrict the
space between its end and the opposite wall of
the chimney.
7.9.13 Inspection. The entire length of a vent
connector shall be readily accessible for
inspection, cleaning and replacement.
7.9.14 Passage through ceilings, floors or
wa//s
7.9.14.1 A vent connector shall not pass
through any ceiling, floor, fire wall or fire
partition. Asingle-wall metal pipe connector shall
not pass through any interior wall.
7.9.14.2 A vent connector made of a single-
wall metal pipe shall not pass through a
combustible exterior wall unless guarded at the
point of passage byaventilated metalthimble not
smaller than the following:
(a) For listed gas utilization equipment
equipped with draft hoods and equipment listed
for use with type B vents. 100 mm larger in
diameter than thevent connector. When there is a
run of not less than 1 .8 m of vent connector in the
open between the draft hood outlet and the
thimble, the thimble may be 50 mm larger in
diameter than the vent connector.
(b) For unlisted equipment having draft hoods,
1 50 mm larger in diameter than the vent
coo rector.
(C) ~For domestic incinerators and all other
96
residential and low-heat equipment, 300 mm
larger in diameter than the vent connector.
In lieu of thimble protection. all combustible
material in the wall may be cut awayfromthevent
connector a sufficient distance to provide the
specified clearance from such vent connector to
combustible material. Any material used to close
up such opening shall be noncom bustible.
7.9.14.3 Except as provided in 7.9.14.1, vent
connectors made of listed type B or type L vent
material and serving listed equipment with draft
hoods and other equipment listed for type B vents
m~pa’ss through walls or partitions constructed
of combustible material if the connectors are
installed with not less than the listed clearance to
combustible material.
7.9.14.4 Vent connectors for medium-heat
equipment shall not pass through walls or
partitions constructed of combustible material.
7.10 Draft hoods and draft controls
7.10.1 Equipment requiring draft hoods.
Vented gas utilization equipment shall be installed
with draft hoods except dual oven type corn-
bination ranges. incinerators, direct vent
equipment. equipment requiring chimney draft
for operation, single firebox boilers equipped
with conversion burners with inputs greater than
422,000 kJ (40,000 Stu) per hour, equipment
equipped with blast. power or pressure burners
which are not listed for use with draft hoods. and
equipment designed for forced venting.
7.10,2 Installation
7.10.2.1 Except as noted in 7.10.2.2. a draft
hood supplied with or forming a part of listed
vented gas utilization equipment shall be
installed without alteration. exactly as furnished

and specified by the equipment manufacturer. If a
draft hood is not supplied by the equipment
manufacturer when one is required, a draft hood
shall be installed. be of a listed or approved type
and. in the absence of other instructions, be of the
same size as the equipment flue collar. When a
draft hood is required with a conversion burner, it
shall be of a listed or approved type.
7.10.2.2 If it is determined that a draft hood of
special design is needed or preferable for a
particular installation. the advice of the gas
utilization equipment manufacturer and the
approval of the authority having jurisdiction shall
be secured.
7.10.2.3 For suggested general dimensions of
draft hoods, see figs. 11. 1 2 and 1 3.
7.10.3 Draft control devices. When a draft
control device is part of the gas utilization
equipment or is supplied by the equipment
manufacturer, it shall be installed without
alteration in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. ‘In the absence of manufacturer’s
instructions, the device shall be attached to the
flue collar of the equipment or as near to the
equipment as conditions permit.
7.10.4 Additional devices. Gas utilization
equipment (except incinerators) requiring
controlled chimney draft may be equipped with a
listed double acting barometric draft regulator. A
device which will automatically shut off gas to the
burner in the event of sustained backdraft is
recommended if such backdraft might adversely
affect burner operation or if flue gas spillage
might introduce a hazard.
7.10.5 Incinerator draft regulator. A listed gas-
fired incinerator may be equipped with a listed
single acting barometric draft regulator when
recommended by the incinerator manufacturer.
This draft regulator shall be installed in
MS 930 : 1986
accordance with the instructions accompanying
the incinerator.
7.10.6 Install in same room. A draft hood or a
barometric draft regulator shaII~einstalled in the
same room or enclosure as the equipment in such
a manner as to prevent any difference in pressure
between the hood or regulator and the com-
bustion air supply.
7.10.7 Positioning. A draft hood or draft
regulator shall be installed in the position for
which it was designed with reference to the
horizontal and vertical planes and shall be
located so that the relief opening is not
obstructed by any part of the gas ut’lzaton
equipment or adjacent construction. The equip-
ment and its draft hood shall be located so that
the relief opening is accessible for checking vent
operation.
7.10.8 Clearance. A draft hood shall be
located so its relief opening is not less than 1 50
mm from any surface except that of the gas
utilization equipment it serves and the venting
system to which the draft hood.is connected.
When a greater or lesser clearance is indicated on
the equipment label, the clearance shall not be
less than that specified on the label. These
clearances shall not be reduced.
7.11 Manually operated dampers
7.11.1 A manually operated damper shall not
be placed in the vent connector from any gas
utilization equipment. except in a connector
serving a listed gas-fired incinerator when
recommended by the incinerator manufacturer
and installed in accordance with the instructions
accompanying the incinerator. Fixed baffles are
not classified as manually operated dampers.
97
 MS 930:1986

H
I ~,,
D
+ / -T
Ti,
H__

___IM
\i
-I
A

Table of dimensions
(mm)

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

76 140 178 18 96 64 112 76 38 58 38 81 18

102 183 241 25 127 89 153 102 51 76 51 114 25
127 239 274 38 135 102 203 127 58 89 61 124 23
152 292 305 48 142 114 249 152 64 102 68 135 20
178 343 353 58 163 135 295 178 74 117 79 157 23
203 394 401 68 180 153 340 203 81 135 89 178 25
229 445 445 79 196 170 386 229 89 147 102 196 25
254 500 478 91 200 185 437 254 96 157 109 211 25
279 564 526 109 213 203 498 279 104 168 117 241 38
305 627 564 127 221 216 559 305 112 178 127 259 43

NOTE 28. This is only one design of a vertical hood and should not be construed as the only
design that may be used. A hood of any other design which will comply with ANSI Z21.1 2.
‘Standard for draft hoods, should be satisfactory within the limits of performance specified.

Figure 11. Suggested general dimensions for a vertical draft

hood

98
 MS 930: 1986

Table of dimensions
(mm)

A B C D E F G H I J K L

76 152 127 251 38 64 40 89 95 35 64 121

102 203 171 296 51 86 54 118 127 48 86 121
127 254 213 337 64 107 65 149 158 60 107 121
152 305 254 381 76 127 79 178 191 73 127 121
178 356 298 425 89 149 94 206 222 86 149 121
203 406 341 467 102 170 105 239 254 98 170 121
229 457 381 511 114 191 120 267 285 112 191 121
254 508 426 553 127 213 130 296 318 124 213 121
279 559 468 598 140 234 145 324 350 137 234 121
305 610 508 641 152 254 158 356 381 149 254 121

NOTE 29. This is onlyone design for a horizontal hood and should not be construed
as the only design that may be used. A hood of any other design which will complywith
ANSI Z21 .12, ‘Standard for draft hoods’, should be satisfactory within the limits of
performance specified’.

Figure 12. Suggested general dimensions for a horizontal

draft hood
 MS 930:1986

Table of dimensions
(mm)

A B C 0 E F G H I

76 102 108 102 13 13 19 51 32

102 127 140 127 13 13 25 68 41
127 152 171 152 13 13 32 84 51
152 178 203 178 13 13 44 102 60
178 203 235 203 13 13 44 120 70
203 229 267 229 13 13 51 135 79
229 254 298 254 13 13 57 152 89
254 279 331 279 13 13 64 170 98
279 305 362 305 13 13 70 186 108
305 331 394 331 13 13 76 203 118

NOTE 30. This is only one design of a horizontal to vertical hood

and should not be construed as the onlydesign that may be used. A
hood of any other design which will comply with ANSI z21,12.
‘Standard for draft hoods’, should be satisfactory within the limits
of performance specified.

Figure 13. Suggested general dimensions

for a horizontal to vertical draft hood

100

7.12 Automatically operated vent dampers
7.12.1 An automatically operated vent damper
shall be of a listed type. Also see 9.3.
7.13 Obstructions
7.13.1 Except as noted below, a device which
will retard the flow of vent gases shall not be
installed in a vent connector. chimney or vent.
7.13.2 Draft regulators and safety controls; (a)
specifically listed for installation in venting
systems and installed in accordance with the
terms of their listing, and (b) designed and
installed in accordance with approved
engineering methods and approved by the
authority having jurisdiction.
7.13.3 Listed automatically operated vent
dampers installed ir~accordancewith the terms of
their listing.
7.13.4 Approved economizers, heat reclaimers
and recuperators installed in venting systems of
equipment not required to be equipped with draft
hoods provided performance in accordance with
7.2.1 is obtained.
7.14 Special venting arrangements
7.14.; Direct vent equipment. Listed direct
vent gas utilization equipment shall be con-
sidered properly vented when installed in
accordance with the terms of its listing, the
manufacturer’s instructions and 7.7.3.
7.14.2 Equipment with integral vents. Gas
utilization equipment incorporating integral
venting means shall be considered properly
vented when installed in accordance with its
listing, the manufacturer’s instructions and 7.7.1
and 7.7.2.
MS 930:1986
7.14.3 Mechanical draft systems
7.14.3.1 Gas utilization equipment, except
incinerators, requiring venting may also be
vented by means of mechanical draft systems of
either forced or induced draft design.
7.14.3.2 Forced draft systems and all portions
of induced draft systems under positive pressure
during operation shall be designed and installed
so as to prevent leakage of vent gases into a
building..
7.14.3.3 Vent connectors serving equipment
vented by natural draft shall not be connected
into any portion of mechanical draft systems
operating under positive pressure.
7.14.3.4 When a mechanical draft system is
employed, provision shall be made to prevent the
flow of gas to the main burners when the draft
system is not performing so as to satisfy the
operating requirements of the equipmentfor safe
performance.
7.14.3.5 The exit terminals of mechanical draft
systems shall be not less than 2 rn above ground
level when located adjacent to public walkways
and shall be located as specified in 7.7.1 and
7.7.2.
7.14.4 Ventilating hoods and exhaust systems.
7.14.4.1 Ventilating hoods and exhaust
systems may be used to vent gas utilization
equipment installed in commercial applications.
information on the construction and installation of ventilating hoods
may be obtained from NFPA NO. 96. Standard for the installation of
equipment for the removal of smoke and grease-laden vapOurS from
commercial cooking equipment’,
101
MS 930:1986

7.14.4.2 When automatically operated gas
utilization equipment is vented through a
ventilating hood or exhaust system equipped with
a damper or with a power means of exhaust, the
gas utilization equipment control system shall be
interlp,eked so as to permit the equipment firing
only when the damper is open to a positiorì to
properly vent the equi~mentand when the power
means of exhaust is in operation.

102

SECTION EIGHT: PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED TO PLACE EQUIPMENT IN
OPERATION
8.1 Adjusting the burner input
8.1.1 Burner input. Each burner shall be
adjusted to its proper input in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. Overheating of
burners is prohibited.
8.1.2 High altitude. Ratings of gas utilization
equipment are based on sea level operation and
need not be changed for operation at elevations
up to 600 metres. For operation at elevations
above 600 metres and, in the absence of specific
recommendations fromthe local authority having
jurisdiction, equipment ratings shall be reduced
at the rate of 4 per cent for each 300 metres
above sea level before selecting appropriately
sized equipment.
8.1 .3 Checking burner input
8.1.3.1 Checking burner input using a’ meter.
To check the kJ (Btu) input rate, the test hand on
the meter should be timed for at least one
revolution and the input determined from this
timing.
8.1.3.2 Checking burner input not using a
meter. The fixed orifice size for each burner may
be determined in accordance with table 35 for
utility gases and table 36 for undiluted liquefied
petroleum gases in appendix F.
8.1 .4 Adjusting input. The input rate shall be
adjusted to the proper rate by changing a fixed
orifice size, changing the adjustment of an
adjustable orifice, or by readjustment of the gas
pressure regulator outlet pressure (when a
MS 930 :1986
regulator is provided). Consult the serving gas
supplier.
8.2 Primary air adjustment
8.2.1 The primary air for injection (Bunsen)
type burners shall be adjusted for proper flame
characteristics in accordance with the menu-
facturer’s instructions. Normally, the primary air
adjustment should first be set to give a soft blue
flame having luminous tips and then increased to
a point where the yellow tips just disappear. If the
burner cannot be adjusted as above, consult the
manufacturer or serving gas supplier. After
setting the primary air. the adjustment means
shall be secured in position.
8.3 Safety shutoff devices
8.3.1 When a safety shutoff device is provided.
it shall be checked for proper operation and
adjustment in accordance with the manu-
facturer’s instructions. If the device does not
function properly to turn off the gas supply in the
event of pilot outage. it shall be properly serviced
or replaced with new equipment.
8.4 Automatic ignition
8.4.1 Gas utilization equipment supplied with
means for automatic ignition shall be checked for
proper operation. If necessary. proper adjust-
ments shall be made.
103
MS 930: 1986
8.5 Protective devices
8.5.1 All protective devices furnished with the
gas utilization equipment. such ~s a limit control,
fan control to blower, temperature and pressure
relief valve, low water cutoff device, manual
operating features, etc. shall be checked for
proper operation.
8.6 Checking the draft
8.6.1 Vent connected gas utilization equipment
shall be operated for several minutes and
checked to see that the combustion products are
going up the cnimney, or gas vent, properly by
passing a hg hted match or taper around the edge
of the relief opening’ of the draft hood. If the
chimney or gas vent is drawing properly. the
match flame will be drawn into the draft hood.If
not, the combustion products will tend to
104
extinguish this flame. If the combustion products
are escaping from the relief opening of the draft
hood, the equipment shall not be operated until
proper adjustments or repairs are made to
provide adequate draft through the chimney or
gas vent.
8.7 Operating instructions
8.7.1 Operating instructions shall be furnished
and shall be left in a prominent position near the
equipment for the use of the consumer.
8.8 Notification of completion
8.8.1 When regulations so require. the serving
gas supplier or the authority having jurisdiction
shall be notified that the installation has been
completed.
 MS 930:1986

SECTION NINE: MODIFICATION TO EXISTING APPLIANCE INSTALLATIONS FOR THE

PURPOSE OF FUEL CONSERVATION

9.1 Safety inspection

9.1 .1 Prior to attempting any modification, a safety inspection of the existing appliance
installation shall be performed by a qualified agency performing the modification. See appendix H
for a recommended procedure for such a safety inspection.

9.2 Reduction of vent connector size

9.2.1 If an existing vent connector is determined to be oversized for the input rate c’ the
connected appliance, it may be resized in accordance with 7.9.3.

9.3 Automatic vent damper device installation

9.3.1 A listed automatic vent damper device may be installed on an existing appliance installatior
provided the appliance is listed and equipped with a draft hood and provided the device is installed
by a qualified agency (see 1 .4) in accordance with the terms of its listing. The name of the installer
and date of installation shall be marked on a label affixed to the damper device. For recommended
procedures for installing automatic vent damper devices on existing appliance installations, see
appendices J, K and L.

105
MS 930:1986

Appendix A

List of reference standards (note 31)

NOTE 31. users of this code are advised against attempting direct ANSI/ASTM A539 Standard specification for
application of these standards without carefully observing the Code’s electric resistance-welded coiled steel tubing for
reference to that standard. Reference shouid be made to the
appropriate authority having jurisdiction before using any of these gas and fuel oil lines
standards for the purpose of this Code.

A2. COPPER AND BRASS PIPE AND TUBING

Al. IRON AND STEEL PIPE AND TUBING ANSI/ASTM B88 Standard ‘specification for
seamless copper water tube
MS 862 Welded and seamless carbon steel
pipes for general pressure purposes ANSI/ASTM B280 Standard specification for
seamless copper tube for air-conditioning and
MS 863 Welded and seamless steel pipes (6
refrigeration field service
mm -150 mm). screwed-type

ANSI A21.52 Standard for ductile iron pipe,

centrifugally cast, in metal molds or sand-lined A3. ALUMINIUM PIPE AND TUBING
molds for gas -

ANSI/ASTM B210 Standard specification for

ANSI B36.10 Standard for welded and seam- aluminium alloy drawn seamless tubes
less wrought steel pipe
ANSI/ASTM B241 Standard specification for
ANSI/ASTM A53 Standard specification for aluminium alloy seamless pipe and seamless
black and hot-dipped, zinc coated welded and extruded tube
seamless steel pipe

ANSI/ASTM A106 Standard specification for

A4. PLASTIC PIPE, TUBING AND FITTiNGS
seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature
service ASTM 02513 Specification for thermoplastic

ANSI/ASTM Al 20 Standard specification for gas pressure pipe, tubing and fittings
black and hot-dipped zinc-coated (galvanized) ASTM 02517 Specification for reinforced
welded and seamless steel pipe for ordinary uses epoxy resin gas pressure pipe and fittings

ANSI/ASTM A254 Standard specification for

copper brazed steel tubing
A5. FLANGES
ASTM A377 Specification for gray iron and
ductile iron pressure pipe ANSI B 1 6.1 Standard for cast iron pipe flanges

106
 MS 930: ‘1986

and flanged fittings. class 25, 1 25, 250 and 800
ANSI B1 6.5. Standard for steel pipe flanges and
flanged fittings. including ratings for class 1 50,
300, 400, 600, 900, 1 500 and 2500
ANSI Z2 1.6 and addenda. Z2 1 .6a and Z2 1 .6b
Domestic gas-fired incinerators
ANSI Z2 1 .9 and addenda. Z2 1 .Sa Domestic gas
hot plates and laundry stoves

ANSI B16.20 Standard for ring-joint gaskets ANSI Z2l.10.1 and addenda, Z21.10.la and
and grooves for steel pipe flanges Z21.10.lb Gas water heaters. volume I. auto-
matic storage type water heaters with inputs of
ANSI/AWWA Clii Standard for rubber gasket 75,000 Btu per hour or less
joints for ductile iron and gray iron pressure
ANSI Z21.10.3 and addenda, Z21.l0.3a and
fittings
Z21.l0.3b Gas water heaters volume Ill, cir-
MSS SP 6 Standard finishes for contactfaces of c’ulating tank, instantaneous and large automatic
pipe flanges and connecting end flanges of valves storage type water heaters
and fittings
ANSI Z21.i1.i and addenda, Z21.11 la and
Z2 1 .11 .1 b Gas-fired room heaters, volume I,
vented room heaters
A6. PIPE THREAD ANSI Z21.l 1.2 and addenda, Z21.l i.2a Gas-
fired room heaters, volume II, unvented room
ANSI B2.1 Standard for pipe threads (except
heaters
dryseal)
ANSI Z2 1 .1 3 and addenda, Z2 1.1 3a and
Z2 1 .1 3b Gas-fired low-pressure steam and hot
A7. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS water boilers
ANSI Z21.19 and addenda. Z21.19a Refri-
ANSI/MSS SP 58 Standard practice for pipe
hangers and supports materials, design and
- gerators using gas fuel
manufacture
ANSI Z21.40.i and addenda, Z21.40.ia Gas-
fired absorption summer air conditioning
appliances
A8. EQUIPMENT
ANSI Z21.42 and addenda, Z21.42a Gas-fired
ANSI Z21 and addenda, Z21.ia Household illuminating appliances
cooking gas appliances
ANSI Z21.44 and addenda. Z21.44a and
ANSI Z21.5.l and addenda. Z21.5.la Gas Z21.44b Gas-fired gravity and fan type direct
clothes dryers, volume 1, type 1 clothes dryers vent wall furnaces

ANSI Z21.5.2 Gas clothes dryers. volume II, ANSI Z21.47 and addenda Z21.47a Gas-fired
type 2 clothes dryers central furnaces (except ‘direct vent and,
separated combustion system central furnaces)
•Manufacturers Standardization Society of the valve and Fittings
industry. 1815 North Fort Myer Drive, Arlington virginia 22209. ANSI Z21 .48 and addenda. Z21 .48a Gas-fired

1:07
MS 930:1986

gravity and fan type floor furnaces A9. ACCESSORIES

ANSI Z21 .49 and addenda, Z21 .49a Gas-fired ANSI Z2i .2 Gas hose connectors for portable
gravity and fan type vented wall rurnaces in.door gas-fired appliances

ANSI Z21.55 and addenda. Z21.55a Gas-fired ANSI Z21.12 and addenda. Z2i.12a Draft
sauna heaters hoods

ANSI Z2i .56 Gas-fired swimming pool heaters ANSI Z2l .15 Manually operated gas valves

ANSI Z21.57 and addenda. Z21.57a Re- ANSIZ21.17 Domesticgasconversionburners

creation vehicle cooking gas appliances
ANSI Z21.58 and addenda. Z2i.58a
cooking gas appliances
ANSI Z2i .64 and addenda, Z21 .64a
vent central furnaces
ANSI Z83.10 and addenda.Z83.i0a Separated
combustion system central furnaces
ANSI Z83.4 Direct gas-fired
heaters
ANSI Z83.6 and addenda, Z83.6a and Z83.6b
Gas-fired infrared heaters
ANSI Z83.8 and addenda. Z83.8a and Z83.8b
Gas-fired unit heaters
ANSI Z83.9 and addenda. Z83.9a
duct furnaces ‘ ANSI Z2i .41
ANSI Z83.1 1 Hotel and restaurant gas ranges
and unit broilers
ANSI Z83.l 2 Commercial gas baking and
roasting ovens
ANSI Z83. 1 3 Hotel and restaurant gas deep fat
fryers
ANSI Z83.14 Gas counter appliances
ANSI Z21 .18 Gas appliances pressure re-
Outdoor gulators
ANSI Z2i.20 and addenda, Z21.20a, Auto-
Direct matic gas ignition systems and components
ANSI Z21.21 and addenda. Z2i.21a. Auto-
matic valves for gas appliances
ANSI Z21.22 Relief valves and automatic gas
make-up air shutoff devices for hot water supply systems
ANSI Z21.23 and addenda, Z21.23a and
Z21 .23b Gas appliance thermostats
ANSI Z2i.24 and addenda. Z2i.24a and
Z21 .24b Metal connectors for gas appliances
ANSI Z21 .35 Gas filters on appliances
Gas-fired
Quick-disconnect devices for use
with gas fuel
ANSI Z21 .45 Flexible connectors of other
than all-metal construction for gas appliances
ANSI Z2i .54 Gas hose connectors for portable
outdoor gas-fired appliances
ANSI Z2i.66 Electrically operated automatic
vent damper devices for use with gas-fired
appliances

ANSI Z83.1 5 Gas-fired kettles, steam cookers ANSI Z2i .69 Connectors for movable gas
and steam generators appliances,

108

ANS1/UL 144 PressureregulatingvalvesforLP-
Gas
AlO. TESTING
ANSI/ASTM D2385 Testforhydrogensulphide
and mercaptan sulphur in natural gas (Cadmium
sulphate-lodometric titration method)
ANSI/ASTM D2420 Test for-hydrogen sulphide
in liquefied petroleum (LP) gases (Lead acetate
method)
All. APPLICATION CODES
MS 761 Code of Practice for the storage and
handling of flammable and combustible liquids
MS 830 Code of Practice for the storage,
handling and transportation of liquefied petro-
leum gases
NFPA No. 70 National electrical code
ASME Boiler and pressure vessel code
Section IV: Heating boilers
A12. REGULATIONS
Street. Drainage and Building Act. 1974 (Act
133) Uniform Building By-Laws
Electricity Regulations 1 975 (Revised 1 977)
A13. MISCELLANEOUS
MS 327 Refractory bricks
NFPA No. 37 Standard for the installation and
MS 930: 1986
use of stationary combustion engines and gas
turbines
NFPA No. 51 Standard for the design and
installation of oxygen-fuel gas systems for
welding and cutting
NFPA No. 68 Guide for explosion venting
NFPA No. 82 Standard on incinerators, waste
and linen handling systems and equipment
NFPA No. 89M Manual on clearances for heat
pFoducing appliances
NFPA No. 90A Standard for the installation of
air conditioning and ventilation systems
NFPA No. 90B Standard for the installation of
warm air heating and air conditioning systems
NFPA No. 96 Standard for the installation of
equipment for the removal of smoke and grease-
laden vapours from commercial cooking
equipment
NFPA No. 211 Standard for chimneys, fire-
places and vents
ANSI Z21.8 Standard for the installation of
domestic gas conversion burners
A14. EQUIVALENT STANDARDS
A14.1 Any equivalent British Standards
Australian Standards, iiapanese Industrial
Standards. German Standards (DIN) and Inter-
national Standards acceptable to the appropriate
authority having jurisdiction may be used in place
of the standards referred to in this Code. A list of
some equivalent standards is given in A14.2 to
A14.7 (It should be noted that this list is not
meant to be exhaustive for the purpose of this
Code).
109
 MS930:1986 I

A14.2 Iron and steel pipe and tubing low alloy steel for supply purposes. process plant
and tanks
BS 534 Steel pipes, fittings and specials for
water, gas and sewage ‘ DIN 1 629 Seamless tubes in unalloyed steel for
supply purposes, process plant and’ tanks
BS 1 387 Steel tubes and tubulars suitable for
screwing to BS 21 pipe threads DIN 2440 Steeltubes.mediumtypesuitablefor
screwing
BS 3601 Steel pipes and tubes for pressure
purposes: DIN 1 71 75 Seamless tubes in unalloyed steel
Carbon steel with specified room temperature and alloy steel for high temperature services
properties
ISO 65 Carbon steel tubes suitablefor screwing
BS 3602 Steel pipes and tubes for pressure in accordance with ISO 7/1
purposes:
Carbon and carbon manganese steel with ISO 559 Welded or seamless steel tubes for
specified elevated temperature properties ‘ water, sewage and gas

AS 1074 Steel tubes and tubulars threaded or ISO 4200 Plain and steel tubes. welded and
suitable for threading with pipe threads of seamless General tables of dimensions and
-

Whitworth form
masses
AS 1751 Copper brazed steel tubing
A14.3 Copper and brass pipe and tubing’
AS 1835 Seamless steel tubes for pressure
purposes BS 2871 : Part 1 Copper tubes for water, gas
and sanitation
AS 1836 Welded steel tubes for pressure
purposes AS 1 432 Copper tubes for water, gas and
sanitation
AS 2280 Centrifugally cast ductile iron
pressure pipes JIS H3300 Copper and copper alloy seamless
pipes and tubes
AS 2544 Grey iror’~pressure pipes and fittings
DIN 1 754 Copper tubes. seamless drawn
JIS G3452 Carbon steel pipes for ordinary
piping DIN 1786 Copper pipes for fluid and gas
distribution with soldered capillary type joints,
JIS G3454 Carbon steel pipes for pressure seamless drawn
service
DIN 17171 Tubes of copper and wrought
JIS G3456 Carbon steel pipes for high tempe- copper alloys
rature service
ISO 274 Copper tubes of circular section -

DIN 1626 Welded steel pipe in unalloyed and dimensions

110
 MS 930; 1986

A14.4 Aluminium pipe and tubing JIS B2202 Dimensions for pipe flange facing

AS 1 867 Wrought aluminium and aluminium JIS B2203 Tolerances for pipe flanges
alloy drawn tubes for general engineering
purposes JIS B221 0-B221 7 Basic dimensionslof ferrous
materials pipe flanges
DIN 1 795 Aluminium tubes (highest grade
aluminium. high grade aluminium and JIS B2404 Spiral-wound gaskets for pipe
aluminium wrought alloys), seamless drawn flanges

DIN 9107 Aluminium tubes (highest grade DIN 2500 Flanges. general information, survey
aluminium, high grade aluminium and
DIN 2501-2504 Flanges, companion
aluminium wrought alloys), extruded.
dimensions
dimensions
DIN 2519 Steelflanges. technical conditions of
A14.5 Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings delivery

AS 1667 Polyethylene pipes and fittings forgas DIN 2532 Cast iron flanges, nominal pressure
10
recirculation

JIS K6774 Polyethylene pipes for the supply of DIN 2533 Cast iron flanges. nominal pressure
16
gaseous fuels

DIN 2693 Sealing rings for flanges with groove.

JIS K6775 Polyethylene pipe-fittings for the
nominal pressures from 10 to 40
supply of gaseous fuels
DIN 2697 Grooved 0-rings and seals for
flanged joints, nominal pressures 64 to 400
A14.6 Flanges

BS 1 560: Part 2 Steel pipe flanges and flanged
fittings (nominal sizes 1/2 in to 24 in) for the
petroleum industry. metric dimensions
BS 3381 Metallic spiral wound gaskets for use
with flanges to B5 1 560 :Parts 1 and 2
.BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipe. valves
and fittings, metric series
AS 21 29 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves
and fittings
A14.7 Pipe thread
BS 21 Pipe threads for tubes and fittings where
pressure-tight joints are made on the threads
AS 1 722 Pipe threads of Whitworth form
Part 1: Sealing pipe threads
Part 2: Fastening pipe threads
JIS B0203 Taper pipe threads
DIN 3858 Whitworth pipe thread

ISO 7/1 Pipe threads where pressure-tight

JIS B2201 Pressure ratings for ferrous material
pipe flanges joints are made on the threads Part 1:
-

Designation. dimensions and tolerances

ill
MS930; 1986

Appendix B

Coordination of gas utilization equipment design,

construction and maintenance

Bi. COORDINATION (a) Design and construction of all gas equip-

ment or assemblies shipped from its plant.

B1.1 Because industrial gas applications are so
varied in nature. many agencies are jointly
involved with their safe and satisfactory use. Prior
to installation, the specific assignments should
be agreed upon by the parties concerned. A
typical. but not mandatory. delineation of
assignments is given in Bi .2 through B1 .5. and a
detailed check list is given in clause B2.
B1.2 Person or agency planning an installation
of gas equipment shall:
(a) Verify the adequacy of the gas supply,
volume, pressure and meter location.
(b) Determine suitability of gas for the process.
(c) Notify gas suopliersof significant changes in
requirements.
B1.3 Upon request, the gas supplier furnishes
the user complete information on:
(a) Combustion characteristics and physical’or
chemical properties such as specific gravity.
heating value, pressure and the approximate
analysis of the gas.
(b) Design and construction of all gas
equipment fabricated, erected or assembled by
the gas equipment manufacturer or builder in the
field.
(c) A statement of the maximum hourly kJ (Btu)
input, type of gas and design pressure range.
(d) Written installation and operating
instructions for the user
B1.5 The person or agency making and the
person or agency authorizing the installation of
gas equipment (purchaser) shall jointly:
(a) Select, erect or assemble gas equipment,
components or designs purchased or developed
by that person or agency.
(b) Assure conformance to codes, ordinances
or regulations applicable to the installation.
(c) Provide adequate means of disposal of
products of combustion.
(d) Initially operate the gas equipment in a safe
manner.

(b) Conditions under which an adequate supply

B2. GAS EQUIPMENT DESIGN AND CON-
of gas at suitable pressure can be brought to the
STRUCTION CHECK LIST
site.
(c) Continuity of the gas supply.
B2.1 The basic design and installation should
consider:
B1.4 The gas equipment manufacturer or
builder provides:
(a) Suitability of equipment for process

112
 MS930: 1986

requirements. material in fittings should not be selected nor

used until the following factors have been
(b) Adequate structural strength and stability. considered:

(c) Reasonable life expectation. (a) Correct size to handle required volume
(consideration of pressure drop in controls and
(d) Conformance to existing safety standards. manifolds is particularly important in low
pressure systems).
(e) Adequate combustion space and venting.
(b) Material specifications suitable for
(f) Means for observation and inspection of pressures and temperatures encountered.
combustion.
(c) Adequate supports and protection against
physical damage.
B2.2 Materials of construction used, other than
pipe. fittings and valves, should provide
(d) Tight assembly and thorough leak inspec-
reasonable life expectancy for the service
tion.
intended and be capable of satisfactorily with-
standing:
(e) Use of sufficient’ unions and flanges. wriere
permitted. for convenient field replacement or
(a) Operating temperatures.
repair.
(b) Chemical action.
(f) Arrangement of piping to provide accessibi’
(C) Thermal shock. hity for equipment adjustments and freedom from
thermal damage.
(d) Load stresses.
B2.5 Information concerning the charac-
B2.3 Combustion systems should be selected teristics of the gas and electricity’available at the
for the characteristics of the available gas so that point of utilization should be specific and
they will operate properly at the elevation at point complete. Gas controls and electrical, equipment
of use and produce: should be selected to conform to these charac-
teristics which include:
(a) Proper heat distribution.
(a) Gas characteristics: heat content, pressure.
(b) Adequate operating temperature range. specific gravity and approximate analysis.

(c) Suitable flame geometry. (b) Electrical characteristics: voltages, number

of phases and frequencies for both control and
(d) Flame stability.
power circuits.

(e) Operating flexibility.

(c) Location of electrical equipment and wiring
to avoid thermal damage and excessive con-
(f) Desired heating chamber atmosphere.
centrations of dust, dirt or foreign material.
B2.4 Pipe, fittings and valves shall conform to
(d) Requirements of applicable electrical codes
applicable standards. Piping, bushings and

113
I MS930:1986
and standards.
B2.6 Temperature controls. if used, should be
carefully selected considering:
(a) Range and type of instruments and sensing
elements.
(b) Ty.pe of control action.
(c) Suitability for service required.
(d) Correlation of control instruments with
operating equipment.
B2.7 In enclosed chambers. the accumulation
of gas-air or solvent ai~mixtures which may be
accidentally ignited constitutes a potential
hazard to life and property. For this reason.
consideration shall be given to the selection and
installation of suitable protective equipment. The
selection of a satisfactory protective system and
components not otherwise covered by existing
codes or standards should be based on the
requirements of each individual installation after
consultation with the various interested parties.
including user, designer insurance company and
local authorities having jurisdiction. Some of the
factors and considerations involved in the
selection of protective equipment are:
(a) Feasibility of its installation.
(.b) Its adaptability to process and control
requirements.
(c) Conformance to existing standards.
ordinances, requirements and other regulations
which apply. (See appendix A for listing of
standards and specifications).
B3. MAINTENANCE OF GAS EQUIPMENT
B3.1 These recommendations are prepared for
114
maintenance of gas equipment. Special types of
equipment demand special attention.
B3.2 Burners and pilots should be kept clean
and in proper operating condition. Burner
refractory parts should be examined at frequent
regular intervals to assure good condition.
B3.3 When automatic flame safeguards are
used, a complete shutdown and restart should be
made at frequent intervals to check the com-
ponents for proper operation.
B3.4 Other safeguard equipment
B3.4.1 Accessory safeguard equipment, such
as manual reset valves with pressure or vacuum
switches, high temperature limit switches. draft
controls, shutoff valves, air flow switches, door
switches and gas valves, should be operated at
frequent regular intervals to insure proper
functioning. If inoperative, they should be
repaired or replaced promptly.
B3.4.2 When fire checks are installed in gas-air
mixture piping to prevent flashbacks from
travelling further upstream, the pressure loss
across the fire checksi should be measured at
regular intervals. When excessive pressure loss is
found, screens should be removed and cleaned.
Water type backfire checks should be inspected
at frequent regular intervals and ‘liquid’ level
maintained.
B3.4.3 All safety shutoff valve~ should be
checked for leakage and proper operation at
frequent regular intervals.
B3.5 Auxiliary devices
B3.5.1 A necessary part of the gas equipment
maintenance should be the proper maintenance
of auxiliary devices. Maintenance instructions as
supplied by the manufacturers of these devices

should be followed.
B3.5.2 Gas combustion equipment, including
blowers, mechanical mixers, control valves.
temperature control instruments, air valves and
air filters, should be kept clean and should be
examined at frequent regular intervals.
B3.5.3 Necessary repairs and replacements
should be made promptly.
B3.6 Regulator and zero governor vents and
impulse or control piping and tubing should be
kept clear. Regulator valves which operate
improperly should be cleaned, repaired ‘or
replaced promptly.
B3.7 A necessary part of the gas equipment
MS 930: 1986
maintenance should be the proper maintenance
of the gas piping system. It is recommended that
gas piping be inspected and tested for leakage at
regular intervals in accordancewith provisions of
4.1 .5. Air piping should be kept internally cleanto
prevent accumulation of dust, lint and grease in
air jets and valves. Where conditions warrant.
filters should be installed at the intake to thefans.
B3.8 Stand-by or substitute fuel equipment and
systems for gas equipment should be kept in
good operating conditions and tested perio-
di cal ly.
B3.9 An adequate supply of repair partc should
be maintained.
115
MS 930: 1986
Appendix C
Sizing and capacity of gas piping
Cl. GENERAL
Cl.1 The units expressed herein for the
computation of sizing and capacities of gas
piping are in the imperial units. The computation
capacity formulae and the derived tables
currently published and used for gas piping
installation are in the imperial units, and
consequently for convenience of pipe desig,n
applications the imperial units are retained, at
least for some interim period of time.
C1.2 Two different pipe sizing methods that
have been used widely are familiarized in this
appendix. They are:
(a) NFPA no. 54 method.
(b) Clifford method.
The NFPA no. 54 method is noted for its
simplicity. Given the length of pipe and the
maximum load, the required pipe size is read
directly from the appropriate table. Com-
paratively the Clifford method may not be simple
but offers the advantage of flexibility. The piping
system layout using the Clifford method can be
notated with actual pressure drops and pipe
sizes, which ultimately may prove useful when
making adjustments for possible future loads.
Cl .3 For any gas piping system, for special gas
utilization equipment or for conditions other than
those covered by the two methods in C1.2, such
as in cases of longer runs, greater gas demands
or greater pressure drops, the size of each gas
piping system should be determined by standard
116
engineering practices acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction.
C2. NFPA NO. 54 METHOD
C2.1 lntheNFPAno. 54 methódforthe sizing of
pipe in the gas piping system design installation.
the following factors shall be considered:
(a) Allowable loss in pressure from point of
delivery to equipment.
(b) Maximum gas demand.
(c) Length of piping and number of fittings.
(d) Specific gravity of the gas.
(e) Diversity factor.
C2.2 Description of tables
C2.2.1 The quantity of gas to be provided at
each outlet should be determined, whenever
possible. directly from the manufacturer’s Btu
input rating of the equipment which will be
installed. In case the ratings of the equipment to
be installed are not known, table 11 shows the
approximate consumption of average appliances
of certain types in Stu per hour.
To obtain the cubic feet per hour of gas required.
divide the total Btu input of all equipment by the
average Btu heating value per cubic foot of the
gas. The average Btu per cubic foot of the gas in
the area of the installation may be obtained from
the serving gas supplier.

C2.2.2 Capacities for gas at low pressures (0.5
psig or less) in cubic feet perhourof 0.60 specific
gravity gas for different sizes and lengths are
shown in tables 13 and ‘14 for iron pipe or
equivalent rigid pipe and in tables 1 5 and 1 6 for
semi-rigid tubing. Tables 13 and 1 5 are based
upon a pressure drop of 0.3 inch water column,
whereas tables 14 and 1 6 are based upon a
pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column. In using
these tables no additional allowance is necessary
for an ordinary number of fittings.
C2.2.3 Capacities in thousands of Btu per hour
of undiluted liquefied pertoleum gases based on
a pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column for
different sizes and lengths are shown in table 26
for iron pipe or equivalent rigid pipe and in table
27 for semi-rigid tubing. In using these tables, no
additional allowance is necessary for an ordinary
number of fittings.
C2.2.4 Gas piping systems that are to be
supplied with gas of a specific gravity of 0.70 or
less can be sized directly from tables 1 3 through
1 6. unless the authority having jurisdiction
specifies that a gravity factor be applied. When
the specific gravity of the gas is greater than 0.70.
the gravity factor shall be applied.
Application of the gravity factor converts the
figures given in tables 1 3 through 1 6 to capa-
cities with another gas of different specific
gravity. Such application is accomplished by
multiplying the capacities given in tables 13
through 1 6 by the multipliers shown in table 25.
In case the exact specific gravity does not appear
in the table, choose the next higher value specific
gravity shown.
C2.3 Use of capacity tables. To determine the
size of each section of gas piping in a system
within the range of the capacity tables, proceed
as follows:
C2.3.1 Determine the gas demand of each
MS 930:1986
appliance to be attached to the piping system.
When tables 1 3 through 1 6 are to be used to
select the piping size, calculate the gas demand in
terms of cubic feet per hour for each piping
system outlet. When tables 26’ or 27 are to be
used to select the piping size, calculate the gas
demand in terms of thousands of Btu per hourfor
each piping system outlet.
C2.3.2 When the piping system is for use with
other than undiluted liquefied petroleum gases.
determine the design system pressure. the
allowable loss in pressure (pressure drop), and
the specific gravity of the gas to be used in the
piping system.
C2.3.3 Measure the length of piping ~r’ the
point of delivery to the most remote outlet in the
building.
C23.4 In the appropriate capacity table, select
the column showing the measured length, or the
next longer length is the table does not give the
exact length. This is the only length used in
detemining the size of any section of gas piping. If
the gravity factor is to be applied, the values in the
selected column of the table are multiplied by the
appropriate rr~ultiplierfrom table 25.
Capacities may also be determined by using the
following formulae:
(a) High pressure (1.5 psig and above):
Q
—
18l6J
‘
2
D5(P12_P2 ).Y
Cr.fba.L
p22)y1O.541
= 2237 D2~623[(P1Cr.L
—
]
~Forfurther details on the formulae, refer to ‘Polyflo fiow computer,’
B.C. Shebeke. 1974. available from Polyfio Computer Company.
8ox 501 26. Dallas, Texas 75250.
117
 MS 930: 1986

(b) LowPressure (less than 1.5 psig): Z is the viscosity of gas. centipoise (0.01 2
for natural gas. 0.008 for propane),
I D5.~H or given as 1488~i:
o = 187.3 1
,J Cr.fba.L
i~ is the viscosity, pounds per second ft:

= 23 1 3 D2’623 ( ~ H
Cr.L /
0.541 fba is the base friction factor for air at 60°F
(CF = 1);
where, L is the length of pipe, ft;

~ H is the pressure drop, in. water column

0 is the rate. cu ft per hr at 60°F and 30 in. (27.7”H20 = 1 psi);
mercury column:
fb
D is the inside diameter of pipe, in; CF is the factor CF and given as ( fb
fb is the base friction factor for any fluid
Pt is the upstream pressure, psia: at a given temperature, °F.

P2 is the downstream pressure. psia;
Y is the superexpansibility factor~
supercompressibility factor;
Cr is the factor for viscosity, density and
Z .152
temperature. and given 0.00354 ST(-~.)
S is the specific gravity of gas at 60°F
and 30 in. mercurycolumn;
T is the absolute temperature, °F. or given as
+ 460
C2.3.5 Use this vertical column to locate ALL
gas demand figures for this particular system of
= 1/ piping.
C2.3.6 Starting at the most remote outlet, find
in the vertical column just selected the gas
demand for that outlet. If the exact figure of
demand is not shown, choose the next larger
figure below in the column.
C2.3.7 Opposite this demand figure, in the first
column at the left, will be found the correctsize of
gas piping.

t is the temperature, °F: C2.3.8 Proceed in.a similar manner for each
outlet and each section of gas piping. For each
section of piping determine thetotal gas demand
supplied by that section.

C2.4 Example ,of piping system design

C2.4.l Determine the required pipe size of

‘FOr values for natural gas, refer to ‘Manual for determination of
supercompressibility factors for natural gas.’ availablefrom American
Gas ~ssociation. 1515 Wilson Boulevard. Arlington, Virginia 22209.
For iaiues for liquefied petroleum gases. refer to ‘Engineering data
booJ,’ available from Gas Processors Association. 1812 First Place.
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74102.
each section and outlet of the piping system
shown in fig. 1 4. with a designated pressure drop
of 0.50 inch water column. Gas to be used has
0.65 specific gravity and a heating value of 1 .000
Btu per cubic foot.

118
 MS 930:1986 -

Furnace
Outlet 0. 136,000 8tu per hr.

20’
OutletA 30 Gal. automatic
water heater
Section 2
30,000 Btu per hr.
Section 3 Section 1 10’
20’ 10 10’

}5.
Outlet B Gas refrigerator
}15 3,000 Btu per hr.

Point of delivery
Outlet C Range
75,000 Btu per hr.

Figure 14. Example of pipe sizing using NFPA method no. 54

C2.4.2 Solution Table 11. Approximate gas input for

typical appliances
(a) Maximum gas demand for outlet A:
Input
Appliance Btu per hour
Consumption Irating plate input, or table 1 1 necessaryl = (Approx.)
Btu of gas

30.000 Stu per hour rating 30 cubic feet per hour Range, free standing, domestic 65,000
1.000 Btu per cubic foot (or 30 cfhl Built-in oven or broiler unit, domestic 25,000
Built-in top unit, domestic 40,000
Water heater, automatic storage
Maximum gas demand for outlet B: 30 to 40 gal, tank 45,000

Water heater, automatic storage

Consumption 3.000.
________ = _3cfh 50 gal. tank 55,000
Btu of gas 1.000
Water heater, automatic instantaneous
(2 gal. per minute 142,800
Maximum gas demand for outlet C: Capacity
(4 gal. per minute 285,000
Consumption = 7 5.000 75 cfh (6 gal, per minute 428,400
Btu of gas 1 .000 Water heater, domestic, circulating
or side-arm 35,000
Refrigerator 3,000
Maximum gas demand for outlet D.
Clothes dryer, type 1 (domestic) 35,000
Consumption = 136,000 136 cfh’
Gas light 2.500
Btu of gas 1,000
Incinerator, domestic 35,000

(b) The length of pipe from the point of delivery

to the most remote outlet (A) is 60 feet. This is the NOTE 32. For specific appliances or appliances not shown
above. the input should be determined from the manu-
only distance used. facturer’s rating.
(Continued on page 127)

119
 -5
Table 12. Equivalent lengths, in feet of straight pipe, of bends, fittings and valves
0 C’)
The equivalent lengths in feet shown in table 1 2 have been computed on a basis ihat the inside diameter corresponds io that of schedule 40 lstandard weight) steel pipe
0
which is close enough for most purposes involving other schedules of pipe. Where a more specilic solution for equivalent iengih is desired, this may be made by
-5
multiplying the aclual inside diameter of the pipe in inches by n/I 2. or the actual inside diameter in feel by n. N can be read from the table heading. The equivalent length
values can be used wiih reasonable accuracyfor copper or brass fillingsand bends. For copper or brass valves. however, theequivalent length of pipe should be taken as
45 per cent longer than the values in the table which are for steel pipe, Resistance per foot of copper or brass pipe is less than that of steel.

Screwed fittings tHeta 34) 90° weiding elbows end amooth bonds (Note 361 Mitre elbow mo, of m’itrasl Welding tees Vslves
(Note 361 (screwed, flanged, or weidedf
180° ctoae
45° 90° return Tee R/d R/d Rid R/d Rid R/d 1-45° 1-60° 1-90° 2-90° 3-90° Forged Mitre Gets Globe Angie Swing
oil eli bends I =1½ 2 4 = 6 8 (Note 36( ~ ‘ check

k factor = 0.42 0.90 2.00 1.80 0.48 0.36 0.27 0.21 0.27 0.36 0.45 O.90 1.80 0.60 0.46 1.35 1.80 0.21 10 6.0 2.5

L/d’ redo (Note 371 14 30 67 60 16 12 9 7 9 12 15 30 60. 20 15 45 60 7 333 167 83

Inside

Z d~m~er
c~ E~ 17~

L = equ’reaient length in feet of scheduied 40 Istandard wsightl straight pipe iNote 39) L = equivalent length in feeI of eched ute 40 Istandard weight) straight pipe (Note 39)

0.78 1.55 3.10 1.04 0.78 2.33 3.10 0.36 17.3 8.65 4.32
½ 0.622 0.73 1.65 3.47 3.10 0.83 0.62 0.47 0.36 0.47 0.62 1.03 2.06 4.12 1.37 1.03 3.09 4.12 0.48 22.9 11.4 5.72
‘4 0.624 0.96 2.06 4.60 4.12 1.10 0.82 0.62 0.48 0.62 082 1.31 262 5.24 1.75 1.31 3.93 5.24 0.61 29.1 14.6 7.27
1 1.049 1.22 2.62 582 5.24 1.40 1.05 0.79 0.61 0.79 105 1.72 3.45 6.90 2.30 1.72 5.17 690 081 38.3 19.1 9.58
Fl, 1.380 1.61 3.45 7.86 6.90 1.84 1.38 1.03 0.81 1.03 1.38 2.01 4.02 8.04 ‘168 2.01 6.04 8.04 0.94 44.7 22.4 11.2
1½ 1.610 1.88 4.02 895 8.04 2.14 1.81 1.21 0.94 1.21 1 61
2.58 5.17 10.3 3.45 2.58 7.75 10.3 1.21 57.4 28.7 14.4
2 2.067 2.41 5.17 11.5 10.3 2.76 2.07 1.55 1.21 1.55 2.07 3.08 6.16 12.3 4.11 3.08 9.25 12.3 1.44 68.5 34.3 17.1
2½ 2.469 2.88 6.16 1’3.7 12.3 3.29 2.47 1.85 1.44 1.86 2.47
3.84 7.67 15.3 5.11 3.84 11.5 15.3 1.79 85.2 42.6 21.3
3 3068 3.58 7.67 17.1 15.3 ‘ 4.09 3.07 2.30 1.79 2.3 307 5.04 10.1 20.2 6.71 5.04 15.1 20.2 2.35 112 56.0 28.0
4 4.026 4.70 10.1 224 20.2 5.37 4.03 3.02 2.35 30 403 6.30 t2.6 25.~ 840 6.30 18.9 25.2 2.94 140 70.0 35.0
5 5.047 5.88 12.6 28.0 25.2 6.72 5.05 3.78 2.94 3.7 5.05
7.58 15.2 30.4 10.1 7.58 22.8 30.4 1.54 168 84.1 42.1
6 6.065 7.07 15.2 33.8 30.4 8,09 6.07 4.55 3.54 4.5 6.07 9.97 20.0 40.0 13.3 9.97 29.9 40.0 4.65 222 111 5.5
8 7.981 9.31 20.0 44.6 40.0 10.6 7.98 5.98 465 5.9 7.98 12.5 25.0 50.0 16.7 12.5 37.6 50.0 5.85 278 139 69.5
10 10.02 11.7 25.0 55.7 50.0 13.3 10.0 751 5.85 7.61 10.0 14.9 298 596 19.9 14.9 44.8 59.6 6.96 332 166 83.0
12 11.94 13.9 29.8 66.3 596 15.9 11.9 6.95 6.96 8.9 11.9 16.4 32.8 65.6 21.9 16.4 49.2 65.6 7.65 364 182 91.0
14 13.13 15.3 32.8 730 65.6 17,5 13.1 9.85 7.65 9.8~13.1
15.8 37.5 75.0 25.0 18.8 56.2 75.0 8.75 417 208 104
16 15.06 17.5 37.5 83.5 75.0 20.0 15.0 11.2 8.75 11.2 15.0 21.1 42.1 84.2 28.1 21.1 63.2 84.2 9.85 469 234 117
18 16.88 19.7 42.1 93.8 84.2 225 16.9 12.7 9.85 12.7 18.9 23.5 47.0 94.0 314 23.5 70.6 94.0 11.0 522 261 131
20 18.81 22.0 47.0 105 94.0 25.1 18.8 14.1 11.0 14.1 18.8 28.3 566 113 37.8 28.3 85.0 113 13.2 629 314 157
24 22.63 26.4 56.6 126 113 30.2 22.6 17.0 13.2 17.0 22.6

NOTE 37. Equivalent resistance in number of diameters of straight pipe computed for a value of
NOTE 33. Values for welded fittings are for conditions where bore is not obstructed by weld
— 0.007 5 from the relation n — k/4f.
spatter or backing rings. If appreciably obstructed, use values for ‘Screwed fittings’.
NOTE 38. For condition 0) minimum resistance where the centre-line length of each mitre is
NOTE 34. Flanged fittings have three-fourths the resistance of screwed elbows and tees.
between d and 2/2 d.
NOTE 35. Tabular figures give the extra resistance due to curvature alone to which should be
NOTE 39. For pipe having other inside diameiers; the equivalent resistance may be computed
added the full length of travel.
from the above n values.
NOTE 36. Small size socket-welding fittings are equivalent to mitre elbows and mitre tees.

I’
 MS 930:1986

Table 13, Maximum capacity of pipe in cubic feet of gas per hour for gas pressures of
0.5 psig or less and a pressure drop of 0.3 inch water column
(Based on a 0.60 specific gravity gas)

Nominal Internal Length of pipe, feet

iron pipe diameter.
size, inches 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 80 90 100 125 160 175 200
inches
1/4 .364 32 22 18 15 14 12 ii 11 10 9 8 8 7 6
.493 72 49 , 40 34 30 27 25 23 22 21 18 17 15 14
Vs .622 132 92 73 63 56 50 46 43 40 38 34 31 28 26
¾ .824 276 190 152 ISO 115 105 96 90 84 79 72 64 59 55
1 1.049 520 350 285 245 215 195 180 170 160 150 130 120 110 100
P14 1.380 1,050 730 590 500 440 400 370 350 320 305 275 250 225 210
11/i 1.610 1,600 1,100 890 760 670 610 560 530 490 460 410 380 350 320
2 2.067 3,050 2,100 1,650 1,450 1,270 1,150 1,050 990 930 870 780 710 650 610
2½ 2.469 4,000 3,300 2,700 2,300 2,003 1,850 1,700 1,600 1,500 1,400 1.250 1,130 1.050 980
3 3.068 8,500 5,900 4,700 4,100 3,600 3,250 3,000 2,800 2,600 2,500 2.200 2,000 1,850 1,700
4 4.026 17,500 12,000 9,700 8,300 7,400 6,800 6,200 5,800 5,400 5;100 4.500 4,100 3,800 3,500

Table 14. Maximum capacity of pipe in cubic feet of gas per hour for gas pressures of
0.5 psig or less and a pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column
(Based on a 0.60 specific gravity gas)

Internal Length of pipe. feet

size, diameter,
inches c~ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200
1/4 .364 43 29 24 20 18 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9’ 8
¾ .493 95 65 52 45 40 36 33 31 29 27 24 22 20 19
½ ~ .622 175 120 97 82 73 66 61 57 53 50 44 40 37 35
¾ 824 360 250 200 170 151 138 125 118 110 103 93 84 77 72
1 1.049 680 465 375 320 285 260 240 220 205 195. 175 160 145 135
1¼ 1.380 1,400 950 770 660 580 530 490 460 430 400 360 325 300 230
1½ 1.610 2,100 1,460 1,180 990 900 810 750 690 650 620 550 500 460 430
2 2.067 3,950 2,750 2,200 1,900 1,680 1,520 1,400 1,300 1,220 1,150 1,020 950 850 800
2½ 2.469 6,300 4,350 3,520 3,000 2,650 2,400 2,250 2.050 1,950 1,850 1,650 1,500 1,370 1,280
3 3.068 11,000 7,700 6,250 5,300 4,750 4,300 3.900 3,700 3,250
3,450 2,950 2,650 2.450 2.280
4 4.026 23.000 15,800 12,800 10,900 9,700 8,800 8,100 7,500 7,200 6.700 6.000 5,500 5,000 4.600

Table 15. Maximum capacity of semi-rigid tubing in cubic

feet of gas per hour for gas pressures of 0.5 psig or less
and a pressure drop of 0.3 inch water column
(Based on a 0.60 specific gravity gas)

Outside Length of tubing. feet

diameter. —

inch 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200

¾ 20 14 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 S 4 4
½ 42 29 23 20 13 16 15 14 13 12 ~ 10 ~ $
¾ 84 59 47 40 36 33 30 23 26 25 fl 20 18 17
¾ 150 3 33 .7~ 63 57 52 49 46 43 33 35 32 30
~‘k 212 146 117 100 ‘89 81 74 69 65 61 54 49 43 42

121
MS 930 : 1986

Table 16. Maximum capacity of semi-rigid tubing. in’ cubic

feet of gas per hour ‘for gas pressures of 0.5 psig or less
and a pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column
(Based on a 0.60 specific gravity gas)
Outside Length of tubing. feet
diameter,
inch 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 175 200

¾ 27 18 15 13 11 10 9 9 8 3 7 6 6 5
1/3 56 38 31 26 23 21 19 18 17 16 14 13 12 11
¾ 113 78 62 53 47 43 39 37 34 33 29 26 24 22
¾ 197 136 109 93 83 75 69 64 60 57 50 46 42 3~
¾ 280 193 155 132 117 106 98 91 85 31 71 65 60 35

Table 17. Pipe sizing table for pressures under 1 pound approximate capacity of pipes of
different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour with pressure drop of 0.3 inch water
column and 0.6 specific gravity
Pipe size of
Internal. Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
schedule 40
diameter
standard pipe
(inches) (inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000’

1.00 1.049 215 148 119 102 90 82 70 62’ 43 34 29

1.25 . 1.380 442 304 244 209 185 168 143 127 87 70 60
1.50 1.610 662 455 366 313 277 251 215 . 191 131 105 90
2.00 . 2.067 1275 877 704 602 534 484 414 367 252 203 173
2.50 2.469 2033 1397 1122 960 851 771 660 585 402 323 276
3.00 - 3068 3594 2470 1983 1698 1505 1363 1167 1034 711 571 488
3.50 3.548 5262 3616 2904 2485 2203 1996 1708 1514 1041 836 715
4.00 4.026 7330 5038 4046 3462 3069 2780 2380 2109 1450 1164 996
5.00 5.047 13261 9114 7319 6264 5552 5030 4305 3816 2623 2106 1802
6.00 6.065 21472 14758 11851 10143 8990 8145 6971 6178 4246 3410 2919
8.00 7.981 44118 30322 24350 20840 18470 16735 14323 12694 8725 7006 5997
10.00 10.020 80130 55073 44225 37851 33547 30396 26015 23056 15847 12725 10891
12.00 11.938 126855- 87187 70014- 59923 53109 48120 41185 36501 25087 20146 17242

Table 18. Pipe sizing table for pressures under 1 pound approximate capacity of pipes’ of
.

different diameters and lengths in cubic feet per hour with pressure drop of 0.5 inch water
column and 0.6 specific gravity
Pipe size of Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
scheduled 40 diameter
standard pipe
(inches) (inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 284 195 157 134 119 108 92 82 56 45 39

1.25 1.380 583 400 322 275 244 221 189 168 115 93 79
1.50 1.610 873 600 482 412 366 331 283 251 173 139 119
2.00 2.067 1681 1156 928 794 704 638 546 484 333 267 229
2.50 2.469 2680 1842 1479 1266 1122 1017 870 771 530 426 364
3.00 3.068 4738 3256 2615 2238 1983 1797 1538 1363 937 752 644
3.50 3.548 6937 4767 3828 3277 2904 2631 2252 1996 1372 1102 943
4.00 4.026 9663 6641 5333 4565 4046 3866 3137 2780 1911 1535 1313
5.00 5.047 17482 12015 9649 8258 7319 6632 5676 5030 3457 2776 2376
6.00 6.065 28308 19456 15624 13372 11851 10738 9190 8145 5598 4496 3848
8.00 7.981 58161 39974 32100 27474 24350 22062 18883 16735 11502 9237 7905
10.00 ‘ 10.020 105636 72603 58303 49900 44225 40071 34296 30396 20891 16776 14358
12.00 11.938 167236 114940 92301 78998 70014 63438 54295 48120 33073 26559 22731

122
 MS 930: 1986

Table 19. Piping sizing table for 1 pound pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters
and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 1 .0 psig with a 10 per cant
pressure drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity

Internal - Total equivalent length of pipe in feet

St anap
d d i pe diameter
(inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 600 1000 1600 2000

1.00 1.049 717 493 396 338 300 272 233 206 142 114 97
1.25 1.380 1471 1011 812 695 616 558 478 423 291 234 200
1.50 1.610 2204 1515 1217 1041 923 836 716 634 436 350 300
2.00 2.067 4245 2918 2343 2005 1777 1610 1378 1222 840 674 ‘ 577
2.50 2.469 6766 4651 3735 3196 2833 2567 2197 1947 1338 1075 920
3.00 3.068 11962 8221 - 6602 5650 5008 4538 3884 3442 2366 1900 1626
3.50 3.548 17514 12037 9666 8273 7332 6644 5686 5039 3464 2781 2381
4.00 4.026 24398 16769 13466 11525 10214 9255 7921 7020 4825 3875 3316
5.00 5.047 44140 30337 24362 20851 18479 16744 14330 12701 8729 7010 6000
6.00 6.065 71473 49123 39447 33762 29923 27112 23204 20566 14135 11351 9715
8.00 7.981 146849 100929 81049 69368 61479 55705 47676 42254 29041 23321 19960
10.00 10.020 266718 183314 147207 125990 111663 101175 86592 76745 52747 42357 36252
12.00 11.938 422248 290209 233048 199459 176777 160172 137087 121498 83505 67057 57392

Table 20. Pipe sizing table for 2 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters and
lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 2.0 psig with a 10 per cent pressure
drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity
Pipe size of Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
schedule 40 diameter
standard pipe
(inches) (inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 1112 764 614 525 466 422 361 320 220 177 151
1.25 1.380 2283 1569 1260 1079 956 866 741 657 452 363 310
1.50 1.610 3421 2351 1888 1616 1432 1298 1111 984 677 543 465
2.00 2.067 6589 4528 3636 3112 2758 2499 2139 1896 1303 1046 896
2.50 2.469 10501 7217 5796 4961 4396 3983 3409 3022 2077 1668 1427
3.00 3.068 18564 12759 10246 8769 7772 7042 6027 5342 3671 2948 2523
3.50 3.548 27181 18681 15002 12840 11379 10311 8825 7821 5375 4317 3694
4.00 4.026 37865 26025 20899 17887 15853 14364 12293 10895 -7488 6013 5147
5.00 5.047 68504 47082 37809 32359 28680 25986 22240 19711 13547 10879 9311
6.00 6.065 110924 76237 61221 52397 464,39 42077 36012 31917 21936 17616 15077
8.00 7.981 227906 156638 125786 107657 95414 86452 73992 65578 45071 36194 30917
10.00 10.020 413937 284497 228461 195533 173297 .157020 134389 119106 81861 65737 56263
12.00 11.938 655315 450394 361682 309553 274351 248582 212754 188560 129596 104070 89071

Table 21. Pipe sizing table for 5 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters
and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 5.0 psig with a 10 per cent
pressure drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity
Pipe size of
schedule 40 Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
diameter
standard pipe . -

(inches) (inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 1989 1367 1098 940 833 755 646 572 393 316 270
125 1.380 4084 2807 2254 1929 1710 1549 1326 1175 808 649 555
1.50 1.610 6120 4206 33714 2891 2552 2321 1987 1761 1210 972 832
2.00 2.067 11786 8101 6505 5557 4934 4471 3827 3391 2331 1872 1602
2.50 2.469 - 18785 12911 10368 8874 7865 7126 6099 5405 3715 2983 2553
3.00 3.068 33209 22824 18329 15687 13903 12597 10782 9556 6568 5274 4514
3.50 3.548 48623 33418 264436 22968 20356 18444 15786 13991 9616 7722 6609
4,00 4.026 67736 46555 37385 31997 28358 25694 21991 19490 13396 10757 9207
5.00 5.047 122544 84224 67635 57887 51304 46485 39785 35261 24235 19461, 16656
6.00 6.065 198427 136378 109516 93732 83073 75270 64421 57095 39241 31512 26970
8.00 7.981 407692 280204 225014 192583 170683 154651 132361 117309 80626 54745 55414
10.0,0 10.020 740477 508926 408686 349782 310005 280887 240403 213065 146438 117595 100646
12.00 11.938 1172269 805694 647001 553749 490777 444680 380588 337309 231830 186168 159336

123
MS 930: 1986

Table 22. Pipe sizing table for 10 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters
and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 10.0 psig with a 10 per cent
pressure drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity
Pipe size of Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
schedule 40 diameter
standard pipe (in hes)
(inches) c 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 3259 2240 1798 1539 1364 1236 1058 938 644 517 443
1.25 1.380 6690 4598 3692 3160 2801 2538 2172 1925 1323 1062 909
1.50 1.610 10024 6889 5532 4735 4197 3802 3254 2884 1982 1592 1362
- 2.00 2.067 19305 13268 10655 9119 8082 7323 6268- 5555 3818 3066 2624
2.50 2.469 30769 21148 16982 14535 12882 11672 9990 8854 6085 4886 4182
3.00 3.068 54395 37385 30022 25695 22773 20634 17660 15652 10757 8638 7393
3.50 3.548 79642 54737 43956 37621 33343 30211 25857 22916 15750 12648 10825
4.00 4.026 110948 76254 61235 52409 46449 42086 36020 31924 21941 17620 15080
5.00 5.047 200720 137954 110782 94815 84033 76140 65166 57755 39695 31876 27282
6.00 6.065 325013 223379 179382 153527 136068 123288 105518 93519 64275 51615 44176
8.00 7.981 667777 458959 368561 315440 279569 253310 216800 192146 132061 106050 90765
10.00 10.020 1212861 833593 669404 572924 507772 460078 393767 348988 239858 192614 164853
12.00 11.938 1920112 1319682 1059751 907010 803866 728361 623383 552493 379725 - 304933 260983

Table 23. Pipe sizing table for 20 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters
and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 20.0 psig with a 10 per cent
pressure drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity

Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet

standard pipe diameter
(inches) (inches) so ioo 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 5674 3900 - .3132 2680 2375 2152 1842 1633 1122 - 901 771
1.25 1.380 11649 8006 6429 5503 4877 4419 3782 3352 2304 1850 1583
1.50 1.610 17454 11996 9633 8245 7307 6621 5667 5022 3452 2772 2372
2.00 2.067 33615 23103 18553 15879 14073 12751 10913 9672 6648 5338 4569
2.50 2.469 53577 36823 29570 25308 22430 20323 17394 15416 10595 8509 7282
3.00 3.068 94714 65097 52275 44741 39653 35928 30750 27253 18731 15042 12874
3.50 3.548 138676 95311 76538 65507 58058 52604 45023 39903 27425 22023 18849
4.00 4.026 193187 132777 106624 91257 80879 73282 62720 55538 38205 30680 26258
5.00 5.047 349503 240211 192898 165096 146322 132578 113470 100566 69118 55505 47505
6.00 6.065 565926 388958 312347 267329 236928 214674 183733 162840 111919 89875 76921
8.00 7.981 1162762 799160 641754 549258 486797 441074 377502 334573 229950 184658 158043
10.00 10.020 2111887 1451488 1165596 997600 884154 801108 685645 607674 417651 335388 287049
12.00 11.938 3343383 2297888 1845285 1579326 1399727 1268254 1085462 962025 661194 530962 454435

Table 24. Pipe sizing table for 50 pounds pressure capacity of pipes of different diameters
and lengths in cubic feet per hour for an initial pressure of 50.0 psig with a 10 per cent
pressure drop and a gas of 0.6 specific gravity
Pine size of .

s chedule 40 diameter
Internal Total equivalent length of pipe in feet
standard pipe
(inches) (inches) 50 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000

1.00 1.049 12993 8930 7171 6138 5440 4929 4218 3739 2570 2063 1766
1.25 1.380 26676 18335 14723 12601 11168 10119 8661 7676 5276 4236 3626
1.50 1.610 39970 27471 22060 18881 16733 15162 12976 11501 7904 6348 5433
2.00 2.067 76977 52906 42485 36362 32227 29200 24991 22149 15223 12225 10463
2.50 2.469 122690 84324 67715 57955 51365 46540 39832 35303 24263 19484 16676
3.00 3.068 216893 149070 119708 102455 90804 82275 70417 62409 42893 34445 29480
3.50 3.548 317564 218260 - 175271 150009 132950 120463 103100 91376 62802 50432 43164
4.00 4.026 442393 304054 244166 208975 185211 167814 143627 127294 87489 70256 60130
5.00 5.047 800352 550077 441732 378065 335072 303600 259842 230293 158279 127104 108784
6.00 6.065 1295955 890703 715266 612175 542559 491598 420744 372898 256291 205810 176147
8.00 7.981 2662693 1830054 1469598 1257785 1114752 1010046 864469 766163 526579 422862 361915
10.00 10.020 4836161 3323866 2669182 2284474 2024687 1834514 1570106 1391556 956409 768030 657334
12.00 11.938 7656252 5262099 4225651 3616611 3205335 2904266 2485676 2203009 1514115 1215888 1040643

124
 MS 930:1986

Table 25. Multipliers to be used with tables 13

through 24 when the specific gravity of the gas
is other than 0.60
Specific Specific
gravity Multiplier gravity Multiplier

.35 1.31 1.00 .78

40 1.23 1.10 .74
.45 1.16 1.20 .71
.50 1.10 1.30 .68
.55 1.04 1.40 .66
.60 1.00 1.50 .63
.65 .96 1.60 .61
.70 .93 1.70 .59
.75 .90 1.80 .58
.80 .87 1.90 .56
.85 .84 ZOO .55
.90 .82 2.10 .54

Table 26. Maximum capacity of pipe in thousands of Btu

per hour of undiluted liquefied petroleum gases
(at 11 inches water columninlet pressure)
(Based on a pressure drop of 0.5 inch water column)
Nominal
iron. pipe Length of pipe. feet

i~~S 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150

½ 275 189 152 129 114 103 96 89 83 78 69 63

¾ 567 39 315 267 237 217 196 185 173 162 146 132
1 1071 732 590 504 448 409 378 346 322 307 275 252
1¼ 2205 1496 1212 1039 913 834 771 724 677 630 567 511
1½ 3307 2299 1858 1559 1417 1275 1181 1086 1023 976 866 787
2 6221 4331 3465 2992 2646 2394 2205. 20471921 1811 1606 149€

Table 27. Maximum capacity of semi-rigid tubing in

thousands of Btu per hour of undiluted liquefied
petroleum gases
(at 11 inches water column inlet pressure)
(Based on a pressure drop of 0.5 inches water column)

Outside Length of tubing. feet

diameter,
inch 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

39 26 21 19
½ 92 62 50 41 37 35 31 29 27 26
199 131 107 90 79 72 67 62 59 55
¾ 329 216 181 145 131 121 112 104 95 90
501 346 277 233 198 187 164 155 146 138

125
 MS 930:1986

Table 28. LP-Gas low pressure pipe sizing table

l.n~h Allowable pressure drop in pipe line

lOft. .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09 .10 .12 .13 .15 .17 .20 .25 .30 .40 .50 .60
15’ .01 .03 .04 .06 .07 .09 .10 .11 .13 .15 .18 .20 .22 .25 .30 .37 .45 .60 .75 .90
20 .02 .04 .06 .08 .10 .12 .13 .15 .17 .20 .24 .27 .30 .33 .40 .50 .60 .80 1.00 1.20
25 .02 .05 .07 .10 .12 .15 .16 .19 .21 .25 .30 .36 .37 .41 .50 .62 .75 1.00
30 .03 .06 .09 ‘.12 .15 .18 .20 .23 .26 .30 .36 .40 .45 .50 .60 .75 .90 1.20
35 .03 .07 .10 .14 .17 .21 .23 .26 .30 .35 .42 .46 .52 .58 .70 .87 1.05
40 .04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .24 .27 .30 .34 .40 .48 .53 .60 .67 .80 1.00
45 .04 .09 .13 .18 .22 .27 .30 .34 .38 .45 .54 .60 .67 .75 .90 1.13
50 .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .30 .33 .38 .43 .50 .60 .67 .75 .83 1.00
55 .05 .11 .16 .22 .27 .33 .36 .41 .47 .55 .66 .73 .82 .91 1.10
60 .06 .12 .18 .24 .30 .36 .40 .45 .51 .60 .72 .80 .90 1.00
70 .07 .14 .21 .28 .35 .42 .47 .52 .60 .70 .84 .93 1.05 -

80 .08 .16 .24 .32 .40 .48 .53 .60 .69 .80 .96 1.07
90 .09 .18 .27 .36 .45 .54 .60 .67 .77 .90 .08
100 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50 .60 .67 .75 .86 1.00

size Gas flow -thousands of Btu

3/80D 8 12 14 16 18 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 33 36 40 45 51 57 63
1/20D 19 27 33 38 42 46 50 53 56 60 66 69 74 78 86 95 104 121 135 147
5/800 36 50 62 71 79 87 94 100 106 113 124 130 139 146 159 178 193 222 251 275
3/400 53 78 94 109 123 134 141 149 159 172 190 197 212 227 243 272 298 342 382 420
1/4K 8 12 14 16 18 20 21 22 24 26 28 30 31 33 36 40 45 51 57 63
3/8K 15 22 27 31 34 37 40 42 45 49 52 56 60 63 68 77 84 97 108 120
1/2K 30 43 53 61 68 75 78 84 89 96 105 111 118 124 135 152 165 192 215 233
5/8K 52 73 90 104 115 126 133 143 153 164 178 187 203 210 230 259 283 325 363 400
3/4 K 72 102 125 145 162 177 183 197 213 230 252 262 280 293 320 360 392 452 510 S60
1K 150 208 256 300 333 365 380 410 440 471 520 543 584 610 670 745 820 940 1050 1145
1/4L 8 12 15 17 19 21 22 ‘ 23 . 24 27 29 30 33 35 38 42 46 53 59 65
318L 18 26 31 36 41 45 47 50 S4 58 64 67 71 76 82 92 100 115 129 142
1/2L 33 47 57 66 74 80 86 90 96 105 115 120 129 136 148 165 180 209 232 256
5/8L 55 78 94 109 123 134 141 149 159 172 190 197 212 227 243 272 298 342 382 420
3/4L 82 116 143 165 184 201 212 224 240 261 287 300 320 340 369 413 451 523 584 640
1L 160 228 277 320 358 390 411 435 462 505 557 584 623 660 720 800 877 1015 1130 1240
3/811’S 20 28 35 40 45 49 52 55 59 63 69 73 78 81
109 126 142 154.89 99
1/2IPS 37 52 64 73 82 90 94 101 127 133 142 148 163 183 198 232 257 281
108 115
3/4 11’S 78 110 136 157 175 192 202 215 232
250 273 284 305 317 350 390 430 490 555 605
1 11’S 148 208 253 293 330 360 373 404 435 465 510 536 575 600 660 730 810 930 1040 1135
1-1/411’S 297 420 515 600 670 725 765 820 885 955 1040 1090 1170 1220 1350 1510 1635 1890 2110 2300
1-1/21PS 445 635 775 900 1000 1090 1130 1225 1310 1420 1560 1640 1740 1850 2015 2275 2480 2850 3180 3480
2 11’S 850 1200 1460 1700 1880 2080 2180 2300 2470 2680 2940 3080 3300 3500 3800 4230 4620 5370 6000 6580

Table 29. Equivalent length of pipe for

various fittings

Pipe 90 deg. elI 45 deg. -eli Tee-side

outlet Tee-straight
through
size, in.

¾ 0.50 ft 0.40 ft 2.50 ft 0.25 ft

½ 0.85 ft 0.75 ft 3.00 ft 0.40 ft
¾ 1.30 ft 1.00 ft 4.00 ft 0.60 ft
1 1.60 ft 1.25 ft 5.25 ft 0.75 ft

1-¼ 2.60ft 1.60ft 7.OOft 1.OOft

1-½ 3.30ft 1.90ft 8.OOft 1.30ft
2 5.00 ft 2.40 ft 10.40 ft 1.70 ft
2-½ 6.00 ft 3.00 ft 12.50 ft 2.20 ft
3 9.00 ft 3.50 ft 15.00 ft 2.75 ft

126

(c) Using the column marked 60 feet in table 14.
Outlet A, supplying 30 cfh, requires ~/8 in. pipe.
Outlet B. supplying 3 cfh. requires ¼ in. pipe.
Section 1 supplying outlets A and B, or 33 cfh.
requires 3/~ in. pipe.
Outlet C. supplying 75 cfh. requires 3/4 in. pipe.
Sectibn 2~supplying outlets A. B and C, or 1 08
cfh requires 3/4 in. pipe.
Outlet D. supplying 1 36 cfh. requires 3/4 in. pipe.
Section 3. supplying outlets A, B. C and D, or 244
cfh requires 1 in. pipe.
(d) If the gravity factor (see C2.2.4 under
description of tables) is applied to this example.
the values in the column marked 60 feet of table
14 would be multiplied by the multiplier 0.96
from table 25 and the resulting cubic feet
per hour ~aIues would be used to size the piping.
C3. THE ‘CLIFFORD METHOD’
C3.1 Pipe sizing low pressure lines. Five
factors are involved in Clifford method of sizing
low pressure lines, all of which are included in
table 28. ‘LP-Gas low pressure pipe sizing
table’.The following sub-clauses explain how the
table is used.
C3.1 .1 Pipe length. Pipe lengths from 1 0 ft to
1 OOft are listed in the left-hand column of the
upper portion-of table 28. For lengths over 1 OOft
the actual length, plus the allowance for fittings,
and the allowable pressure drop are both divided
by a convenient number that will bring the pipe
length within the range of thetable. The following
calculation shows how this adjustment would be
MS 930: 1986
made for a 280 ft line with an allowable pressure
drop of 0.6 in. w.c.
4) 280 ft 0.6 in. w.c.
70 ft 0.15 in. w.c.
The pipe line would be properly sized if the length
is considered to be 70 ft and the allowable
pressure drop 0.1 5 in. w.c.
To the actual length of pipe as measured there
must be added a suitable allowance to offset the
pressure loss due to fittings. For the average
installation with up to four fittings in a given
section of line the following allowances have
proven satisfactory:
a 90° elI 5 ft
a 450 elI 2.5 ft
a tee, side outlet 5 ft
a tee, straight through no allowance
If the derived pipe length totals some odd number
not found in the table, then the nearest figure for
pipe length is used. This procedure over-
estimates the allowance for fittings and thereby
introduces a conservative element in the sizing
operation. It is believed, however, that overall
results are better when the number of fittings is
taken into consideration. If an unusual number of
fittings is involved, suitable allowance for length
may be made by using table 29. ‘Equivalent
lengths of pipe for various fittings’.
C3.1.2 Allowable pressure drop. The upper
portion of the pipe sizing table is given over to
pressure drops ranging from 0.01 in. to 1 in. w.c.
or slightly more. This range of pressure drops
makes the table quite flexible and allows for
appropriate selection. It is recommended that a
maximum of 0.6 in w.c. pressure drop be
considered. For an installation involving one
appliance there is but a single pipe line with no
branches to consider. In such cases the allowable
pressure drop to be used will be 0.6 in. w.c.
127
 MS 930: 1986

Branch lines complicate the sizing problem as allowable pressure drops have been included in
each one must be sized separately. and the sizing the drawing. fig. 1
5 adjacent to the figures for
based on a suitable allowance for pressure drop. pipe length. In a more complicated piping system.
These steps will show how allowable pressure one can double check by proceeding from each of
drops are assigned to the various lines in a given the appliances and adding up the pressure drops
installation: on each of the lines to the regulator outlet. In each
case the total should be 0.6 in w.c.
Step 1. Consideration is given first to the main
line and branch leading to the appliance with the C3.1 .3 Load or demand. The next step in sizing
greatest input. Referring to fig. 1 5, this will be the piping system is to calculate the load it must
seen to be the floor furnace. Allowable pressure handle. A branch line is sized on the basis of the
drops will be in proportion to the length of the Btu rating of the appliance it serves. The main line
individual lines, therefore these lengths must be must handle the total load, of course, and an
established first. intermediate line will be sized for the appliances it
serves.
Main line, measured length 15 ft
1 900 elI shown 5 ft
Total Forthe installation shown in fig. 1 5. the load is
summerized as follows:
Branch line to floor furnace
measured length 5 ft
Gas range 27,000 Btu
tee, side outlet 5 ft 3 top burners @
Total lOft 9000 Btu 20.000
1 oven burner 1 6,000
Pipe length from furnace to the
pressure regulator 30 ft 1 broiler burner 63,000 Btu
Water heater 30.000
It is obvious in this case that the main line is two- Floor furnace 80.000
thirds of the tot~Ilength involved and that two-
thirds of the allowable pressure drop of 0.6 in. Total load 1 73.000 Btu
w.c. is 0.4 in. Since this may not be obvious in
other situations, the arithmetic is spelled out in
detail.
P~Water heater
20 ft (length of main line) t\ ) 30,000 Btu
x 0.6 in. = 0.4 in.
30 ft (total length)
Gas range
63,000 Btu
1 0 ft (length branch line) ~ 0.6 in. = 0.2 in.
30 ft (total length) ,15-ft lOftB
0.2”
_________________ lOft
0.4” 0.2”
5ft
Step 2. Since the total allowable pressure drop o 0.2”
from the regulator outlet to each of the
appliances is 0.6 in. w.c., and 0.4 in. w.c. has E
_______
‘~FIoorfurnace
80, 000 Btu

been alloted to the main line, it is obvious that the

allowable pressure drop for each of the branch Figure 15. Example in sizing the lines of a
lines is 0.6 in. — 0.4 in. or 0.2 in w.c. These domestic installation

128
 MS 930: 1986

C3.1.4 Pipe s/ze.Four types of piping material
are included in the pipe sizing table (table 28) and
the practitioner will make his selection on the
basis of company practice. For the illustrated
example the following procedure is outlined:
Type K tubing will be used up to and including the
½ in. size; for greater capacities standard pipewill
be used. This is not intended as a recommended
procedure but as a convenient means of
simplifying the presentation.
that the actual pressure drop will be less than 0.4
in. w.c. since the ¾ in. pipe selected has a
capacity considerably in excess of the require-
ment. To determine the actual pressure drop in
this case proceed to the right from the 3/4 IPS to
the figure which represents the actual load to be
handled. The 1 75 is selected and the next step is
to move vertically upward to the figure opposite
the 20 ft. The pressure drop is seen to be 0.1 in.
w.c.

Having established the length of pipe to be used

with the table, the allowable pressure drop and lOft .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .12 .13 .15 .17 .20
15 .01 .03 .04 .06 .07 .18 .20 .22 .25 .30
the load to be carried, the next step is to select the 20— .02 .04 .06 .00 .1(1 .24 .27 .20 .33 ~. I
pipe size. The sizing of the main line A shown in 25 .02 .05 .07 .10 .12 .30 .36 .37 .41
30 .03 .06 .09 .12 .15 .36 .40 .45 .50 . I
fig. 1 5 will be used as an example. The solution is
shown in a portion of the pipe sizing table 35 .03 .07 .10 .14 .17 .42 .46 .52 .58

reproduced in fig. 1 6. Proceed as follows: 40 .04 .08 .12 .16 .20 .48 .53 .60 .87
45 .04 .09 .13 .18 .22 .54 .60 .67 .75
50 .05 .10 .15 .20 .25 .60 .67 .75 .83 1.
55 .05 .11 .16 .22 .27 .66 .73 .82 .91 1.1
Step 1. Find the pipe length. 20 ft. in the left
hand column of the upper portion of the table. 60 .06 .12 .18 .~4 .30 .72 .80 .90 1.00
Whenever the actual length is not shown, the 70 .07 .14 .21 .28 .35 .84 .93 1.05
80 .08 .16 .24 .32 .40 .96 1.07
nearest length listed may be used. Those who 90 .09 .18 .27 .36 .45 1.08
want to be more conservative may take the next 100 .10 .20 .30 .40 .50

higher figure in the table.

¾ PS 20 28 36 40 45 69 73 78 81
½ PS 37 52 64 73 82 127 133 142 148 1
..~70~110 136 157 17t 273 284 306 317 350,
Step 2. From the point just selected proceed to ‘AlPS
1 PS 148 208 253 293 330 510 536 578 600 660
the right to the figure representing the allowable 1¼IPS 297 420 515 600 670 1040 1090 1170 1220 1360
1½IPS 445 635 775 900 1006 1560 1640 1740 1850!2015
pressure drop. 0.4 in. w.c. in this example. 2 IPS 850 1200 1460 1700 1880 2940 3080 3300 3500 3800

Step 3. From the 0.4 in. pressure drop selected

drop straight down to the lower portion of the Figure 16. Solution showing how line A of
table to the section opposite the type of pipe or fig. 15 is sized with the use of table 28.
tubing to be used. In this example the main line
will carry a load of 1 73.000 Btu. The 1 63 is less The solution to this part of the problem is shown

than the required capacity so the next figure 350 in fig. 1 6.

must be selected.
Continuing with the problem shown in fig. 1 5. the
Step 4. From the 350 just selected, proceed to pipe sizes and actual pressure drops are

the left to 3/4 IPS which is the pipe size required.
C3.1,,5 Actual pressure drop. For the more
complicated piping systems it is helpful to
determine the actual pressure drop for the pipe
determined as follows:
Line B. Using 1 5 ft as the length and 0.2 in. as
the allowable pressure drop. the table indicates
than 1/2 in. K tubing will be required for line B.
Working backward it is found that the actual

size selected. In the present example it is obvious pressure drop (for 61.000 Btu) is 0.06 in. w.c.

129
 MS 930: 1986

Line C. For the water heater the total length of
pipe is 1 5 ft and the allowable pressure drop 0.2
in.w.c. The table indicates than 1/4 K tubing is right
for this line, and since its capacity is the same as
the load. the actual pressure drop is 0.2 in. w.c.
Line D.Following the same procedure it is found
than 1/2 in. K tubing will be required for line Dwith
an actual pressure drop of 0.07 in. w.c.
It is good practice at the completion of a pipe
sizing project to appraise the results. Minimum
sizes can be indicated either on-a drawing or bya
summary table as in table 30. In the present case
the line loss at each of the appliances is well
below the maximum allowable of 0.6 in. w.c. The
only practicable would be to
improvement
increase the line to the water heater by one size.
but this is not necessary. Considerationshould be
given to oversizing the main line if there is reason
to believe that additional appliances may be
installed at a later date. However, in this exercise
the ¾ in. main line would handle a 350,000 Btu
load at the allowable pressure drop of 0.4 in: w.c.
It is quite obvious that thi-s extra capacity is in
excess of the requirements of a domestic
installation. - - - pressure line with one of adequate size.
C3.2 Pipe sizing high pressure lines
C3.2.1 While a majorityof pipesizing problems
involve low pressure lines, there are frequent
occasions when high pressure lines are
necessary or advantageous. If an appliance
requires gas at a pressure of 10 lb or 1 5 lb for
proper operation. it will have to be supplied by a
high pressure gas line. Even with appliances
operating at low pressure, it is better ecoriomy
many times to use two-stage pressure reduction
with the first-stage regulator at the container and
the second-stage regulator at or near the point of
use. Furthermore, there is the advantage of better
pressure regulation.
The carrying capacity of a pipeline is 10 times or
15 times greaterwith high pressure gas than with
low pressure. The increased capacity depends, 9f
course, on the pressure at which the gas is piped
and the allowable pressure drop. If an existing low
pressure line has become overloaded, its
capacity may be increased considerably by
increasing the pressure by only a few pounds. In
many such cases it would be less expensive and
provide better performance to change to two-
stage regulation than to replace the existing low

The most common problem in high pressure pipe

Table 30 Solution summary of pipe sizing of a
domestic installation shown in fig. 15
sizing is the sizing of the intermediate line
between the-first and second-stage regulators in
a two-stage system. Most of these supply
-

domestic or commercial loads with a single high

Allowable Actual Total line
Load Pipe pressure pressure loss at pressure line of moderate length and capacity.
Line l000s size drop drop applianc~
Btu (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) For this limited application, table 31 has been
found the simplest and easiest to use. When
using table 31 four steps have to be followed for
3 determining proper sizing of high pressure lines.
A 173 4)PS 0.4 0.1 —

B 63 ½ K 0.2 0.06 0.16

1/4 K
C 30 0.2 0.2 0.30 Step 1. Find the figure representing pipe length
0 80 ½K 0.2 0.07 0.17 in the left hand column of the table. This will be
the measured length plus an allowance for

130
 MS 930: 1986

fittings. As with low pressure piping. where only a Table 31. High pressure pipe sizing table
few fittings are involved, five feet can be allowed
for each 900 elI or side outlet of a tee. Pip. cepiciti... 1000. of Stu

length Typ. K tubing St.nd.rd pip. siz.s

Step 2. Decide which of the lines representing ¼ ¼ ‘Is ½ ½ ¾
pipe capacities will be used. An almost unlimited
range of pressures and pressure drops may be A 990 1860 3660 2400 4400 9320
B 460 880 1740 1140 2100 4400
encountered in high pressure pipe sizing. but for C 278 534 1030 688 1240 2660

the usual domestic or commercial installation

A 800 1550 2970 1980 3580 7600
those shown in the key below the table are quite B 374 710 1400 930 1675 3600
C 225 427 840 560 1010 2170
satisfactory. The determining factor to be
considered is the minimum temperature which A 695 1300 2570 1700 3090 6160
8 325 620 1200 795 1460 3100
may- be encountered. Gas will condense to a C 196 370 730 486 880 1885

liquid if too high a pressure is used in cold

5900
weather. If. for example. t.he lowest temperature A
B
624
290
1185
560
2285
1090
1520
720
2775
1300 2740
likely to be encountered in an area is —20°F the B C 174 327 650 427 780 1670

capacities based on a line pressure of 10 Ibwould

A 570 1085 2100 1390 2500 5370
be used. B 268 500 1000 660 1206 2550
C 160 300 600 397 720 1535

A 495 930 1830 1200 2200 4660

Step 3. Having determined the capacities to be B
C
230
139
440
267
870
515
570
344
1050
620
2200
1330
used. A, B. or C. proceed from the figure
representing pipe length to the right to the A 440 830 1635 1090 1960 4160
B 200 390 766 502 925 1980
required capacity in terms of l000s of Btu. The C 123 235 460 310 556 1180

first three columns represent the capacities of

A 400 770 1500 1000 1785 38(X)
type K tubing and the others refer to standard B 188 356 700 463 850 1785
C 113 213 420 282 515 1090
pipe sizes. The type of pipe or tubing to be
selected will be determined by company practice. A 370 710 1380 920 1660 3530
B 170 330 540 428 775 1670
If the exact figure representing the required C 105 198 388 260 464 1000
capacity is not found, the next larger is selected.
A 350 664 1300 870 1570 3350
B 162 310 600 400 730 1540
C 100 187 365 246 4.44 950
Step 4. From the figure representing required
capacity, proceed upward to the size of pipe or A 328 615 1200 820 1470 3130
B 155 292 576 382 697 1485
tubing which should be used. It is good practice C 95 174 343 230 420 900

to consider future loads which may be added and

A 310 590 1160 776 1400 2950
to select the pipe size accordingly. B 145 278 540 360 656 1400
C 90 168 325 219 396 860

Key to selection of int.rm.di.te prsesu,.

C3.2.2 Example. A commercial installation is to A B C

be made in a northern area where the lowest Minimum tern p.rature -10°F -20°c -30°F
temperature to be encountered is—i 50F. The pipe
length is 40 ft and the maximum load is 650,000 Intermediate pressure 15 lb 10 lb 5 lb
Pressure drop 2 lb 0.5 lb 1.25 lb
Btu. Using table 31 determine the required pipe Delivered pressure 13 lb 9.5 lb .75 lb

size for the intermediate high pressure line.

131
 MS 930:1986
C3.2.3 Solution
Step 1. Referring to the key at the bottom of
table .31, it will be noted that for a minimum
temperature of —1 5°F, the B capacities shou~dbe
used.
Step~2. Select 40 ft in the left hand column of
the table and use the pipe capacities shown
opposite the letter B.
Step 3. Since the figure 650. representing the
load in thousands of Btu. does not appear in the
horizontal line opposite 40 ft B the next higher
figure. 870. is selected.
Step 4. Moving upward from the 870 just
selected the required pipe size is found to be ½ in.
type K tubing. By following the same procedure in
the right half of the table, 1/2 in. pipe will be
indicated for this installation.
C3.2.4 Sizing lines with table 32. For sizing
high pressure lines involving factors beyond the
scope of the simplified table 31, table 32 is
recommended. This is set up in the same manner
as the low pressure pipe sizing table, and it is used
in substantially the same way. There are a few
major differences, especially in regard to
pressure drop and these are explained in
C3.2.4.1 through C3.2.4.4.
C3.2.4.1 Pipe length. The left hand column in
the upper portion of the table represents the
length of the pipe including any allowance to be
made for fittings. High pressure lines may
sometimes be beyond the limits of the table but
adjustment may be made by dividing both the
pipe length and the value of ‘h’ by some
convenient number that will bring the length
within the desired limits. For example, suppose a
500 ft high pressure line is to be run under
pressure conditions which indicate the value of
‘h’ to be 600. Both can be divided by 5 as follows:
132
5) 500 ft 600 value of the h
100 ft 120 value of the ‘h’
The proper size pipe will be selected if the line is
considered to be 100 ft and the value of ‘h’ 1 20.
Equally good results would be obtained in this
case by dividing by 10.
C3.2.4.2 Value of ‘h’. The letter ‘h’ in the pipe
sizing formula represents pressure drop, and it is
at this point that high pressure pipe sizing differs
greatly from low pressure. In sizing low pressure
lines, the pressure, regardless of the amount of
pressure drop. is approximately atmospheric
pressure. With high pressure lines, pressures
may be two or three times’ the atmospheric
pressure and pressure drop may vary from less
than a pound up to 20 lb or more. In order to
reflect this wide range of pressures properly, the
letter representing pressure drop in the formula
for sizing high pressure lines is defined as
follows:
his the difference in the squares of the initial and
delivered pressures expressed in terms of
absolute pressure.
Expressed as a formula this becomes:
2
h = P12 — P2
or h = (Pi + P2) (Pi — P2)
where,
Pi is the initial pressure, psia:
P2 is the delivered pressure, psia.
An example showing how for a given situation the
value of ‘h’ is determined is shown in fig. 1 7. To
simplify the finding of the ‘h’values for avarietyof
pressure conditions, tables 33 and 34 have been

30 psi
9
(~) -
350 ft
Pt P2 P1
30.0 pug 24.0 pug P2
+14.7 +14.7
44.7 psia 38.7 psie (14.7 x 2) 29.4 psi
‘~44.7 “38.7 I lower portion of the pipe sizing table. It is
1498 (Pt-P2)
1998—1498=500
Figure 17. Two methods for finding the value
of ‘h’ for a problem in high pressure pipe sizing
prepared. Table 34 covers problems in which the
initial pressure is given. Opposite the various
figures for pressure drop in the left handcolumn
are the values of ‘h’ for initial pressures from 5 lb
to 50 lb. Whenever a pipeline has more than the
required capacity, the actual “alue of ‘h’ will be
less. By locating this figure in the proper initial
pressure column, the actual pressure drop may
be read or estimated in the pressure drop column.
In situations where it must be determined what
initial pressure will be required for a given
delivered pressure, table 34 is used. This may
happen when an additional load is placed on a
high pressure line and the same delivered
pressure must be maintained. The increase load
results in a new value of ‘h’ and the new figure is
found in the proper delivered pressure column of
the table. Opposite this figure will be the actual
pressure drop. This pressure drop added to the
delivered pressure will indicate the required
initial pressure. When the actual figures are not
found in the tables, careful estimates may be used
with satisfactor.y results. Examples involving both
tables 33 and 34 will be given, following further
explanation of the pipe sizing table.
C3.2.4.3 Gas load. Referring again to table 32.
the lower portion represents gas flow in
thousands of Btu. This is the maximum load the
pipeline is expected to carry and is the sum of the
Btu inputs of the various appliances to be served.
MS930: 1986
(?)24 psig As with any pipe sizing job. the possibility of
future load additions should be considered and
I I2.O00.0~0I
~Btu
piping of adequate capacity installed.
30.Op.Ig
24.0 pug C3.2.4.4 Pipe sizes. Three types of piping
material are listed in the left hand column of the
assumed that in addition to carrying gas at high
500
pressure many of these lines will be placed
underground. For this reason type K tubing.
standard weight pipe and extra strong pipe have
been included in the table.
C3.2.4.5 The following examples will illustrate
the use of table 32 for sizing high pressure lines.
Example. What size extra strong pipe would be
required for the. installation shown in fig. 1 7?
Determine the actual delivered pressure with the
pipe size selected. -
Solution:
Step 1. Referring to table 33 find the value of ‘h’
in the 30 lb initial pressure column opposite 6 lb
in the pressure drop column. The value is seen to
be 500 as shown in the illustration.
Step 2. Since the 350 length of pipe is beyond
the range of the pipe sizing table this is adjusted
as follows:
1 0) 350 ft value of ‘h’ 500
35ft value of ‘ft 50
Step 3. Entering pipe sizing table 32 at 35 ft
proceed to the right to find 50. the value of ‘h’.
Since this number does not appear in the table.
49 will be selected.
Step 4. Follow down the column in which the 49
was found to the section opposite the extra strong
pipe sizes. The load in 1 000s of Btu is 2000 and
since this figure is not found in the table, the next
figure. 2488, is selected.
133
 Table 32. High pressure pipe sizing table .
(n.
(0
(5)

Pipe length Values of ‘h’ . 0

(0
03
10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20
15 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 18 21 24 27 30
20 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40
25 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 17.5 20 22.5 25 30 35 40 45 50
30 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 36 42 46 54 60

35 3.5 7 10.5 14 17.5 21 24.5 28 1.5 35 42 49 56 63 70

4-0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 48 56 64 72 80
45 4.5 9 13.5 18 22.5 27 31.5 36 40.5 45 54 63 72 81 90
50 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100
55 5.5 11 16.5 22 27.5 33 38.5 44 49.5 55 66 77 88 99 110

60 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84 96 108 120
70 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 84 98 112 126 140
80 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 96 112 128 144 160
90 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 108 126 144 162 180
100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200

Pipe size Gas load (l000s of Btu)

3
/eK 172 244 299 344 385 421 455 487 516 545 596 644 688 731 770
½K 339 480 587 678 758 831 898 959 1017 1073 1175 1270 1358 1440 1518
577 816 1000 1155 1290 1412 1528 1630 1732 1825 2000 2160 2310 2452 2582
~,4K 806 1140 1396 1610 1800 1973 2133 2277 2420 2547 2790 3015 3221 3420 3600
IK 1660 2350 2876 3320 3713 4060 4390 4693 4980 5250 5750 6330 6640 7050 7425

½IPS 409 578 708 818 915 1003 1082 1158 1227 1293 1415 1530 1637 1738 1830
3
/SIPS 875 1238 1516 1750 1958 2141 2316 2474 2625 2766 3030 3275 3500 3715 3915
lIPS 1642 2321 .2840 3280 3670 4020 4346 4642 4952 5191 5680 6148 6565 6975 7348
1% (PS 3344 4730 5785 6684 7475 8185 8850 9450 10036 10593 11580 12520 13380 14200 14950
1½(PS 5040 7122 8720 10080 11280 12330 13325 14235 15116 15920 17430 18850 20156 21380 22520
2 PS 9510 13450 16450 19000 21240 23250 25150 26850 28530 30077 32900 35600 38000 40360 42500

½XS 297 420 515 594 665 728 786 840 892 940 1030 1112 1189 1262 1330
~,4XS 665 940 1152 1330 1488 1630 1760 1880 1997 2103 2300 2488 2660 2824 2975
1 xs 1322 1870 2292 2644 2958 3218 3500 3740 3970 4183 4575 4950 5284 5616 5916
I’AxS 2706 3830 4684 5417 6050 6627 7162 7652 8125 8563 9367 10122 10820 11500 12110
1½XS 4254 6018 7366 8510 9520 10415 11265 12030 12790 13460 14720 15920 17000 18075 19030
2XS 8000 11300 13850 16000 17890 19580 21160 22600 24000 25286 27670 29940 32000 34930 35760
 MS 930:1986

Step 5. Going to the left from the figure 2488

just selected it is noted that ¾ in. XS pipe will be 1 1 Delivered
2,000,000 1.3 pressure
required for this installation. ‘Btu 10
.a~.~!~t!_LII]
20 ft .. psig
®~Li 200 ft
Step 6. To find the actual value of ‘h’ proceed to Initial L4 3,001J,~IJ~
the right from the 3/4 in. XS pipe to the figure pressure
2Oft Btu
15 psi ~
closest to the actual load which is 2000 thousand 9

Btu. The figure 1 997 is selected. Moving directly 1 .500,000

Stu
upward to the line opposite 35 ft. the value of’h’ is
seen to be 31 .5. Since the value of’h’was divided Figure 18. A high pressure pipe sizing
by 1 0 in the beginning, it is now necessary to problem involving branch lines
multiply by 10 to getthetruevalue: 31.5 x 10 =
31 5. the actual value of ‘h’ for this problem. C3.2.5.2 Solution:

Step 1. The maximum allowable pressure drop

Step 7. To find the actual pressure drop with the
3/4 in. XS pipe refer to table 33 and Iookfor3l 5 in
the 30 lb initial pressure column. Selecting the
next larger figure. 342, it will be noted that this is
opposite a pressure drop of 4 lb.
Step 8. The actual.delivered pressure is found as
follows:
Initial pressure 30 lb
Actual pressure drop 4 lb
Actual delivered pressure 26 lb
C3.2.5 Problems involving branch lines.
Whenever a high pressure installation involves
two or more appliances the piping system is
broken down into component parts as follows:
The main supply line
An intermediate line if one is used
Lines to the individual appliances
A piping layout such as shown in fig. 18 is
handled in much the same way as a low pressure
installation: the problem is broken down into
individual lines each of which is sized separately.
C3.2.5.1 Example. Determine the proper pipe
sizes for the high pressure piping system shown
in fig. 1 8.
between the high pressure regulator outlet and
the several appliances is 5 lb. An arbitrary
decision must be made as to how this will be
apportioned and for this problem it is suggested
that 3 lb be allotted-to the main line and 2 lb for
each of the branches. On this basis the delivered
pressure for the main line will be 12 lb and this
will then be the initial pressure for the branch
lines.
Step 2. Referring to table 33 in the 15 lb initial
pressure column itwill be seen that thevalue of’h’
for a 3 lb pressure drop is- 1 69. For each of the
branch lines the initial pressure is 1 2 and the
pressure drop 2 lb. For this pressure drop and
1 0— and 1 5— lb initial pressures the values for ‘h’
are 95 and 11 5, a difference of 20. One can
estimate that for 1 2 lb initial pressure ‘h’ would be
slightly over 100. By actual calculation, it comes.
out 103.
Step 3. To size the main line the following
factors are to be considered.
Pipe length 200 ft
Valve of ‘h’ 1 69
Load 6500 thousand Btu
Since 200 ft is not shown in the pipe sizing table.

135
 MS 930: 1986

it is necessary to make an adjustment such as the Trial and error may be required with some
following: problems, but with this one it would seem best to
divide the value of ‘h’ by 4 and the load by the
2) 200 ft value of ‘h’ 1 69 square root of 4 which is 2. as follows:
100 ft value of ‘ft 85
4) Value of ‘h’ 1 03
Value of ‘h’ 26 -
Opposite 1 00 ft in table 32 the values 80 and 90
are found for ‘h’. Since 85 is half way between, 2) Load 3000 thousand Btu
one can follow down between the two lines to the Load 1 500 thousand Btu
standard pipe section. The indicated pipe size is
11/4 IPS. In case it should be desirable later to The problem can now be solved on the basis of
know the actual value of ‘h’. find 6500 in the the following factors:
horizontal line opposite 1V4IPS: 6684 is selected.
Proceeding upward to the 100-ft line it is seen
that the actual value of h’ appears to be 40. Since Pipe length 25 ft
both the pipe length and the value of ‘h’ were Value of ‘h’ 26
divided by two. it is necessary nowto multiply by2 Load 500 thousand Btu
to get the true value of ‘h’ for the pipe size
Using the table as already explained, it is seen that
selected.
3/4IPS should be specified for line 2. The chart
shows 7.5 as the value of ‘h’ but this must be
Step 4. For sizing line 2 these factors are multiplied by 4, since the allowable figure was
involved: - - divided- by 4. This makes the actual value of’h’ for
this line to be 30.
Pipe length 25 ft
Value of ‘h’ 103 Step 5. Line 3 is solved in the same manner, the
Load 3000 thousand Btu following factors being used with the pipe sizing
table:
Referring to the pipe sizing table, it will be seen
Pipe length (2 ells) 30 ft
that opposite 25 ft the values of ‘h’ go only to 50.
Value of ‘h’ 26
Whatever adjustment may be made with these
Load 1 000 thousand Btu
figures. this problem would still be beyond the
capacity ofthe table. In such a situation the length
These are the results: Pipe size ½IPS. actualvalue
is left at 25 ft and adjustment is made by changing
of ‘h’ 72.
the value of ‘h’ and the load. How this is done is
explained in the box below: Step 6. Sizing Iine4follows the same procedure
and comes out to be 1/2 IPS with 40 as thevalueof
To adjust the values of ‘h’ and the gas loud to bring a high
pressure pipe sizing problem within the limit, of the pipe
sizing table:

Multiply or 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C3.2.6 High pressure pipe sizing chart. The

divide ‘h’ by
high pressure pipe sizing chart. fig. 1 9 is included
Multiply or 1.41 1.73 2 2.24 2.45 2.65 2.83 3 3.16 for the benefit of those who are familiar with this
divide load by
method of pipe sizing. With some problems

136

beyond the range of capacity of the pipe sizing
table, the chart may be more convenient to use
than making the necessary adjustments in
connection with the table. When using the chart,
it is necessary to align certain points and this
must be done with the page as flat as possible. It
has been found convenient to use either a
transparent straightedge or a black thread. The
various scales on the chart are numbered in the
order of their use in solving a pipe sizing problem.
Scale 1 includes the values of ‘h’ from 10 to
2000. It will be noted that between 100 and 200
on this scale there are 1 0 divisions, each ofwhich
has a value of 1 0. For an ‘h’ value of 11 5 the point
to select would be one and one-half spaces below
the figure 100. Between 40 and 50. for example.
there are only 5 divisions, each of which would
count 2. Thus 46 on this scale would be 3 spaces
below the figure 40.
Scale 2 represents the length of pipe from 10 ft
to 5000 ft and from 1 mile to 10 miles which is
considerably beyond the range of the pipe sizing
table.
Scale 4 shows the gas flow for which a pipe line
is to be sized. Figures on the left side of the scale
represent cubic feet while those at the right are
thousands of Btuh.
Scale 5 includes pipe sizes from ½ in. to 3 in.
The points on the heavy vertical line representing
the various pipe sizes are designated by the
letters STD or XS or in the case of copper tubing
by the letters K and L.
It will be noted that the larger pipe sizes from 11/2
in. to 3 in. are on the left side of scale 5. Whenever
MS 930: 1986
these are involved in a pipe sizing problem the
load, either in cubic feet or Btu. must be divided
by 1 0 before going to scale 4. This is illustrated in
the following example.
C3.2.6.1 Example. Find the proper size of
standard weight pipe for a 1000 ft linewhich isto
carry a load of 10,000,000 Btuh. The initial
pressure is 20 lb and the pressure drop is limited
to 3 lb.
C3.2.6.2 Solution
Step 1. Referring to table 33, find thevalue of’h’
which for this problem is 1 99. Align this point of
scale 1 with 1000 o~scale 2 extending the thread
or straightedge on to line 3.
Step 2. Align the point just established on line 3
with 10.000 on the right side of scale 4 and
extend the line on to scale 5. It will be found that
this line does not intersect scale 5 and that no
pipe size can be read.
Step 3. Divide the 1 0.000 thousand Btu load by
1 0 and repeat step 2 using 1000 as the load.
Reading the left side of scale 5 it will be noted that
the line comes between 11/2 in. and 2 in. pipe. The
2 in. size will be adequate for this installation.
Step 4. To find the actual pressure dropwith the
pipe size selected, the above procedure is
reversed, beginning with the point on scale 5
representing 2 in. standard weight pipe, and
going through 1000 on scale 4. Intersection is
made on scale 1 atapointslightlymorethan 110.
Reference to table 33, indicates that the actual
pressure drop will be between 11/2 lb and 2 lb.
137
MS 930:1986

Table 33. Values of ~h’for high pressure pipe sizing

Initial pressure - psig

Pressure
drop-psi 5 - 10 15
-

20 25 30 35 40 J 45 50

0.1 4 5 6 7 8 9
J- 10 11
I
12 13
0.5 19 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64

1 38 48 58 68 78 88 98 108 118 128

2 75 95 115 135 155 175 195 215 235 255
3 109 139 169 199 229 259 289 319 349 379
4 142 182 222 262 302 342 382 422 462 502
5 222 272 322 372 422 472 522 572 622

6 260 320 380 440 500 560 620 680 740

7 297 367 437 507 577 647 - 717 787 857
8 331 411 491 571 651 731 811 891 971
9 364 454 544 634 724 814 904 994 1084
10 494 594 694 794 894 994 1094 1194

12 569 689 809 929 1049 1169 1289 1409

14 776 916 1056 I 1196 1336 1476 1616
16 854 1014 1174 1334 1494 1654 1814
18 1105 1285 I 1465 1645 1825 2005
20 1186 1388j 1588 178811988 2188

Table 34. Values of ‘h’ for high pressure pipe sizing

Delivered pressure - psig

Pressure
drop-psi 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 35 40 50

0.1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
0.5 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

1 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 130

2 83 103 123 143 163 183 203 223 243 263
3 127 157 187 217 247 277 307 337 367 397
4 174 214 254 294 334 274 414 454 494 534
5 222 272 322 372 422 472 522 572 622 672

6 27. 332 392 452 512 572 632 692 752 812
7 325 395 465 535 605 675 745 815 885 955
8 379 459 539 619 699 779 859 939 1019 1099
9 436 526 616 706 796 886 976 1066 1156 1246
10 494 594 694 794 894 994 1094 1194 1294 1394

12 617 737 857 977 1097 1217 1337 1457 1577 1697
14 748 888 1028 1168 1308 1448 1588 1728 1828 2008
16 886 1046 1206 1366 1526 1686 1846 2006 2166 2326
18 1033 1213 1393 1573 1753 1933 2113 2293 2473 2653
20 1188 1388 1588 1788 1988 2188 2388 2588 2788 2988

138
 MS 930: ‘1986

- 30,000
10,000-
9,000-~
10— 8,000~S 20.000
7,000-:
6,000:
5,000 10
20 4,000~-10,O00
STDr x5 20
30°1J.~:8,000 30
30 :
~7,000 40
6,000 50
40 2.000 - - 5,000 60
- 80
50 —4,000 100
STD 60
3.000 200
8 1,000. 00
90 900—
x5 100 — 8O0~ 2,000 400
—500
— 600
600 800
500 1000
200 400~ 1,000
2” .STD - ~-900 2000
x5 300— ~ —3000
300 - = -700 4000
- F 600 —.~5000
400 200500 Miles

500— -—400 ‘2
600 :: 3
700 300 4
1½” 800 100 5
x5 900: 9O~.
1000 80- 200 8
70- 10
60 Pipe length
Feet - miles
(1) 50Ø

2000 40~ 100

Pipe size Values of ‘h’ Cu. ft. ~8tu’s—10O0’s
Gas flow

Figure 19. High pressure pipe sizing chart

139
MS 930 : 1986
Appendix D
Suggested method for checking for leakage
Dl. USEOFLIGHTS
D1.1 Artificial illumination used in connection
with a search for gas leakage shall be restricted to
battery-operated flashlights (preferably of the
safety type) or approved safety lamps. In
searching for leaks, electric switches should not
be operated. If electric lights are already turned
on, they should not be turned off.
D2. CHECKING FOR LEAKAGE USING THE GAS
METER
D2.1 Immediately prior to the test it should be
determined that the meter is in operating
condition and has not been bypassed.
Checking for leakage can be done by carefully
watching the test dial of the meter to determine
whether gas is passing through the meter. To
assist in observing any movement of the test
hand, wet a small piece of paper and paste its
edge directly over the centre line of the hand as
soon as the gas is turned on. Allow 5 minutesfor a
1 50 mm dial and proportionately longer for a
larger dial in checking for gas flow. This
observation should be made with thetest hand on
the upstroke.
In case careful observation of the test hand for a
sufficient length of time reveals no movement, the
piping shall be purged and a small gas burner
turned on and lighted and the hand of thetestdial
again observed. If the dial hand moves (as it
should), it will show that the meter is operating
properly. If the test hand does not move or
register flow of gas through the meterto the small
140
burner, the meter is defective and the gas should
be shut off and the serving gas supplier notified.
D3. CHECKING FOR LEAKAGE NOT USING A
METER
D3.1 This can be done in two ways: (a) by
attaching to an appliance orifice a manometer or
equivalent device calibrated so that it can be read
in increments of not more than 2 per cent of
operating system pressure. and momentarily
turning on the gas supply and observing the
gauging device for pressure drop with the gas
supply shut off. No discernible drop in pressure
shall occur during a period of 3 minutes; or (b) by
inserting a pressure gauge between the container
gas shutoff valve and the first regulator in the
system, admitting full container pressure to the
system and then closing the container shutoff
valve. An appliance valve shall then be opened
momentarily dropping the pressure in the system
between the first regulator and the container
shutoff valve 70 kPa (gauge). The system shall
then be allowed-to stand for 10 minutes without
showing an increase or a decrease in the pressure
gauge reading.
D4. WHEN LEAKAGE IS INDICATED
D4.1 If the meter test hand moves, or a pressure
drop on the gauge is noted, all equipment or
outlets supplied through the system shall be
examined to see if they are shut off and do not
leak. If they are found tight there is a leak in the
piping system.
 MS 930:1986

Appendix E

Suggested emergency procedure for gas leaks

El. When an investigation discloses a concentration of gas inside of a building, it is

suggested the following immediate actions be taken:

El.l Clear the room, building or area of all occupants.

El .2 Ventilate the affected portion of the building by opening windows and doors.

E1.3 Use every practical means to eliminate sources of ignition.Take precautions to

prevent smoking, striking matches, operating electrical switches or devices. opening
furnace doors, etc. If possible, cut off all electric circuits at a remote source to
eliminate operation of automatic switches in the dangerous area. Safety flashlights
designed for use in hazardous atmospheres are recommended for use in such
emergencies.

El .4 Shut off the supply of gas to the areas involved.

El .5 Investigate other buildings in the immediate area to determine the presence of

escaping gas therein.

E1.6 Notify all personnel in the area and the gas supplier from a telephone remote
from the area of the leak.

141
 MS 930: 1986
Appendix F
Flow of gas through fixed orifices
Fl. USE OF ORIFICE TABLES
F1.1 General
The units given in the appendix are wholly in the
imperial system. The conversion of the imperial
data to the metric units would create discrepancy,
inconsistency and loss of accuracy of the
physical constant values, which in this instance
have been measured or assessed from actual
operational performance of the gas utilization
equipment. The imperial units have therefore
been retained for practical reasons. until such
time when actual data irithe metric units could be
compiled.
Fl .2 To check burner input in accordance with
8.1.3.2
Check gauge size of burner orifice and determine
flow rate at sea level from table 35. utility gases
(cubic fe-et hour), or from table 36. LP-gases (Btu
per hour). When the specific gravity of the utility
gas is other than 0.6. select the multiplier from
table 37 for the specific gravity of the utility gas
served and apply to the flow rate as determined
from table 35. When altitude is above 2,000 feet.
first select equivalent orifice size at sea level
using table 38 and then determine flow rate from
table 35’or table 36 a~ iirected above.
Having determined flow rate (as adjusted for
specific gravity and/or altitude when
necessary). check the burner input at sea level
142
with the manufacturer’s rated input.
Fl .3 To select correct orifice size for rated
burner input
The selection of a fixed orifice size for any rated
burner input is affected by many variables.
including orifice coefficient. and it is
recommended that the appliance manufacturer
be consulted for that purpose. When correct
orifice size cannot be readily determined. the
orifice flow rates, as stated in the tables in this
appendix, maybe used to select a fixed orifice size
with a flow rate to approximately equal the
required rated burner input.
For gases of the specific gravity and pressure
conditions stipulated at elevations under
2.000 feet, table 35 (in cubic feet per hour) or
table 36 (in Btu per hour) may be used directly.
When the specific gravity of the gas is other than
0.6. select the multiplier from table 37 for the
utility gas served and divide the rated burner
input by the selected factor to determine
equivalent input at a specific gravity of 0.60 and
then select orifice size as directed above.
When the appliance is located at an altitude of
2.000 feet or above, first use the manufacturer’s
rated input at sea level to select orifice size as
directed above, then use table 38 to select the
equivalent orifice size for use at the higher
altitude.
 MS 930: 1986

Table 35. Utility gases

(Cubic feet per hour at sea level)

Specific gravity = 0.60 Orifice coefficient = 0.90

Orifice Pressure at orifice, inches water column

or drill
size 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

80 .48 .52 .55 .63 .69 .73 .79 .83 .88

79 .55 .59 .64 .72 .80 .84 .90 .97 1.01
78 .70 .76 .78 .88 .97 1.04 1.10 1.17 1.24
77 .88 .95 .99 1.11 1.23 1.31 1.38 1.47 1.55
76 1.05 1.13 1.21 1.37 1.52 1.61 1.72 1.83 1.92
75 1.16 1.25 1.34 1.52 1.64 1.79 1.91 2.04 2.14
74 1.33 1.44 1.55 1.74 1.91 2.05 2.18 2.32 2.44
73 1.51 1.63 1.76 1.99 2.17 2.32 2.48 2.64 2.78
72 1.64 1.77 1.90 2.15 2.40 2.52 2.69 2.86 3.00
71 1.82 1.97 2.06 2.33 2.54 2.73 2.91 3.11 3.26
70 2.06 2.22 2.39 2.70 2.97 3.16 3.38 3.59 3.78
69 2.25 2.43 2.61 2.96 3.23 3.47 3.68 3.94 4.14
68 2.52 2.72 2.93 3.26 3.58 3.88 4.14 4.41 4.64
67 2.69 2.91 3.12 3.52 3.87 4.13 4.41 4.69 4.94
66 2.86 3.09 3.32 3.75 4.11 4.39 4.68 4.98 5.24
65 3.14 3.39 3.72 4.28 4.62 4.84 5.16 5.50 5.78
64 3.41 3.68 4.14 4.48 4.91 5.23 5.59 5.95 6.26
63 3.63 3.92 4.19 4.75 5.19 5.55 5.92 6.30 6.63
62 3.78 4.08 4.39 4.96 5.42 5.81 6.20 6.59 6.94
61 4.02 4.34 4.66 5.27 5.77 6.15 6.57 7.00 7.37
60 4.21 4.55 4.89 5.52 5.95 6.47 6.91 7.35 7.74
59 4.41 4.76 5.11 5.78 6.35 6.78 7.25 7.71 8.11
58 4.66 5.03 5.39 6.10 6.68 7.13 7.62 8.11 8.53
57 4.84 5.23 5.63 6.36 6.96 7.44 7.94 8.46 8.90
56 5.68 6.13 6.58 7.35 8.03 8.73 9.32 9.92 10.44
55 7.11 7.68 8.22 9.30 10.18 10.85 11.59 12.34 12.98
54 7.95 8.59 9.23 10.45 11.39 12.25 13.08 13.93 14.65
53 9.30 10.04 10.80 12.20 13.32 14.29 15.27 16.25 17.09
52 10.61 11.46 12.31 13.86 15.26 16.34 17.44 18.57 19.53
51 11.82 12.77 13.69 15.47 16.97 18.16 19.40 20.64 21.71
50 12.89 13.92 14.94 16.86 18.48 19.77 21.12 22.48 23.65
49 14.07 15.20 16.28 18.37 20.20 21.60 23.06 24.56 25.83
48 15.15 16.36 17.62 19.88 21.81 23.31 24.90 26.51 27.89
47 16.22 17.52 18.80 21.27 23.21 24.93 26.62 28.34 29.81
46 17.19 18.57 19.98 22.57 24.72 26.43 28.23 30.05 31.61
45 17.73 19.15 20.52 23.10 25.36 27.18 29.03 30.90 32.51
44 19.45 21.01 22.57 25.57 27.93 29.87 31.89 33.96 35.72
43 20.73 22.39 24.18 27.29 29.87 32.02 34.19 36.41 38.30
42 23.10 24.95 26.50 29.50 32.50 35.24 37.63 40.07 42.14
41 24.06 25.98 28.15 31.69 34.81 37.17 39.70 42.27 44.46
40 25.03 27.03 29.23 33.09 36.20 38.79 41.42 44.10 46.38
39 26.11 28.20 30.20 34.05 37.38 39.97 42.68 45.44 47.80
38 27.08 29.25 31.38 35.46 38.89 41.58 44.40 47.27 49.73
37 28.36 30.63 32.99 37.07 40.83 43.62 46.59 49.60 52.17
36 29.76 32.14 34.59 39.11 42.76 45.77 48.88 52.04 54.74
35 32.36 34.95 36.86 41.68 45.66 48.78 52.10 55.46 58.34
34 32.45 35.05 37.50 42.44 46.52 49.75 53.12 56.55 59.49
33 33.41 36.08 38.79 43.83 48.03 51.46 54.96 58.62 61.55

143
MS 930:1986

Table 35. Utility gases (Continued)

Specific gravity -~• 0.60 Orifice coefficient = 0.90 -

Orifice Pressure at orifice, inches water column

or drill
size 3.5 4 5 6 7 10
8
9
32 35.46 38.30 40.94 46.52 50.82 54.26 57.95 61.70 64.89
31 37.82 40.85 43.83 49.64 54.36 58.01 61.96 65.97 69.39
30 43.40 46.87 50.39 57.05 62.09 66.72 71.22 75.86 79.80
29 48.45 52.33 56.19 63.61 69.62 74.45 79.52 84.66 89.04
28 51.78 55.92 59.50 67.00 - 73.50 79.50 84.92 90.39 95.09
27 54.47 58.83 63.17 71.55 78.32 83.59 89.27 95.04 99.97
26 - 56.73 61.27 65.86 74.57 81.65 87.24 93.17 99.19 104.57
25 58.87 63.58- 68.22 77.14 84.67 90.36 96.50 102.74 108.07
24 60.81 65.67 70.58 79.83 87.56 93.47 99.83 106.28 - 111.79
23 62.10 67.07 72.20 81.65 89.39 94.55 100.98 107.49 113.47
22 64.89 70.08 75.21 85.10 93.25 99.60 106.39 113.24 119.12
21 66.51 71.14 77.14 87.35 95.63 102.29 109.24 116.29 122.33
20 68.22 73.68 79.08 89.49 97.99 104.75 111.87 119.10 125.28
19 72.20 77.98 83.69 94.76 103.89 110.67 118.55 125.82 132.36
18 75.53 81.57 87.56 97.50 108.52 116.03 123.92 131.93 138.78
17 78.54 84.82 91.10 103.14 112.81 120.33 128.52 136.82 143.91
16 82.19 88.77 95.40 107.98 118.18 126.78 135.39 144.15 151.63
15 85.20 92.02 98.84 111.74 122.48 131.07 139.98 149.03 156.77
14 87.10 94.40 100.78 114.21 124.44 133.22 142.28 151.47 159.33
13 89.92 97.11 104.32 118.18 128.93 138.60 148.02 157.58 165.76
12 93.90 101.41 108.52 123.56 135.37 143.97 153.75 163.69 172.13
11 - 95.94 103.62 111.31 126.02 137.52 147.20 157.20 167.36 176.03
10 98.30 106.16 114.21 129.25 141.82 151.20 161.81 172.26 181.13
9 100.99 109.07 117.11 132.58 145.05 154.71 165.23 175.91 185.03
8 103.89 112.20 120.65 136.44 149.33 160.08 170.96 182.00 191.44
7 105.93 114.40 123.01 139.23 152.56 163.31 174.38 185.68 195.30
6 109.15 117.88 126.78 142.88 156.83 167.51 178.88 190.46 200.36
5 111.08 119.97 128.93 145.79 160.08 170.82 182.48 194.22 204.30
4 114.75 123.93 133.22 150.41 164.36 176.18 188.16 200.25 210.71
3 118.25 128.79 137.52 156.26 170.78 182.64 195.08 207.66 218.44
2 128.48 138.76 148.61 168.64 184.79 197.66 211.05 224.74 235.58
1 136.35 147.26 158.25 179.33 194.63 209.48 223.65 238.16 250.54

NOTE 40. For utility gases of another specific gravity, select multiplier from table 38. For altitudes above 2.000 feet. firstseiectthe
equivalent orifice size at sea level from table 38.

144
 MS 930: 1986

Table 36. LP-gases

(Btu per hour at sea level)

Butane or
Orifice or Propane butane-propane
drill size mixtures

.008 500 554

.009 641 709
.010 791 875
.011 951 1,053
.012 1,130 L250
80 1 ,.430 1,590
79 1,655 1,830
78 2,015 2,230
77 2,545 2,815
76 3,140 3,480
75 3,465 3,840
74 3,985 4,410
73 4,525 5,010
72 4,920 5,450
71 5,320 5,900
70 6,180 6,830
69 6,710 7,430
68 7,560 8,370
67 8,040 8,910
66 8,550 9,470
65 9430 10,670
64 10,200 11,300
63 10,800 11,900
62 11,360 12,530
61 11,930 13,280
60 12,570 13,840
59 13,220 14430
58 13,8.40 15,300
57 14,550 16,090
56 16,990 18,790
55 21,200 23,510
54 23,850 26,300
53 27,790 30,830
52 31,730 35,100
51 35,330 39,400
50 38,500 42,800
49 41,850 45,350
48 45,450 50,300
47 48,400 53,550
46 51,500 57,000
45 52,900 58,500
44 58,050 64.350
43 62,200 69,000
42 68,700 76,200
41 72,450 80,200
40 75,400 83,500
39 77,850 86,200
38 81,000 89,550
37 85,000 94,000
36 89,200 98,800
35 95,000 105,300
34 97,000 107,200
33 101,000 111,900
32 105,800 117,000
31 113,200 125,400
30 129,700 143400
29 145,700 163,400
28 154,700 171400
27 163,100 180,000
26 169,900 187,900
25 175,500 194400

145
MS 930:1986

Table 36. LP-gases (Contd.)

Butane or
Orifice or - butane-propane
Propane
drill size mixtures

24 181,700 201400
23 186,800 206,400
22 193,500 214.500
21 198,600 220,200
20 203,700 225,000
19 217,100 241,900
18 225,600 249,800

NOTE 41. Propane and butane data

Propane Butane
Btu per cubic foot = 2.500 3.175
Specific gravity = 1.53 2.00
Pressure at orifice, inches water column = 11 11
Orifice coefficient = 0.9 0.9
For altitudes above 2.000 feet. first select the equivalent orifice size at sea level from
table 38.

- - Table 37. Multipliers for utility gases of another

specific gravity

Specific gravity Multiplier Specific gravity Multiplier

0.45 L155 0.95 0.795

0.50 1.095 1.00 0.775
0.55 1.045 1.05 0.756
0.60 1.000 1.10 0.739
0.65 0.961 1.15 0.722
0.70 0.926 1.20 0.707
0.75 0.894 1.25 0.693
0.80 0.866 1.30 0.679
0.85 0.840 1~35 0.667
0.90 0.817 1.40 0.655

146
 MS 930:1986

Table 38. Equivalent orifice sizes at high altitudes

(Includes 4% input reduction for each 1,000 feet)

Orifice size required at other elevations

Ofl~Ce
. .
size at
sea level 2000 3000’ 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

2 2 3 3 4 S 7 8 10
2 3 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 12
3 4 5 7 8 9 10 12 13 15
.4 6 7 12 13 14 16
8 9 11
5 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 17
6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17
7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18
8 10 11 12 13 13 15 16 17 18
9 11 12 12 13 14 16 17 18 19
10 12 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
11 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 19 20
13 15 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 22
14 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 23
15 16 17 17 18 19 20 20 22 24
16 17 18 18 19 20 22 23 25
17 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 26
18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27
19 20 20 21 22 -23 25 26 27 28
20 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
21 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 28 29
22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 29 29
23 25 25 26 27 27 28 29 29 30
24 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 30
25 26 27 27 28 28 29 29 30 30
26 27 28 28 28 29 29 30 30 30
27 28 28 29 29 29 30 30 30 31
28 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 31 31
29 29 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 32
30 30 31 31 31 31 32 32 33 35
31 32 32 32 35 36 37 38
33 34
32 33 34 35 35 36 36 37 38 40
33 35 35 36 36 37 38 38 40 41
34 35 36 36 37 37 38 39 40 42
35 36 36 37 37 38 39 40 41 42
36 37 38 38 39 40 41 41 42 43
37 38 39 39 ~40 41 42 42 43 43
38 39 40 41 41 42 42 43 43 44
39 40 41 41 42 42 43 43 44 44
40 41 42 42 42 43 43 44 44 45
41 42 42 42 43 43 44 44 45 46
42 42 43 43 43 44 44 45 46 47
43 44 44 44 45 45 46 47 47 48
44 45 45 45 46 47 47 48 48 49
45 46 47 47 47 48 48 49 49 50
46 47 47 47 48 48 49 49 50 50

147
 MS 930:1986

Table 38. Equivalent orifice sizes at high altitudes

(Includes 4% input reduction for each 1,000 feet)
(Contd.)

Orifice Orifice size required at other elevations

size at
sea level 2000 3000 4000 [ 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000

47 48 48 49 49 49 50 50 51 51
48 49 49 49 50 50 50 51 51 52
- 49 50 50 so 51 51 51 52 52 52
50 51 51 51 51 52 52 52 ~3 53
51 51 52 52 52 52 53 53 53 54
52 52 53 53 53 53- 53 54 54 54
53 54 54 54 54 54 54 55 55 55
54 54 55 55 55 55 55 56 56 56
55 55 55 55 56 56 56 56 56 57
56 56 56 57 57 57 58 59 59 60
57 58 59 59 60 60 61 62 63 63
59 60 60 61 62 62 63 64
58
59 60 61 - 61 62 62 63 64 64 65
60 61 61 62 63 63 64 64 65 65
61 62 62 63 63 64 65 65 66 66
62 63 63 64 64 65 65 o6 67
63 64 64 65 65 65 66 66 67 68
64 65 65 65 66 66 66 67 67 68
65 65 66 66 66 67 67 68 68 69
66 67 67 68 68 68 69 69 69 70
67 68 68 68 69 69 69 70 70 70
68 68 69 69 69 70 70 70 71 71
69 70 70 70 70 71 71 71 72 72
70 70 71 71 71 71 72 72 73 73
71 72 72 72 73 73 73 74 74 74
72 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 74 75
73 73 74 74 74 74 75 75 75 76
74 74 75 75 75 75 76 76 76 76
75 75 76 76 76 76 77 77 77 77
76 76 76 77 77 77 77 77 77 77
77 77 77 77 78 78 78 78 78 78
78 78 78 78 79 79 79 79 80 80
79 79 80 80 80 80 .013 .012 .012 .012
80 80 .013 .013 .013 .012 .012 .012 .012 .011

148
 MS 930:1986

Appendix G

Sizing of venting systems serving appliance equipped with

draft hoods and appliance listed for use with type B vents

VENT CAP

Figure 20. Double wall or asbestos Figure 21. Masonry chimney

cement type B vents or single-wall serving a single appliance
metal vents serving a single (See table 41)
appliance (See tables 39 and 40)

NOTE 42. Single appliance vents. (See tables 39. 40 and 41)

(a) For single-wall metal pipe, use table 40. -

(b) If the vent size determined from the tables is less than the size of the draft hood, the smallersized vent may
be used as long as the vent height H’ is at least 10 feet.

Id Vents for draft hoods 12 inches in diameter or less should not be reduced more than one size (12 inches to
10 inches is a one-size reduction). For larger fuel-gas burning equipment, reductions of more than two
sizes (24 inches to 20 inches is a two-size reduction) are not recommended.

(d) Regardless of the vent size shown, do not connect any 4-inch draft hoods to 3-inch vents.

(e) ZerofO) lateral ‘L’ applies only to a straight vertical vent attached to a top outlet draft hood.

(f( Use sea level input rating when calculating vent size for high altitude installation.

(g) Designation NR’ in tables 39. 40 and 41 indicates not recommended.

(h) Number followed by an asterisk)’) in tables 40 and 41 indicates the possibility ofcontinuous condensation.
depending on locality. Consult local serving gas supplier and/or local codes.

149
MS 930:1986

Table 39. Capacity of type B double-wall vents with type B double-wall connectors
serving a single appliance
- (See fig. 20 and note 42) -

Vent diameter, D
Height Lateral
H L 3” 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 22” - 24”
Maximum appliance input rating in thousands of Btu per hour

0 46 86 141 205 285 370 570 850 1170 1530 1960 2430 2950 3520
6’ 2’
6’ 36
32 67
61 105
100 157
149 217
205 285
273 455
435 650
630 890
870 1170
1150 1489
1470 1850
1820 2220
2210 2670
2650
12’ 28 55 91 137 190 255 406 610 840 1110 1430 1795 2180 2600
0 50 94 155 235 320 415 660 970 1320 1740 2220 2750 3360 4010
8’ 2’ 40 75 120 180 247 322 515 745 1020 1340 1700 2110 2560 3050
8’ 35 66 109 165 227 303 490 720 1000 1320 1670 2070 2530 3030
16’ 28 58 96 148 206 281 458 685 950 1260 1600 2035 2470 2960
0 53 100 166 255 345 450 720 1060 1450 1925 2450 3050 3710 4450
10’ 2’ 42 81 129 195 273 355 560 850 1130 1480 1890 2340 2840 3390
10’ 36 70 115 175 245 330 525 795 1080 1430 1840 2280 2780 3340
20’ NR 60 100 154 217 300 486 735 1030 1360 1780 2230 2720 3250

0 - 58 112 187 285 390 525 840 1240 1720 2270 2900 3620 U1O 5300
15’ 2’ -48 93 150 225 316 414 675 985 1,350 1770 2260 2800 3410 4080
~5’ 37 76 128 198 275 373 610 905 1250 1675 2150 2700 3300 3980
30’ NR 60 107 169 243 328 553 8.45 11~0 1550 2050 2620 3210 3840
0 61 119 202 307 430 575 930 1350 1900 2520 3250 4060 4980 6000
2’ 51 100 166 249 346 470 755 1100 1520 2000 2570 3200 3910 4700
20’ 10’ 44 89 150 228 321 4-43 710 10.45 1460 1940 2500 3130 3830 4600
20’ 35 78 134 206 295 410 665 990 1390 1880 2430 3050 3760 4550
30’ NR 68 120 186 273 380 626 945 1270 1700 2330 2980 3650 4390
0 64 128 220 336 475 650 1060 1550 2170 2920 3770 4750 5850 7060
2’ 56 112 185 280 394 535 865 1310 1800 2380 3050 3810 4650 5600
30 20’ NR 90 154 237 343 473 784 1185 1650 2200 2870 3650 4480 5310
40’ NR NR NR 200 298 415 705 1075 1520 2060 - 2700 3480 4270 5140
0 66 132 228 353 500 685 1140 1730 2400 3230 4180 5270 6500 7860
2’ 59 118 198 298 420 579 960 1420 2000 2660 3420 4300 5260 6320
40 20’ NR 96 167 261 377 516 860 1310 1830 2460 3200 4050 5000 6070
40’ NR NR NR 223 333 460 785 1205 1710 2310 3020 3840 4780 5820
0 NR 136 236 373 535 730 1250 1920 2700 3650 4740 6000 7380 9000
2’ NR 125 213 330 470 650 1060 1605 2250 3020 3920 4960 6130 7400
60 30’ NR NR 170 275 397 555 930 1440 2050 2780 3640 4700 5730 7000
60’ NR NR NR NR 334 475 830 1285 1870 2560 3380 4330 5420 6600
0 NR NR 239 384 550 755 1290 2020 2880 3900 5100 6450 8000 9750
2’ NR NR 217 350 495 683 1145 1740 2460 3320 4310 5450 6740 8200
80 40’ NR NR NR 275 404 570 980 1515 2180 2980 3920 5000 6270 7650
80’ NR NR NR NR NR NR 850 1420 2000 2750 3640 4680 5850 7200
0 NR NR NR 400 560 770 1310 2050 2950 4050 5300 6700 8600 10300
~, 2’ NR NR NR 375 510 700 1170 1820 2550 3500 4600 5800 7200 8800
50’ NR NR Ng NR .405 575 1000 1550 2250 3100 4050 5300 6600 8100
100’ NR NR NR NR NR NR 870 1430 2050 2850 3750 4900 6100 7500

150
 Table 40. Capacity of single-wall metal pipe or type B Table 41. Capacity of masonry chimneys and single-wall
asbestos cement vents serving a single appliance vent connectors serving a single appliance
(See fig. 21 and note 42) (See fig. 21, table 45 and note 42)
Vent diameter, D Single-wall vent connector diameter, D

To be used with chimney areas not less than

I-bight Latera! ~“ ~“ 5” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12” those at bottom

Maximum appliance input rating in thousands of Height Lateral 3” 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12”

Stu per hour H L
Maximum appliance input rating in thousands of
Stu per hour -
0 39 70 116 170 232 312 500 750
6’ 2’ 31 55 94 141 194 260 415 620
5’ 28 51 88 128 177 242 390 600 2’ 28 52 86 130 180 247 400 580
6 5’ 25* 48 81 - 118 16-4 230 375 560
0 42 76 126 185 252 340 542 815
2’ 32 61 102 154 210 284 451 680
5’ 29 56 95 141 194 26-4 430 548 2’ 29 55 93 145 197 265 4-45 650
10’ 24* 49 86 131 180 250 406 625 8’ 5’ 26’ 51 87 133 182 246 422 638
10’ 22* 44’ 79 123 169 233 400 598
0 -45 84 138 202 279 372 606 912
2’ 35 67 111 168 233 311 505 760 2’ 31 61 102 161 220 297 490 722
10’ 5’ 32 61 104 153 215 289 480 724 10’ 5’ 28’ 56 95 147 203 276 465 710
10’ 27* 54 94 143 200 274 455 700 10’ 24’ 49’ 86 137 189 261 441 665
15’ NP 46* 84 130 186 258 .432 666 15’ NP 42* 79’ 125 175 246 421 634

o 49 91 151 223 312 420 684 1040 2’ 35’ 67 113 178 249 - 335 560 840
2’ 39 72 122 186 260 350 570 865 5’ 32’ 61 106 163 230 312 531 825
5’ 35* 67 110 170 240 325 540 825 15’ 10’ 27’ 54’ 96 151 214 294 504 774
10’ 30’ 58’ 103 158 223 308 514 795 15’ NR 46’ 87’ 138 198 278 481 738
15’ NR 50* 93’ 144 207 291 488 760 20’ NP NP 73* 128’ 184 261 459 706
20’ NR NP 82* 132* 195 273 466 726
2’ 38’ 73 123 200 273 374 625 950
0 53’ 101 163 252 342 470 770 1190 5’ 35’ 67’ 115 183 252 348 594 930
2’ 42* 80 136 210 286 392 641 990 20’ 10’ NR 59’ 105’ 170 235 330 562 875
5’ 38’ 74* 123 192 264 364 610 945 15’ NR NR 95’ 156 217 311 536 835
10’ 32* 65* 115* 178 246 345 571 910 20’ NR NP 80’ 144’ 202 292 510 800
15’ NP 55’ 104* 163 228 326 550 870
2’ 41’ 81’ 136 215 302 420 715 1110
20’ -NP NR 91* 149* 214* 306 525 832
5’ NP 75’ 127’ 196 279 391 680 1090
0 56’ 108* 183 276 384 529 878 1370 10’ NP 66’ 113’ 182’ 260 370 64-4 1020
2’ 44’ 84’ 148* 230 320 441 730 1140 15’ NP NP 105* 168’ 240’ 349 615 975
5’ NR 78* 137* 210 296 410 694 1080 20’ NR NR 88’ 155’ 223’ 327 585 932
30’ 10’ NR 68* 125* 196* 274 388 656 1050 30’ NP NP NR NR 182’ 281’ 54-4 865
15’ NR NP 113* 177* 258* 366 625 1000
20’ NP NR 99’ 163* 240* 344 596 960 2’ NP 91’ 160’ 250’ 35(3* 475 810 1240
30’ NR NP NP NR 192* 295* 540 890 5’ NR NR 149’ .228’ 321* 4.42 770 1220
10’ NR NR 136’ 212’ 301’ 420’ 728 1140 ci)
0 NR 120* 210* 310* 443’ 590 980 1550 15’ NR NR 124’ )95* 278* 395’ 695 1090 (0
2’ NR 95* 171* 260’ 370* 492 820 1290 20’ NP NP NP 180’ 258’ 370* 660’ 1040 (A)
5’ NR NP 159* 234* 342* 474 780 1230 30’ NP NP NP NP NR 318’ 610’ 970 0
50’ 10’ NP NP 146* 221* 318* 456* 730 1190
15’ NP NR NP 200* 292* 407’ 705 1130 Minimum internal
(0
-‘a 20’ NP NP NP 185* 276* 384* 670’ 1080 area of chimney, A 19 28 38 50 63 95 132 03
01 30’ NR NP NP NP 222* 33Q* 605’ 1010 - square inches C)
-a
 MS 930: 1986

Total vent height “H”

Total vent height “H”

Figure 22. Double-wall or

asbestos cement type B vents Figure 23. Masonry chimney
or single-wall metal vents serving two or more appliances
serving two or more (See table 44)
appliances (See table 42 and 43)

NOTE 43. Multiple appliance vents. (See tables 42. 43 and 44.)

(a) For single-wall metal pipe connectors, use table 43.

(b) Maximum vent connector length: 1½ feet for every inch of connector diameter. Greater lengths require
increase in size, rise or total vent height. to obtain full capacity.

Ic) Each 90-degree turn in excess of the first two reduces the connector capacity by 10 per cent.

(dl Each 90-degree turn in the common vent reduces capacity by 10 per cent.

)e) Where possible, locate vent closer to or directly over smaller appliance connector. - -

)f) Connectors must be equal to or larger than draft hood outlets.

(g) If both connectors are same size, common vent must be at least one size larger, regardless of tabulated
capacity.

(h) Common vent must be equal to or larger than largest connector..

(I) Interconnection fittings must be same size as common vent.

1k) Use sea level input rating when calculating vent size for high altitude installation.

(ml Designation NA’ in tables 42. 43 and 44 indicates not recommended.

Table 42. Capacity of type B double-wall vents with type B

double-wall connectors serving two or more appliances
Vent connector capacity (See fig. 22 and note 43)
Common vent diameier
Total vent - . -

height 3” I 4” 5” 6~’ 7” 8” 10” 12”I 14”I 16” 18” 20” 22” 24”
H
Combined appliance input rating in thousands of Btu per hour

6’ — 65 103 147 200 260 410 588 815 1065 13-45 1660 1970 2390
8’ — 73 114 163 223 290 465 652 - 912 1190 1510 1860 2200 2680
10’ — 79 124 178 242 315 495 712 995 1300 1645 2030 2400 2920
15’ — 91 14.4 206 280 365 565 825 1158 1510 1910 2360 2790 3400
20’ — 102 160 229 310 405 640 916 1290 1690 2140 2640 3120 3800
30’ — 118 185 266 360 470 740 1025 1525 1990 2520 3110 3680 4480
40’ — 131 203 295 405 525 820 1180 1715 2240 2830 3500 4150 5050
60’ — NP 224 324 440 575 900 1380 2010 2620 3320 4100 4850 5900
80’ — NP NP 344 468 610 955 1540 2250 2930 3710 4590 5420 6600
~00’ — NR NP NP 479 625 975 1670 2450 3200 4050 5000 5920 7200

152
 Table 42. Capacity of type B double-wall vents with type B
double-wall connectors serving two or more appliances
(See fig. 22 and note 43)

Vent connector capacity

Total Vent connector diameter, 0

vent Connector - -

height rise ~“ ~“ 6” 7” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18”

~“ 20” 122” 24”
Maximum appliance input-rating in thousands of Btu per hour

1’ 26 46 72 10.4 142 185 289 416 - 577 755 955 1180 1425 1700
6’ 2’ 31 55 86 124 168 220 345 496 653 853 1080 1335 1610 1920
3’ 35 62 96 139 - 189 248 386 - 556 740 967 1225 1510 1830 2180

1’ 27 48 76 109 148 194 303 439 601 805 1015 1255 1520 1810
8’ 2’ 32 57 90 129 175 230 358 516 696 910 1150 1420 1720 2050
3’ 36 64 101 145 198 258 402 580 790 1030 1305 1610 1950 2320

1’ 28 50 78 113 154 200 314 452 642 840 1060 1310 1585 1890
10’ 2’ 33 59 93 134 182 238 372 536 730 955 1205 1490 1800 2150
3’ 37 67 10.4 150 205 268 417 600 827 1080 1370 1690 2040 2430
1’ 30 53 83 120 163 214 333 480 697 910 1150 1420 1720 20.50
15’ 2’ 35 63 99 142 193 253 394 568 790 1030 1305 1610 1950 2320
3’ 40 71 111 160 218 286 444 640 898 1175 1485 1835 2220 2640
1’ 31 56 87 125 171 224 347 500 740 965 1225 1510 ‘1830 2190
20’ 2’ 37 66 104 149 202 265 414 596 840 1095 1385 1710 2070 - 2470
3’ 42 74 116 168 228 300 466 672 952 1245 1575 1945 2350 2800
1’ 33 59 93 134 182 238 372 536 805 1050 1330 1645 1990 2370
30’ 2’ 39 70 110 158 215 282 439 632 910 1190 1500 1855 2240 2670
3’ 44 79 124 178 242 317 494 712 1035 1350 1710 2110 2550 3040
1’ 35 62 97 140 190 248 389 560 850 1110 1405 1735 2100 2500
40’ 2’ 41 73 115 166 225 295 461 665 964 1260 1590 1965 2380 2830
3’ 46 83 129 187 253 331 520 748 1100 1435 1820 2240 2710 3230

60’ ~ 1’ 37 66 104 150 20-4 266 417 600 926 1210 - 1530 1890 2280 2720
2’ 44 - 79 123 178 242 316 494 712 1050 1370 1740 2150 2590 3090 (1)
3’ 50 89 138 200 272 355 555 800 1198 1565 1980 2450 2960 3520 (0
(A)

,(0
.‘a 03
U’ C)
 MS 930:1986
Gi. GENERAL
The units expressed herein for the data tables and
computation of sizing of venting systems are in
the imperial unIts. The data obtained in the
imperial units are operational data values, and
consequently for convenience of computation of
sizing venting systems the imperial units would
be used, until such time when metric data
becomes available,
+ ,5” Common vent
18”
- Figure 24. Example of multiple vent-design
using table 42 double-wall type B vent
G2. EXAMPLE
Connect a 45,000 Btu water heater with a 1-foot
connector rise ‘R’ and a 100,000 Btu furnace with
a 2-feet, connector rise’R’to acommonventwith
a minimum total vent height ‘H’ of 18 feet.
G2.1 Water heater vent connector size. Using
table 42, read down total vent height ‘H’ column
to 1 5-feet and read across 1 -foot connector rise
‘R’ line to Btu rating equal to or higher than water
heater input rating. This figureshows 53,000 Btu
and is in the column for 4-inch connector. Since
this is in excess of the water heater Input it is not
necessary to find the maximum input for an
1 8-foot minimum total vent height. Use a 4-inch
con nector.
G2.2 Furnace vent connector size. Under vent
connector tables read down total vent height ‘H’
154
column to 1 5-feet and read across 2-foot
connector rise ‘R’ line. Note 5-inch vent size
shows 99,000 Btu per hour or less than furnace
input. However, with 20-foot total height read
across 2-foot connector rise line. Note 5-inch
vent size shows 1 04.000 Btu per hour. Since
1 8-foot height is 3/5 of difference between 1 5—
and 20— foot heights. take difference between
99,000 and 104,000 or 5,000 and add 3/5 of
this to 15-foot figure of 99.000. 99,000
145,000 total
input
+ 3,000 = 102.000 which is maximum inputfor
1 8-foot total vent height. Therefore a 5-inch
connector would be the correct size for the
furnace, providing the furnace had a 5-inch or
smaller draft hood outlet,
G2.3 Common vent size. Total input to
common vent is 1 45.000 Btu. Note that for
1 5-foot total vent height ‘H’ maximum Btu for
5-inch vent is 1 44,000. For 20-foot total vent
height ‘H’ maximum Btu for 5-inch vent is
1 60.000.
Therefore for 1 8-foot total vent height maximum
allowable -input would be 3/5 of difference
between 144,000 and 160.000 = 3/5 X
16.000 or 9.600; 144,000 + 9,600 =
1 53,600 which is greater than total input to
common vent, Therefore common vent can be
5-inch-diameter pipe.
 Table 43. Capacity of a single-wall metal pipe of type B Table 44. Capacity of a masonry chimney and single-wall vent
asbestos cement vent serving two or more appliances connectors serving two or more appliances
(See fig. 22 and note 43) (See fig. 23, note 43 and table 45)

Vent connector capacity Single-wall connector capacity

Vent connector diameter, 0 Vent connector diameter, D

Total vent Rise

Total vent Connector 3” 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” height connector 3” 4” 5” 6” ~ 8”
height rise ‘H’ ‘R’
H R
Maximum appliance input rating in thousands Maximum appliance input rating in
of Btu per hour thousands of Btu per hour

1’ 21 40 68 102 146 205 1’ 21 39 66 100 140 200

6’-8’ 2’ 28 53 86 124 178 235 6’-V 2’ 28 52 84 123 172 231
3’ 34 61 98 147 204 275 3’ 34 61 97 142 202 269

1’ 23 44 77 117 179 240 1’ 23 43 73 112 171 225

15’ 2’ 30 56 - 92 134 194 265 15’ 2’ 30 54 88 132 189 256
3’ 35 64 102 155 216 298 3’ 34 63 101 151 213 289

1’ 25 49 8-4 129 190 270 I’ 24 47 80 124 183 250

2’ 31 58 97 145 211 295 31 57 93 142 205 282
. up 2’ -

36 68 107 164 232 321 p 35 65 105 160 229 312

Common vent capacity Common chimney capacity

Minimum internal area of chimney,

‘A’ square inches
Common vent diameter To~~~gv~efflt
Total vent 19 28 38 50 78 113
height 4” 5” 6” 7” 8” 10” 12”
‘H Combined appliance input rating in Combined appliance input rating in
thousands of Btu per hour thousands of Btu per hour

6’ 48 78 111 155 205 320 HR 6’ 45 71 102 142 245 HR Cr)

8’ 55 89 128 175 234 365 505 8’ 52 61 118 162 277 405 (0
10’ 59 95 136 190 250 395 560 10’ 56 89 129 175 300 450 ‘(A)
0
15’ 7) 115 168 228 305 480 690 15’ 66 105 150 210 360 540
20’ 80 129 186 260 340 550 790 20’ 74 120 170 240 415 6.40 (0
30’ HR 147 215 300 400 650 940 30’ NR 135 195 275 490 740 03
01 50’ HR NP NR 360 - 490 810 1190 50’ HR HR NP 325 60O 910 C)
01
 MS 930:1986

Table 45. Masonry chimney liner dimensions with circular

equivalents

Nominal Inside dimensions Inside diameter Equivalent

liner size of liner in or equivalent area square
inches inches diameter inches inches

4x8 21/2x6Y2 4 12.2

5 19.6
6 28.3
7 38.3
3
8x8 634x6 / 7.4 42.7
4
8 50.3
1
8x12 6’/2x10 /2 9 63.6
10 78.5

12 x 12 934 x 93/4 10.4 83.3

11 95
12 x 16 ‘ 9’/~x 13’/2 11.8 107.5
12 113.0
14 153.9
16 x 16 131/4 x 131/4 14.5 162.9
15 176.7
16 x 20 13 x 17 16.2 206.1
18 2544
20 x 20 1634 x 163/4 18.2 2602
20 314.1
20 x 24 16’/2 x 20’/2 20.1 314.2
22 380.1
24 x 24 20¼ x 20¼ 22.1 380.1
- 24 452.3
24 x 28 20~/4x 24¼ 24.1 456.2 ,

28 x 28 2411+ X 241/4 26.4 543.3

27 572.5
30 x 30 25~ x 25~ 27.9 607
2 2
30 706.8
30 x 36 25’/2 x 31’/2 30.9 749.9
33 855.3
36 x 36 - 31’/2 x 31’/2 344 929.4
36 1017.9

NOTE 44. When liner sizes differ dimensionally from those shown in table 45. equivalentdiameters
may be determined from published tables for square and rectangular ducts of equivalent carrying
capacity or by other engineering methods.

156

Appendix H
Recommended procedure for safety inspection of an existing
-appliance installation
Hi. The following procedure is intended as a
guide to aid in determining that an appliance is
properly installed and is in a safe condition for
continuing use.
This procedure is predicated on central furnace
and -boiler installations, and it should be
recognized that generalized procedure cannot
anticipate all situations. Accordingly. in some
cases deviation from this procedure may be
necessary to determine safe operation of the
equipment:
(a) This procedure should be performed prior to
any attempt at modification of the appliance or of
the installation,
(b). If it is determined there is a condition which
could result in unsafe operation, the appliance
should be shut off and the owner advised of the
unsafe condition,
H2. The following steps should be followed in
making the safety inspection:
H2.i Conduct a gas leakage test of the
appliance piping and control system downstream
of the shutoff valve in the supply line to the
appliance. (See 5.5,4).
H2.2 Visually inspect the venting system for
proper size and horizontal pitch and determine
there is no blockage or restriction, leakage.
corrosion, and other deficiencies which could
cause an unsafe condition.
MS 930: 1986
H2.3 Shut off all gas to the appliance and shut
off any other fuel-gas burning appliance within
the same room. Use the shutoff valve in the supply
line to each appliance.
H2.4 Inspect burners and crossovers for
blockage and corrosion.
H2.5 Applicable only to furnaces. Inspect heat
exchanger for cracks, openings. or excessive
corrosion.
H2.6 Applicable only to boilers. Inspect for
evidence of water or combustion product leaks.
H2.7 Insofar as is practical, close all building
doors and windows and all doors between the
space in which the appliance is located and other
spaces of the building. Turn on clothes dryers.
Turn on any exhaust fans, such as range hoods
and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at
maximum speed. Close fireplace dampers. If.
after completing requirements of H2.7 through
H2.1 2 it is believed sufficient combustion air ~s
not available, refer to 5.3 of this Code for
guidance.
H2.8 Place in operation the appliance being
inspected. Follow the lighting instructions. Adjust
thermostat so appliance will operate cont-
thermostat so appliance will operate con-
tinously.
H2.9 Determine that the pilot(s) is burning -
properly and that main burner ignition is
satisfactory by interrupting and reestablishing
157
 MS 930:1986
the electrical supply to the appliance in any
convenient manner. Test the pilot safety device to
determine it is operating properly by
extinguishing the pilot burner(s) when the main
burner(s) is off and determining, after 3 minutes,
that the main burner gas does notfiowupon a call
for heat.
H2.1O (a) Visually determine that main burner
gas is burning properly: i.e. no floating, lifting or
flashback. Adjust the primary air shutter(s) as
required.
(a) If appliance is equipped with high and ow
flame controlling or flame modulation, check for
proper main burner operation at low flame.
H2.11 Test for spillage at the draft hood relief
opening after 5 minutes of main burner
operation. Use a draft gauge. flame of a match or
candle, or smoke from a cigarette. cigar. or pipe.
H2.12 Turn on all other fuel-gas burning
appliances within the same room so that will
operate at their full inputs. Follow lighting
instructions for each appliance.
158
H2.13 Repeat H2.1O and H2.1 1 on the
appliance being inspected.
H2.’14 Return doors, windows, exhaust fans.
fireplace dampers, and any other fuel-gas
burning appliance to their previous conditionsfor
use.
H2. 15 Applicable only to furnaces. C heck both
the limit control and the fan-control for proper
operation. Limit control operation can be
checked by blocking the circulating air inlet or
temporarily disconnecting the electrical supplyto
the blower motor and determining that the limit
control acts to shut off the main burner gas.
H2.16 Applicable only to boilers -
(a) Determine that the water pumps are in
operating condition.
(b) Test low water cutoffs, automatic feed
controls, pressure and temperature limit
controls, and relief valves in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations to determine
they are in operating condition.

Recommended procedure for installing electrically operated
automatic vent damper devices on existing appliances
Ji. This procedure is intended as a guide to aid
in safely installing an electrically
automatic vent damper device on an existing
appliance. - locations.
This procedure is based on the assumption that
the history of the specific appliance has been one
of safe and satisfactory operation.
This procedure is predicated on central furnace.
boiler and water heater installations, and it
should be recognized that generalized
procedures cannot anticipate all situations.
Accordingly, in sOme cases deviation from this
procedure may be necessary to determine safe
operation of the equipment.
J2-. The following steps should be followed
making the modifications:
J2.1 Perform a safety inspection of the existing
appliance installation. See appendix H for a
recommended procedure for such a safety
inspection.
J2.2 Shut off all gas and electricity to the
appliance. To shut off gas use the shutoff valve in
the supply line to the appliance.
J2,3 Install the damper device in strict
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions. Make certain the device is not
located in that portion of the venting system
which serves any appliance other than the one for
which ~hedamper is installed.
MS 930:1986
Appendix J
J2.4 Make certain wiring connections are tight
operated and wires are positioned and secured so they will
not be able to contact high temperature
J2.5 When an additional automatic valve has
been incorporated or an existing gas control
replaced, conduct a gas leakage test of the
appliance piping and control system downstream
of the shutoff valve in the supply line to the
appliance.
J2.6 Visually inspect the modified venting
system for proper horizontal pitch.
J2.7 Check that the damper operates properly
and is properly sequenced with the appliance
in operating controls so that it opens when there is a
call for heat and closes when the appliance is in a
standby condition.
NOTE 45. If a boiler gas valve is sequenced by the aquastat.
determine that the damper opens prior to the opening of the gas valve.
J2.8 Determine the amperage draw of the gas
control circuit and damper device.
(a) Check appliance transformer for adequate
capacity.
(b) Check heat anticipator in comfort
thermostat to determine it is properly adjusted.
J2.9 Sequence the appliance through at least
three normal operating cycles.
159
 MS 930:1986
J2.1O Insofar as is practical, close all building
doors and windows and all doors between the
space in which the appliance is located and other
spaces of the building. Turn on clothes dr’~ers.
Turn on any exhaust fans, such as range hoods
and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at
maximum speed. Close fireplace dampers.
J2.1 1 Place appliance in operation. Follow the
lighting instructions. Adjust thermostat
- so
appliance will operate continuously.
J2.12 Test for spillage at the draft hood relief
opening after 5 minutes of main burner
operation. Use a draft gauge, flame of a match or
candle, or smoke from a cigarette, cigar, or pipe.
J2.13 (a) Visually determine that main burner
gas is burning properly: i.e. no floating, lifting, or
fIashback~.Adjust the primary air shutter(s) as
required.
(b) If appliance is equipped with high and low
flame controlling or flame modulation, check for
proper main burner operation at low flame.
J2.14 Determine that the pilot(s) is burning
properly and that main burner ignition is
satisfactory by interrupting and reestablishing
the electrical supply to the appliance in any
convenient manner. Test the pilot safety device to
determine it is operating properly by
160
extinguishing the pilot burner(s) when the main
burner(s) is off and determining, after 3 minutes,
that the main burner gas does not flow upon a call
for heat.
J2. 15 Applicable only to furnaces. C heck both
the limit control and the fan control for proper
operation. Limit control operation can be
checked by blocking the circulating air inlet or
temporarily disconnecting the electrical supplyto
the blower motor and determining that the limit
control acts to shut off the main burner gas.
J2.16 Applicable only to boilers -
(a) Determine that the water pumps are in
operating condition.
(b) Test low water cutoffs, automatic feed
controls, pressure and temperature limitcontrols
and relief valves in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations to determine
they are in operating condition.
J2.17 Label the damper device (see 9.3) with
information as to:
(a) Name of qualified agency responsible for
damper installation.
(b) Date of installation.

Appendix K
Recommended procedure for installing mechanically actuated
automalic vent damper devices on existing appliances
K1. This procedure is intended as a guideto aid
in safely installing a mechanically actuated
automatic vent damper device on an existing
appliance,
This procedure is based on the assumption that
the history of the specific appliance has been one
of safe and satisfactory operation. -
This procedure is predicated on central furnace,
boiler and water heater installations, and it
should be recognized that generalized
procedures cannot anticipate all situations.
Accordingly. in some cases deviation from this
procedure may be necessary to determine safe
operation of the equipment.
K2. The following steps shoLld be followed in
making the modifications:
K2. 1 Perform a safety inspection of the existing
appliance installation. See appendix H for a
recommended procedure for such a safety
inspection.
K2.2 Shut off all gas and electricity to the
appliance. To shut off gas use the shutoff valve in
the supply line to the appliance.
K2.3 Install the damper device in strict
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions. Make certain the device is not
located in that portion of the venting system
which serves any appliance other than the one for
which the damper is installed.
MS 930: 1986
K2.4 Make certain wiring and mechanical
connections are tight and wires are positioned
and secured so they will not be able to contact
high temperature locations. -
K2.5 When an additional automatic valve has
been incorporated or an existing gas control
replaced, conduct a gas leakage test of the
appliance piping and control system downstream
of the shutoff valve in the supply line to the
appliance.
K2.6 Visually lnspecL the modified venting
system for proper horizontal pitch.
K2.7 Check that the damper operates properly
and is properly sequenced with the appliance
operatingóontrolssothatitopenswhenthereisa
call for heat and closes when the appliance is in a
standby condition.
NOTE 46. If a boiler gas valve is sequenced by the aquastat.
determine that the damper opens prior to the opening of the gasvalve.
K2.8 Determine the amperage draw of the gas
control circuit and damper device.
(a) Check appliance transformer for adequate
cclty.
(b) Check heat
anticipator in comfort
thermostat to determine it is properly adjusted.
K2.9 Sequence the appliance through at least
three normal operating cycles.
161
MS 930 : 1986
K210 Insofar as is practical, close all building
doors and windows and all doors between the
space in which the appliance is located and other
spaces of the building. Turn on clothes dryers.
Turn on any exhaust fans, such as range hoods
and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at
maximum speed. Close fireplace dampers.
K2.11 Place appliance in operation. Follow the
lighting instructions. Adjust thermostat so
appliance will operate continuously.
K2.12 Test for spillage at the draft hood relief
opening after 5 minutes of main burner
operation. Use a draft gauge, flame of a match or
candle, or smoke from a cigarette. cigar. or pipe.
K2.13 (a) Visually determine that main burner
gas is burning properly: i.e. no floating. lifting, or
flashback.’ Adjust the primary air shutter(s) as
required.
(b) If appliance is equipped with high and low
flame controlling or flame modulation, check for
pr,oper main burner operation at low flame.
1(2,14 Determine that the pilot(s) is burning
properly and that main burner ignition is
satisfactory by interrupting and reestablishing
the electrical supply to the appliance in any
convenient manner. Test the pilot safety device to
162
determine it is operating properly by
extinguishing the pilot burner(s) when the main
burner(s) is off and determining, after 3 minutes,
that the main burner gas does notflow upon a call
for heat.
K2. 15 Applicable only to furnaces. Check both
the limit control and the fan control for proper
~operation. Limit control operation can be
checked by blocking the circulating air inlet or
temporarily disconnecting the electrical supply to
the, blower motor and determining that the limit
control acts to shut off the main burner gas.
K2.16 Applicable only to boilers
(a) Determine that the water pumps are in
operating condition.
(b) Test low water ‘cutoffs, automatic feed
controls. pressure and temperature limit controls
and relief valves in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations to determine
they are in operating condition.
K2.17 Label the damper device (see 9.3) with
information as to:
(a) Name of qualified agency responsible for
damper installation.
(b) Date of installation.

Appendix L
- Recommended procedure for installing thermally actuated
automatic vent damper devices on existing appliances
Li. This procedure is intended as a guide to aid
in safely installing a thermally actuated automatic
ve,nt damper device on an existing appliance.
This procedure is based on the assumption that
the history of the specific appliance has been one
of safe and satisfactory operation.
This procedure is predicated on central furnace.
boiler and water heater installations, and it
should be recognized that generalized
procedures cannot anticipate all situations.
Accordingly, in some cases deviation from this
procedure may be necessary to determine safe
operation of the equipment.
L2. The following steps should be followed in
making the modifications:
L2.1 Perform a safety inspection of the existIng
appliance installation. See appendix H for a
recommended procedure for such a safety
inspection.
L2.2 Shut off all gas and electricity to the
appliance. To shut off gas use the shutoff valve in
the supply line to the appliance.
L2.3 Install the damper device in strict
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
instructions. Make certain the device is not
located in that portion of the venting system
which serves any appliance other than the onefor
which the damper is installed.
MS 930:1986
L2.4 Make certain wiring connections are tight
and wires are positioned and secured so they will
not be able to contact high temperature
locations.
L2.5 When an additional automatic valve has
been inco~poratedor an existing gas control
replaced, a gas leakage test of the appliance
piping and control system downstream of the
shutoff valve in the supply line to the appliance.
L2.6 Visually inspect the modified venting
system for proper horizontal pitch.
L2.7 Check the installation to determine there is
no physical obstruction or deformation which
could impair damper operation.
L2.8 Determine the amperage draw of the gas
control circuit and damper device.
(a) Check appliance transformer for adequate
capacity.
(b) Check heat anticipator in comfort
thermostat to determine it is properly adjusted.
L2.9 Sequence the appliance through at least
three normal operating cycles.
L2.10 Insofar as is practical. close all building
doors and windows and all doors between the
space in which the appliance is located and other
spaces of the building. Turn on clothes dryers.
Turn on any exhaust fans, such as range hoods
and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at
maximum speed. Close fireplace dampers.
163
 MS 930: 1986
L2..1 1 Place appliance in operation. Follow the
lighting instructions. Adjust thermostat so
appliance will operate continuously.
L2.12 Test for spillage at the draft hood relief
opening after 5 minutes of main burner
operation: Use a draft gauge, flame of a match or
candle, or smoke from a cigarette. cigar, or pipe.
L2.13 (a) Visually determine that main burner
gas is burning properly: i.e. no floating, lifting, or
flashback. Adjust the primary air shutter(s) as
required.
(b) If appliance is equipped with high and low
flame controlling or flame modulation, check for
proper main burner operation at low flame.
164
L2.14 Determine that the pilot(s) is burning
properly and that main burner ignition is ~
satisfactory by interrupting and reestablishing
the electrical supply to the appliance in any
convenient manner. Test the pilot safety device to
determine it is operating properly by
extinguishing the pilot burner(s) when the main
burner(s) is off and determining, after 3 minu~s,
that the main burner gas does not flow upon ~
for heat.
L2.15 Label the damper device (see 9.3) with
information as to:
(a) Name of qualified agency responsible for
damper installation.
(b) Date of installation.
4
 TANDA-TANDA STANDARD SIRIM
Tanda-tanda Standard SIRIM seperti yang tertera di bawah adalah tanda-tanda pengesahan
dagangan berdaftar. Tanda-tanda ini hanya boleh digunakan oleh mereka yang dilesenkan
di bawah skim tanda pengesahan yang dijalankan oleh SIRIM mengikut nombor Standard
Malaysia yang berkaitan. Kewujudan tanda-tanda ini pada atau berkaitan dengan sesuatu
barangan adalah sebagai jaminan bahawa barangan tersebut telah dikeluarkan melalui satu
sistem penyeliaan, kawalan dan ujian, yang dijalankan semasa pengeluaran. Ini termasuk
pemeriksaan berkala kerja-kerja pengeluaran menurut skim tanda pengesahan SIRIM yang
dibentuk untuk menentukan bahawa barangan tersebut menepati Standard Malaysia.

Keterangan-keterangan lanjut mengenai syarat-syarat lesen boleh didapati dari:

Ketua Pengarah
Institut Standard dan Penyelidikan Perindustrian Malaysia
Persiaran Dato’ Menteri, Seksyen 2, Peti Surat 7035
40911 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan

SIRIM STANDARD MARKS

The SIRIM standard marks shown above are registered certification trade marks. They may
be used only by those licensed under the certification marking scheme operated by SIRIM
and in conjunction with relevant Malaysian Standard number. The presence of these Marks
on or relation to a product is assurance that the goods have been produced under a system
of supervision, control and testing, operated during production, and including periodical
inspection of the producer’s works in accordance with the certification marking scheme of
SIRIM designed to ensure compliance with a Malaysian Standard.

Further particulars of the terms of license may be obtained from:

Director-General
Standards and Industrial Research Institute of Malaysia
Persiaran Dato’ Menteri, Section 2. P.O.Box 7035
40911 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan

3
MS ISO/TR 9007 : 1993
INSTITUT STANDARD DAN PENYELIDIKAN PERINDUSTRIAN MALAYSIA

Institut Standard dan Penyelidikan Perindustrian Malaysia (SIRIM) telah ditubuhkan hasil dari cantuman Institut
Piawaian Malaysia (SIM) dengan Institut Negara bagi Penyelidikan Sains dan Perusahaan (NISIR) di bawah
Undang-Undang Malaysia Akta 157 pada 16hb. September 1975:Akta Institut Standard dan Penyelidikan
Perindustrian Malaysia (Perbadanan) 1975. Institut ini diletakhak dengan kuasa untuk memamju dan
menjalankan penyelidikan perindustrian dan untuk menyedia dan memajukan standard-standard bagi barangan-
barangan, proses-proses, amalan-amalan dan perkhidmatan-perkhidmatan; dan bagi mengadakan peruntukan
bagi perkara-perkara yang bersampingan atau berkaitan dengan maksud-maksud itu.

Satu daripada tugas-tugas Institut ini adalah menyediakan Standard-Standard Malaysia dalam bentuk
penentuan-penentuan bagi bahan-bahan, keluaran-keluaran, kaedah-kaedah ujian, kod-kod amalan yang
sempurna dan selamat, sistem penamaan dan lain-lain. Standard-Standard Malaysia disediakan oleh
jawatankuasa-jawatankuasa perwakilan yang menyelaras keupayaan pengilang dan kecekapan pengeluaran
dengan kehendak-kehendak yang munasabah dari pengguna. Ia menuju ke arah mencapai kesesuaian bagi
maksud, memudahkan pengeluaran dan pengedaran, kebolehsalingtukaran gantian dan pelbagai pilihan yang
mencukupi tanpa pembaziran.

Standard-Standard Malaysia disediakan hanya setelah penyiasatan yang lengkap menujukkan bahawa sesuatu
projek itu disahkan sebagai yang dikehendaki dan berpadanan dengan usaha yang terlibat. Hasil ini berasaskan
persetujuan sukarela dan memberi pertimbangan kepada kepentingan pengeluar dan pengguna. Standard-
Standard Malaysia adalah sukarela kecuali is dimestikan oleh badan-badan berkuasa melalui peraturan-
peraturan, undang-undang persekutuan dan tempatan atau cara-cara lain yang sepertinya.

Institut ini beroperasi semata-mata berasaskan tanpa keuntungan. Ia adalah satu badan yang menerima bantuan
kewangan dari Kerajaan, kumpulan wang dari bayaran keahlian, hasil dari jualan Standard-Standard dan
terbitan-terbitan lain, bayaran-bayaran ujian dan bayaran-bayaran lesen untuk mengguna Tanda Pengesahan
SIRIM dan kegiatan-kegiatan lain yang berhubung dengan Penstandardan, Penyelidikan Perindustrian dan
Khidmat Perunding.

STANDARDS AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF MALAYSIA

The Standard and Industrial research Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM) is established with the merger of the
Standards Institution of Malaysia (SIM) and the National Institute for Scientific and Industrial Research (NISIR)
th
under the Laws of Malaysia Act 157 on 16 . September 1975: Standards and Industrial Research Institute of
Malaysia (Incorporation) Act 1975. The Institute is vested with the power to provide for the promotion and
undertaking of industrial research and for the preparation and promotion of standards for commodities,
processes, practices and services; and to provide for matters incidental to or connected with those purposes.

One of the functions of the Institute is to prepare Malaysian Standards in the form of specifications for materials
and products, methods of testing, codes of sound and safe practice, nomenclature, etc. Malaysian Standards are
prepared by representative committees which co-ordinate manufacturing capacity and production efficiency with
the user’s reasonable needs. They seek to achieve fitness for purpose, simplified production and distribution
replacement interchangeability, and adequate variety of choice without wasteful diversify.

Malaysian Standards are prepared only after a full enquiry has shown that the project is endorsed as a desirable
one and worth the effort involved. The work is based on voluntary agreement, and recognition of the community
of interest of producer and consumer. The use of Malaysian Standards is voluntary except in so far as they are
made mandatory by statutory authorities by means of regulations, federal and local by-laws or any other similar
ways.

The Institute operates entirely on a non-profits basis. It is a grant aided body receiving financial aid from the
Government, funds from membership subscriptions and proceeds from sales of Standards and other
publications, fees and licence fees for the use of SIRIM Certification Mark and other activities associated with
Standardization, Industrial Research and Consultancy Services.